2026年中考英语人教版一轮复习教材梳理课件

第21课时　Unit 9-Unit 10 [九年级全一册] 1 话题:音乐和电影(music and movies)、习俗(customs) 2 多维探究 Point 1 I prefer music that has great lyrics.(P65) Point 2 I suppose I’ll just listen to this new CD I bought.(P66) Point 3 However, after his father died, Abing’s life grew worse. (P70) Point 4 It is a pity that only six pieces of music in total were recorded for the future world to hear, but his popularity continues to this day.(P70) Point 5 In many eastern European countries,you are supposed to take off your gloves before shaking hands.(P76) Point 6 Learning what you are supposed to do and not supposed to do in social situations may be difficult, but it is worth the trouble if you want to understand another culture.(P76) Point 7 Another example is that you’re not supposed to eat anything with your hands except bread, not even fruit.(P78) 3 1.prefer(v.)更喜欢→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)  2.Australian(adj.& n.)澳大利亚的;澳大利亚人的;澳大利亚人 →　 　(n.)澳大利亚  3.sad(adj.)(令人)悲哀的;(令人)难过的→　 　(adv.)悲伤地→　 　(n.)悲伤;悲痛  词汇拓展 preferred preferred preferring Australia sadly sadness 4 4.shut(v.)关闭;关上→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  5.pain(n.)痛苦;疼痛;苦恼→　 　(adj.)令人痛苦的;令人疼痛的  6.stick(v.)粘贴;将……刺入→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  7.wound(n.& v.)伤;伤口;创伤;使(身体)受伤;伤害→ 　. (adj.)(身体)受伤的;负伤的  8.northern(adj.)北方的;北部的→　 　(n.)北;北方  shut shut painful stuck stuck wounded north 9.greet(v.)和……打招呼;迎接→　 　(n.)问候;招呼;迎接;致意  10.eastern(adj.)东方的;东部的→　 　(n.)东;东方  11.empty(adj.)空的;空洞的→　 　(反义词adj.)忙的;满的;充满的  12.gradual(adj.)逐渐的;逐步的;渐进的→　 　(adv.)逐步地;渐进地  13.mad(adj.)很生气;疯的→　 　(同义词adj.)发怒的;生气的  greeting east full gradually angry 1.in that ________ 既然那样;假使那样的话  2.__________ of大量;充足  3.once in a _________ 偶尔地;间或  4.______ _________ 总共;合计  5.________ by顺便访问  6._________ _______ 毕竟;终归  7.get _______ 大动肝火;气愤  短语归纳 case　 plenty　 while　 in　 　total drop after　 　all mad 8.make ______ __________ 作出努力  9.clean…_______ 把……擦掉  10.________ _______ 脱下(衣服);(飞机等)起飞  11.go out of one’s _______ 特地;格外努力  12.get ________ ______ 习惯于  13.be ____________ ______ ______ sth.被期望做某事  an　 　effort off take　 　off way used　 　to expected　 　to　 　do 14.make…________ ______ ________  使(某人)感到宾至如归 15._________ ______ 坚持;固守  16.________ _______ 关闭;停止运转  17._________ ______ the music 随音乐起舞  18.______ the end of 在(某时间点)以前  feel　 　at　 　home stick　 　to shut　 　off dance　 　to by 1.—What kind of music ______ you like?你喜欢哪种音乐?  —I like music ______________ I can _______ ________ _______.我喜欢我可以跟着唱的音乐。  2.Xu Fei prefers groups _______________ ________ _________ and slow songs.  徐飞更喜欢演奏节奏安静而缓慢的歌曲的乐队。 核心句型 do that/which sing　 　along　 　with that/which　 　play　 　quiet 3.—What kind of musicians ________ Carmen like?卡门喜欢哪种音乐家?  —She ________ musicians ____________ _______ ___________ _________ ______ music.  她喜欢演奏不同种类音乐的音乐家。 4.What are you ____________ ______ ______ when you meet someone _______ the first time?  当你第一次遇见某人时,你应当做什么? does likes that/who　 　play　 　different kinds　 　of　 supposed　 　to　 　do for 5.When we see each other, it’s polite for boys to _________ _________ and for girls to kiss ________ _________ on the side of the face.当我们见面时,男孩子握手,女孩子互吻脸颊,这些都是礼貌的做法。  6.They go out of their way to ________ ______ ________ ______ ________.  他们尽力让我感觉像在家一样。 shake hands each　 　other make　 　me　 　feel　 　at　 home 7.Although I still ________ ________ ______ ____________, it doesn’t worry me as it ________ ______.  虽然我仍然会犯很多错误,可它不像过去那样困扰我了。 8.That’s _______ people in Japan _______ ____________ ______ _________ each other.  这就是日本人期望彼此问候的方式。 make　 　lots　 　of　 　mistakes used　 　to how are　 　expected　 to　 　greet　 9._________ ____________ ______ stick your chopsticks ________ your food.把筷子插在食物里是不礼貌的。  10.My biggest challenge is ___________ ______ _____ ________ at the dinner table.  我最大的挑战是学习餐桌礼仪。 It’s　 　impolite　 　to　 into learning　 　how　 to　 behave　 People in Colombia are pretty relaxed about time. We don’t like to rush 1.　 　 (在周围), so we don’t mind if people are a little late sometimes. We like to enjoy our time slowly. We 2.v　 　 the time we spend with our family and friends in our everyday lives. We often just drop by our friends’ homes when we have 3.　 　 (空闲的) time. When we see each other, it’s polite for boys to shake hands and girls are 教材语篇回顾 around alue spare/free 4.　 　 (推断;料想) to kiss each other on the side of the face. We often just walk around the town center, seeing as many of our friends as we can! —Teresa Lopez  supposed 5.　 　 (然而) in Switzerland it’s very important to be on time. We’re the 6.　 　 (首都) of clocks and watches, after all! If someone 7.i　 　 you to meet him or her at noon, then you are expected to be there at noon. So I make an 8.　 　 (努力) to be on time when I meet my friends. Also, we never visit a friend’s house 9.w　 　 calling first. We almost always make plans to see friends. We usually plan to do something 10.　 　 (有趣的), or go somewhere together. —Marc LeBlanc  While capital nvites effort ithout interesting/fun I prefer music that has great lyrics.(P65) prefer作动词,意为“更喜欢”,相当于like…better。过去式和过去分词均为preferred,现在分词为preferring。其常见用法如下: 18 1.Which kind of fruit does he prefer, apples or oranges?他更喜欢哪种水果,苹果还是橙子? 2.I prefer English to Russian. 比起俄语,我更喜欢英语。 3.Anna prefers to take a train to Beijing rather than fly there. 安娜宁愿乘火车去北京而不愿乘飞机去那里。 1.In Southern China, people 　 　 (更喜欢) beautiful paper cuttings. They focus more on the flowers, fruit, birds and fish.  2.I prefer 　 　 (experience) the failure rather than 　 　 (give) up my dream.  prefer to experience give 3.Teenagers prefer 　 　 (go) to special camps and they can learn survival (生存) skills there. 4.比起梨,我更喜欢苹果。 I 　 　 apples 　 　 pears.   5.这位老人更喜欢住在乡下。 The old man 　 　 in the countryside.   going/to go prefer to prefers　 　to　 　live I suppose I’ll just listen to this new CD I bought.(P66) suppose作动词,意为“推断;料想”,常用来表示说话人的看法、猜测或假设。其常见用法如下: 22 1.It is supposed that he was at home at that time.据猜测,那个时候他在家。 2.Students aren’t supposed to take the books out of the library. 学生不应该把这些书带出图书馆。 【注意】 当主句主语是第一人称且时态是一般现在时,若要表达否定意义,应将否定转移到主句中去。(否定前移) 如:I don’t suppose (that) he is right. 我认为他是不对的。 1.We’re supposed 　 　 (keep) in mind that it is important to tell the truth.   2.据推测,公交车现在已经离开车站了。 　 　 the bus has left the stop now.  to keep It　 　is　 　supposed　 　that However, after his father died, Abing’s life grew worse. (P70) die, dead, dying和death “死”得其所 单词 含义 用法 例句 die v. 消失;死亡;灭亡 是非延续性动词,不能和表示一段时间的状语连用 Jason’s grandfather died last week. 贾森的爷爷上周去世了。 dead adj. 死的;失去生命的 表示状态,可以和表示一段时间的状语连用,常用作表语或定语 The old man has been dead for two years. 那位老人已经去世两年了。 25 单词 含义 用法 例句 dying adj. 垂死的;临终的 用作定语或表语 I saw a dying bird on my way home. 我在回家的路上看到一只奄奄一息的鸟。 death n. 死;死亡 用作主语或宾语 He died a slow and painful death. 他缓慢而痛苦地死去了。 【巧记】 The dying captain looked at his dead soldiers and said, “When we die for the people, it is a worthy death.” 那位奄奄一息的上尉看着他死去的士兵说:“我们为人民而死,死得其所。” 用die 的适当形式填空。 1.Being sitting still for a long time is harmful not only to your body but also to your mind, increasing your risk of 　 　.  2.Jake’s grandmother 　 　 for six years. And he still misses her a lot.  death has been dead 3.Three years after moving to Shanghai in 2021, Tracy’s husband 　 　, leaving her alone.  4.Cleaner air also means there will be fewer animals　 　.  5.Sharks play a role in reducing carbon dioxide (二氧化碳) because they eat 　 　 animals in the ocean.   died dying dead It is a pity that only six pieces of music in total were recorded for the future world to hear, but his popularity continues to this day.(P70) 本句是that引导的主语从句,其结构为“It+be+名词+that从句”。It is a pity that…意为“可惜的是……;令人遗憾的是……”,其中it是形式主语,真正的主语是that从句。 It’s a pity that you missed the film. 你没有看那部电影真是太遗憾了。 30 【拓展】 that引导的主语从句还有以下两种: 1.It+be+形容词+that从句,适用于这种句型的常见形容词有necessary, clear, true, strange, important, wonderful, possible, surprising等。 2.It+be+过去分词+that从句,常用的过去分词有said, reported, hoped, believed, expected, thought, suggested等。 It’s a 　 　 (遗憾) that you can’t attend my birthday party.  pity In many eastern European countries,you are supposed to take off your gloves before shaking hands.(P76) take off意为“脱下(衣服)”,反义词组为put on,意为“穿上(衣服、鞋袜等)”。take off还有“(飞机等)起飞”之意。 1.It’s hot here. Why not take off your coat?这儿很热。为何不脱下外套呢? 2.The plane took off an hour late. 飞机起飞晚了一个小时。 33 【归纳】常见的take短语 take care of照顾;处理　　　　 take it easy别着急 take out拿出;取出 take part in参加 take in吸入 take place发生;出现 take down拆除;往下拽;记录 take away拿走 take after (外貌或行为)像 take up (尤指为消遣)学着做;开始做 take off脱下(衣服);(飞机等)起飞 用take短语的适当形式填空。 1.The kind old lady 　 　 my wet shoes and made me sit by the fire.  2.My little brother is old enough 　 　 himself.  3.I plan 　 　 some hobbies, like taking photos or playing the guitar.   4.—Could you please 　 　 the rubbish?  —Yes, sure. I’ll do it when I go out. took off to take care of to take up take out Learning what you are supposed to do and not supposed to do in social situations may be difficult, but it is worth the trouble if you want to understand another culture.(P76) ◆worth作形容词,意为“值得;有……价值(的)”,在句中作表语。其常用搭配如下: 常用搭配 含义 例句 be worth+钱 值多少钱 The painting is worth $500. 这幅画值500美元。 be worth+名词 值得…… The museum is certainly worth a visit. 这家博物馆的确值得参观。 be worth doing 值得做…… This idea is well worth considering. 这个想法很值得考虑。 36 ◆worth还可作名词,意为“价值”。 What is the worth of the old painting? 这幅旧画值多少钱? 1.You need to ask yourself which plants produce enough food to make them 　 　 (值得) growing.  2.—The book is worth 　 　 (read). How long may I keep it?  —For a week. worth reading 3.努力养成健康的睡眠习惯是值得的。 It’s 　 　 to develop healthy sleeping habits.  4.我觉得这个老房子值很多钱。 I think this old house is 　.  worth　 　the　 　effort worth　 a　 lot　 of　 money Another example is that you’re not supposed to eat anything with your hands except bread, not even fruit.(P78) ◆except作介词,意为“除……之外”,表示排除在外。 All of them went to Shanghai except me. 除我之外,他们都去上海了。 ◆except还可作连词,意为“除了;只是”,其后常接that从句,that可省略。 Our bikes are the same except (that) mine is red.我们的自行车是一样的,只是我的那辆是红色的。 40 ◆except, except for和besides到底“除了”什么? 词语 含义及用法 例句 except “除……之外(没有)”,强调在同类人或物中除去一个或几个,表示排除关系 They were all there except me.除了我以外他们都在那里。 except for “除了”,指排除不同类的东西,常含有“美中不足”之意 Your article is good except for the handwriting.除书写以外,你的文章很不错。 besides “除了……之外(还有)”,强调在整体中加入一部分,表示一种累加关系 Another two boys were there besides Bill.除比尔外,还有两个男孩在那里。 1.Everyone 　 　 (除了) me has seen the newly released movie, so I’ll go to see it alone.  2. (1)It is a wonderful film 　 　 too much fighting.  (2)Everyone in our class has handed in their homework this morning 　 　 Dale, because he is ill.  (3)　 　 her job at the university, Zhang is working to promote the martial arts to foreigners now. except; besides; except for except except for except Besides 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.spare A.adj.空闲的;空余的 B.v.抽出;拨出 C.v.不吝惜(时间、金钱) D.v.放过;使逃脱 (1)This goal may not be achieved easily, but I will spare no efforts to do my part. 　　  (2)Miss Patty always wanted to do something with her spare time to help the students. 　　  C A 43 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.spare A.adj.空闲的;空余的 B.v.抽出;拨出 C.v.不吝惜(时间、金钱) D.v.放过;使逃脱 (3)Their mother scolded (训斥) Ray and Julian strictly and the boys promised not to do it again. Jim was glad that he was spared the scolding. 　　  (4)To make sure your daily practice gets done, spare some time and put it in your study plan! 　　  D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.sense A.n.(对重大事情的)感觉,意识 B.n.感觉官能(即视、听、嗅、味、触五觉) C.n.意义;理解……的方式 D.v.感觉到;意识到;觉察出 (1)Nature can make us less worried and improve our sense of happiness. 　　  (2)Your home is where your things are. In this sense, Beijing is my home. 　　  A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.sense A.n.(对重大事情的)感觉,意识 B.n.感觉官能(即视、听、嗅、味、触五觉) C.n.意义;理解……的方式 D.v.感觉到;意识到;觉察出 (3)When your brain senses the pain, you can’t sleep well. 　　  (4)This helps owls tell which direction a sound is coming from. So they have a good sense of hearing. 　　  D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.value A.n.(商品)价值 B.n.用途;积极作用 C.n.是非标准;价值观 D.v.重视;珍视 (1)Almost everyone has experienced the feeling of discomfort when their actions do not agree with their inner values. 　　  (2)So value what you have had and face the challenges in your life with great passion. 　　  C D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.value A.n.(商品)价值 B.n.用途;积极作用 C.n.是非标准;价值观 D.v.重视;珍视 (3)—I don’t care what Kate thinks. —Well, you should. Her suggestions are of some value. 　　  (4)Parents know more about the value of money as they work hard to support the family. 　　  B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.empty A.adj.空的 B.v.倒空;腾空;掏空 (1)First, I asked the students to look for their favorite place in the school. Once there, I let them try hard to empty their minds. 　　  (2)It was a public building owned by the city. It was empty, but Jason could hear noises further inside. 　　  B A 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.To express his respect, the 　 　 (导演) decided to make a film about his mother.  2.All of my classmates attended the party yesterday e　 　. Mia. She caught a bad cold.  3.Some　 　 (对白) in the play from the beginning to the end is quite funny.  director xcept dialog(ue) 50 4.People in China and America 　 　 (表现;举止) differently at the dinner table.  5.If kids are 　 　 (表扬) in different ways, they will open their hearts to you.  6.You’d better s　 　 the doors so that you can have a quiet moment inside the room.  behave praised hut 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1. I 　 　 (total) lost myself in those musicians’ great works.   2.His 　 　 (suggest) weren’t helpful so all the people were against them.  3.Even if 　 　 (sad) is part of life, let’s try to make it small.  totally suggestions sadness 4.I tried to calm down, but my friend’s words drove me even 　 　 (mad).  5.Tom used to treat friends to eat outside in restaurants, but now he prefers 　 　 (invite) them to his home.  6.The 　 　 (pain) expression on her face suggested that she had known the sad news.  madder to invite/inviting painful 三、根据短文内容和所给中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 How important is music? When they are asked this question, students and parents usually answer that music is nice, but not very important. It is often considered only as entertainment (娱乐) in our 1.　 　 (空闲) time, but not the first choice for education. This opinion is shortsighted. In fact, music education is necessary and important for all 2.　 　 (青少年).  spare/free teenagers Music tells us who we are. Music reflects the creators’ thinking and values, as well as the social 3.　 　 (环境) it came from. For example, just as Mozart music represents a lifestyle, 4.　 　 (摇滚乐) music represents one, too. The jazz that George Gershwin and other musicians 5.　 . (表演) was obviously (显然地) American because it came from American musical traditions.  environment rock performed Music 6.　 　 (提供) a kind of ability to know the world in a different way. Science 7.　 　 (解释) how the sun rises and sets. Music explores different emotions (情感). We need every possible way to discover and respond (回应) to our world because no one way can get it all.  provides explains Music is a form of thought, as powerful as science, which brings people a 8.　 　 (感觉) of happiness. It is a way we humans “talk” to each other. When we do not let our children 9.　 　 (接受) good music education, we take away 10.　 　 (意义) that music expresses. Science does not tell us what it means to be humans. Music does. So music education is much more important than people generally realize.  【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了音乐教育的重要性和意义。 sense/feeling receive meanings 2.teenagers　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“all”可知,此处应用可数名词teenager的复数形式。故填teenagers。 5.performed　【解析】考查动词的时态。根据空格后的“was”及“came”可知,本句时态为一般过去时。故填performed。 6.provides　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。本句介绍音乐教育的作用,应用一般现在时;且主语“Music”为第三人称单数,谓语动词应用其第三人称单数形式。故填provides。 7.explains　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据句意可知,本句描述的是客观事实,应用一般现在时;且主语“Science”为第三人称单数,谓语动词应用其第三人称单数形式。故填explains。 10.meanings　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前无限定词可知,此处应用可数名词meaning的复数形式。故填meanings。 $第22课时　Unit 11-Unit 12 [九年级全一册] 1 话题:感受(feelings)、意想不到的事情(unexpected events) 2 多维探究 Point 1 I’d rather go to Blue Ocean because I like to listen to quiet music while I’m eating. (P81) Point 2 But that music makes me sleepy.(P81) Point 3 Neither medicine nor rest can help him.(P83) Point 4 When I got to school, I realized I had left my backpack at home. (P89) Point 5 My alarm clock didn’t go off! (P90) 3 1.examine(v.)(仔细地)检查;检验→　 　(n.)考试;审查  2.weigh(v.)重量是……;称……的重量→　 　(n.)重量;分量  3.agree(v.)同意;赞成;应允→　 　(反义词v.)不同意;持不同意见;有分歧→　 　(n.)(意见或看法)一致;同意  词汇拓展 examination/exam weight disagree agreement 4 4.disappoint(v.)使失望→　 　(adj.)失望的;沮丧的;失意的→　 　(adj.)令人失望的;令人沮丧的  5.dead(adj.)死的;失去生命的→　 　(adj.)垂死的→ 　 　(n.)死;死亡→　 　(v.)消失;灭亡;死亡→　 　. (过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  6.bank(n.)银行→　 　(n.)银行家  7.office(n.)办公室→　 　(n.)军官;官员  disappointed disappointing dying death die died died banker officer 8.comfort(v.)安慰;抚慰;宽慰→　 　(adj.)使人不舒服的;令人不舒适的→　 　 (adj.)使人舒服的;舒适的→　 　(adv.)舒服地;舒适地  9.believable(adj.)可相信的;可信任的→　 　(反义词adj.)难以置信的;不真实的→　 　(v.)相信;认为有可能  10.work(v.& n.)工作;(音乐、艺术)作品→　 　(n.)工作者;工人  uncomfortable comfortable comfortably unbelievable believe worker 11.burn(v.)着火;燃烧→　 　(过去式)→ 　(过去分词)→　 　(adj.)着火的;燃烧的  12.appear(v.)出现→　 　(反义词v.)消失;不见  13.above(prep.& adv.)在……上面;在上面→　 　(对应词prep.& adv.)在……下面;到……下面  14.west(n.& adj.& adv.)西方;西;向西的;西部的;向西;朝西→ 　 　(对应词n.& adj.& adv.)东方;东;东方的;东部的;向东;朝东  burned/burnt burned/burnt burning disappear below east 1.drive sb. 　 　 使人发疯/发狂  2.be 　 　 with sb.成为某人的朋友  3.　 　 out忽略;不提及;不包括  4.　 　 in 召来;叫来  5.　 　…　 　… 既不……也不……  6.to start 　 　 起初;开始时  7.let…　 　 使失望  8.　 　 sb. 　 　 开除某人  短语归纳 crazy/mad friends leave call neither nor with down kick off 9.be 　 　 on sb.对某人苛刻;对某人要求严厉  10.　 　 than 而不是  11.　 　 together齐心协力;通力合作  12.give…a 　 　 捎……一程  13.　 　 赶到;露面  14.　 　 卖光  15.be about 　 　 sth. 正要做某事  16.　 　 disbelief 怀疑地  17.in 　 　 with 与……成一排  18.　 　 the time… 在……以前  hard rather pull lift in line by show　 up sell　 out to　 　do 1.But that music _________ ______ __________.但是那样的音乐让我犯困。  2.Well, ______ ________ I get to know Julie, _______ ________ I realize that we have a lot ______ __________.  嗯,我对朱莉了解得越多,我越发现我们有很多共同点。 3.She said that the sad movie ________ _______ _______.她说悲剧影片使她哭泣。  核心句型 makes　 　me　 　sleepy the　 　more the　 　more in　 　common made　 　her　 　cry 4.___________ medicine _______ rest can help him.药物和休息都帮不了他。  5.______ _______ ________ I got up, my brother had already gotten in the shower.  我起床时,我弟弟已经在洗澡了。 6.________ I got to school, I realized that I _______ ________ my backpack at home.  当我到达学校时,我意识到我把背包落在家里了。 Neither nor By　 　the　 　time When had　 　left 7._________ I got to the bus stop, the bus _______ ___________ ________.  在我到达公共汽车站之前,公共汽车已经开走了。 8.As I was ___________ ______ ________ with the other office workers, I _________ a loud sound.  当我与其他办公室职员一起排队等候时,我听到一声巨响。 9.I _______ _________ ______ go up when I ___________ ______ _______ a coffee first.  我正要上楼,这时我决定先去买杯咖啡。 Before had　 　already left waiting　 　in　 　line heard was　 　about　 　to decided to　 　get In May 2001, I found a job in New York at the World Trade Center. On September 11, 2001, I 1.a　 　 at my building at around 8:30 a.m. I was about to go up when I decided to get a coffee 2.　 　 (首先). I went to my favorite coffee place even though it was two 3.　 　 (街区) east from my office. As I was waiting in line with other office 教材语篇回顾 rrived first blocks 4.　 　 (工作者;工人), I heard a loud sound. Before I could join the others outside to see what was going on, the first plane had already 5.h　 　 my office building. The building was 6.b　 　 and we stared in disbelief at the black smoke rising above the building. I felt lucky to be alive.  workers it urning Almost 10 years later, I 7.　 　 (睡过头) and woke up at 10:00 a.m. on February 21, 2011. I jumped out of bed and went straight to the 8.a　 　. But by the time I got there, my plane to New Zealand had already taken off. “What bad luck!” I thought to myself. The other planes were full so I had to wait 9.　 　 (到;直到) the next day. The next morning, I heard about the 10.　 　 (地震) in New Zealand the day before. My bad luck had unexpectedly turned into a good thing.  overslept irport till/until earthquake I’d rather go to Blue Ocean because I like to listen to quiet music while I’m eating. (P81) would rather意为“宁愿”,表示主语的愿望、选择,其常用结构:would rather (not) do sth.,意为“宁愿(不)做某事”。 1.My brother would rather work in the countryside.我的哥哥宁愿在乡村工作。 2.Which would you rather have, bread or rice? 面包和米饭,你更想吃哪一种? 16 【拓展】 1.would rather do sth. than do sth. = would do sth. rather than do sth.= prefer to do sth. rather than do sth. 意为“宁愿做……也不愿做……”。would rather和than后面所跟的两个对比部分一般要一致。 如:The children would rather walk there than take a bus.=The children would walk there rather than take a bus.=The children prefer to walk there rather than take a bus.孩子们宁愿步行去那里,也不愿乘公交车。 2.rather than意为“而不是”。 如:We want the matter settled sooner rather than later. 我们想尽快解决问题,不想拖到以后再办。 1.If it’s all the same to you, I’d rather 　 　 (eat) at home.  2.Kitty is energetic. In her spare time, she would rather 　 　. (do) outdoor activities than 　 　 (stay) at home. 3.Sally would 　 　 (drive) rather than take the train.  4.我认为最宝贵的东西是时间而不是金钱。 I think the most valuable thing is time, 　 　 . money.   eat do stay drive rather　 　than But that music makes me sleepy.(P81) ◆make在该句中作使役动词,常用结构“make sb./sth.+形容词”,意为“使某人/某物处于某种状态”。 Too much food made the boy ill. 吃得太多使这个男孩生病了。 20 ◆make的其他常见用法如下: 1.My mother made a delicious cake yesterday.昨天,我的妈妈做了一个美味的蛋糕。 2.One of his classmates often makes him laugh.他的一个同学经常使他发笑。 3.The wine is made from grapes. 这酒是用葡萄制成的。 【归纳】常见的make短语 make a wish许愿　　　　make (one’s) bed铺床 make sure确保;查明 make (a) noise制造噪音 make friends结交朋友 make an effort作出努力 make a difference影响;有作用 make up编造(故事、谎言等) make mistakes/a mistake犯错误 make one’s way前往;费力地前进 make one’s own decision自己做决定 make a mess弄得一团糟(一塌糊涂) make sb. feel at home使某人感到宾至如归 1.Hu has brought some changes into his kung fu lessons to make them 　 　 (live) and 　 　 (interest).   2.Laws have been made 　 　 (punish) drunk drivers.  3.I always have business worries, family troubles and health problems. Please tell me how to make them 　 　 . (disappear). 4.Chopsticks can be made 　 　 wood, bamboo or animal bone.(填入适当的介词)  lively interesting to punish disappear of 5.每次汤姆迟到,他都会编造一个借口。所以我想知道他这次的借口是什么。 Every time Tom is late, he’ll 　 　 an excuse. So I wonder what his excuse is this time.  6.当我们在北京的时候,他们竭尽全力使我们感到宾至如归。 They went out of their way to 　 　 . 　 　 when we were in Beijing.  make　 　up make　 　us　 　feel　 　at home Neither medicine nor rest can help him.(P83) ◆neither…nor…意为“既不……也不……”,其含义是否定的,可连接任意两个并列的成分。当neither…nor…连接两个主语时,谓语动词的形式应遵循就近原则。 26 Neither I nor she is at home today. 今天我和她都不在家。 ◆若将neither…nor…句型变为肯定句,只需把neither…nor…改为both…and…即可,同时谓语动词改为复数形式。 Neither my father nor my mother is a teacher. 我的爸爸和我的妈妈都不是老师。 →Both my father and my mother are teachers. 我的爸爸和我的妈妈都是老师。 1.Neither my classmates nor my friend 　 　 (know) anything about the task. I get nothing about it.   2.这部戏既不像塔博里想象的那么滑稽,也不像他想象的那么让人讨厌。 The play is 　 　 as funny 　 　 as disturbing as Tabori thinks it is.  knows neither nor When I got to school, I realized I had left my backpack at home. (P89) 辨析forget, lose和leave 单词 含义 例句 forget 忘记;不记得(指从记忆中消失) I’m sorry I forget your name. 抱歉,我忘记你的名字了。 lose 遗失;失去(指某物不见了或不再属于某人) On my way home, I lost my key. 在回家的路上,我丢失了钥匙。 leave 落下;丢下;遗落(指把某物遗忘在某地) Don’t leave your things on the bus.不要把东西忘在公交车上。 29 1.Tony looked worried because he 　 　 (丢失) his wallet and couldn’t find it.  2. (1)My brother’s favorite book must have got 　 　 in the post.  lose; forget; leave lost lost (2)Some children lie to their teachers that they have 　 　 . their homework at home.  (3)I’ve never 　 　 that lesson. Everyone deserves my attention and I should get to know all of the people who work and live around me.  left forgotten My alarm clock didn’t go off! (P90) ◆go off 意为“(闹钟)发出响声”,相当于动词ring。 The alarm went off just now. You should get up. 闹钟都响过了,你该起床了。 ◆go off还有“开火;(电灯)熄灭;(食物、饮料)变质”等意思。 Suddenly the lights went off. 灯突然熄灭了。 32 【归纳】常见的off短语 get off 下车　　　　　　 cut off 切除 set off 出发;开始 put off 推迟 turn off 关掉 shut off关闭;停止运转 take off 脱下(衣服);(飞机等)起飞 clean…off把……擦掉　kick sb. off开除某人 fall off…从……跌落 go off (闹钟)发出响声 用off短语的适当形式填空。 1.The school’s pretty strict about phones — of course you can bring them, but you have to 　 　 the phones and keep them in a place as you are required before class.   turn off 2.We shouldn’t 　 　 the bus until it stops.  3.Sadly, after the plane 　 　, it fell down out of control and finally hit the rocks.  4.It’s raining hard outside. We have to 　 　 our sports meeting.  get off took off put off 35 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.burn A.v.(使)烧焦;(使)烧糊 B.v.着火;燃烧 C.v.火辣辣地痛;发烫 D.n.烧伤;烫伤 (1)Aloe Vera gel (胶体) helps to deal with the pain of burns. And it also helps with itchiness (痒) caused by insect bites. 　　  (2)That evening, my mom placed a plate of eggs, sausages and burned cookies in front of my dad. 　　  D A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.burn A.v.(使)烧焦;(使)烧糊 B.v.着火;燃烧 C.v.火辣辣地痛;发烫 D.n.烧伤;烫伤 (3)The school gets its electricity from solar panels (太阳能电池板), water power and a generator that burns farm waste. 　　  (4)My face started burning. All I could hear were laughs from some kids in line. 　　  B C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.coach A.n.教练 B.n.长途汽车 C.v.(对体育运动、工作或技能进行)训练,培训,指导 (1)Peter loves baseball. Last summer, he helped coach a school baseball team. 　　  (2)It was there that Peng found her love for swimming and her talent was dug out by a coach.　　  (3)Safety comes first. Everyone on the coach must wear the seat belt. 　　  C A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.shoulder A.n.肩;肩膀 B.v.背;扛 C.v.承担;担负 (1)After that, he couldn’t move his body from the shoulders down. 　　  (2)It is strongly suggested that humans shoulder the responsibility to protect our environment. 　　  (3)As soon as you are running, you have to decide what to do with your bike. You may shoulder it or lift it. 　　  A C B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.block A.n.街区 B.n.(方形或长方形)大块;立方体;长方体 C.v.堵住(某人的路等);挡住(某人的视线等) (1)People collected ice blocks in winter and stored them in an icehouse. 　　  (2)Sometimes, some large rocks block our way. We can choose to stay behind or try to climb over. 　　  (3)The fence is at least nine feet high and runs nearly half the block long. 　　  B C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.pull A.v.拉;拖 B.v.拔出;抽出 C.n.拉伤;扭伤 (1)She pulled him into the bathroom. “Now wash your face and hands,” she said. 　　  (2)He tried to catch up but he knew he could never win Ray. Suddenly, Julian felt a pull in his right leg muscle (肌肉). 　　  (3)Some plants dry up. The wind pulls them from the ground, but they are so big that they can’t fly. 　　  A C B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.Marie Curie’s success in the 　 　 (发现) of radium is closely connected with her hard work.  2.C　 　 are people whose jobs are to organize and train a sports team.  3.Bill was 　 　 (踢) a ball in the yard when I saw him.  discovery oaches kicking 42 4.Alice won’t feel l　 　 out if you ask her to join you each time.  5.Eliza’s face turned p　 　 when she saw a snake moving towards her.  6.We tried pushing and 　 　 (拉) but couldn’t get the sofa moved.  eft ale pulling 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.If you want to ask for sick leave, you must get your teacher’s 　 　 (agree) first.  2.I think Peter’s words are 　 　 (believe), because I know him quite well and he is always an honest man.  3.The Metro journey back to the center of the town was hot and 　 　 (comfortable).  agreement believable uncomfortable 4.Doctor Wang 　 　 (examine) the little boy and found he had a heart problem.  5.The old man likes the new style of his shirt and can’t stop 　 　 (nod) when he looks at it.  6.Friends who often help one another can make their 　 　 (friend) stronger.  examined nodding friendship 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 Say Goodbye to Stress Do you feel stressed often? How do you reduce stress in your life? In 1.　 　 (I) opinion, you can reduce it quickly in some simple ways in fact. The more you practice these ways, the 2.　 　 (fast) you’ll be able to find your inner (内心的) peace. So, the next time you feel stressed, try one of the ways below!  my faster Practicing deep breathing sends a message to the brain. You are safe and it is okay 3.　 　 (relax). Breathing exercises are simple. First, take 4.　 　 deep breath in through your nose for a count of five. Then, breathe out 5.　 　 . (slow) through your mouth. This will reduce the nervousness and help you feel more relaxed.  to relax a slowly Laughing is also very good for you. Laughter 6.　 . (call) the best medicine after all. A good laugh reduces nervousness in your body and leaves your muscles more relaxed for up to 42 minutes.  Laughing also 7.　 　 (make) your immune system (免疫系统) stronger and reduces your stress hormones (荷尔蒙). Watch your favorite TV shows or check out some funny pictures online and see 8.　 　 you feel!  is called makes how Music fills your brain with feel-good hormones. According to 9.　 　 (scientist), classical music can slow down your heart rate (心率) and lower your blood pressure. But in fact, listening 10.　 　 any music you like is good for you.  【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了如何应对压力。 scientists to 1.my　【解析】考查代词。in one’s opinion意为“依……看”。故填my。 2.faster　【解析】考查副词的比较级。根据空格前的“The more”可知,是“the+比较级,the+比较级”句型。故填faster。 3.to relax　【解析】考查动词不定式。it is+adj.+to do sth.意为“做某事是……的”。故填to relax。 4.a　【解析】考查冠词。take a deep breath意为“深呼吸”。故填a。 5.slowly　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰空格前的动词“breathe”。故填slowly。 6.is called　【解析】考查动词的时态、语态和主谓一致。根据语境可知,本句时态为一般现在时;主语“Laughter”和谓语动词“call”之间为被动关系;且主语为第三人称单数,故填is called。 7.makes　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据语境可知,本句时态为一般现在时;且主语“Laughing”为第三人称单数,故填makes。 8.how　【解析】考查宾语从句引导词。根据空格后的“you feel”可知,此处应用how引导宾语从句。故填how。 9.scientists　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前无限定词可知,此处应用可数名词scientist的复数形式。故填scientists。 10.to　【解析】考查介词。listen to…意为“听……”。故填to。 $ 第23课时　Unit 13-Unit 14 [九年级全一册] 1 话题:保护环境(protecting the environment)、校园生活(school days) 2 多维探究 Point 1 Well, to cut down air pollution, we should take the bus or subway instead of driving.(P98) Point 2 This is not only cruel,but also harmful to the environment.(P99) Point 3 Yes, we can’t afford to wait any longer to take action!(P100) Point 4 First of all, I’d like to congratulate all the students who are here today.(P110) Point 5 Although you have to go your separate ways now, I hope that in a few years’ time,you’ll come back to visit our school.(P110) Point 6 Please consider what they’ve done for you and what they mean to you. (P110) 3 1.advantage(n.)优点;有利条件→　 　(反义词n.)不利因素;障碍;不便之处  2.wood(n.)木;木头→　 　(adj.)木制的;木头的  3.harm(v.& n.)伤害;损害→　 　(adj.)有害的→ 　 　(反义词 adj.)无害的  4.science(n.)科学→　 　(adj.)科学上的;科学的→ 　 　(n.)科学家  词汇拓展 disadvantage wooden harmful harmless scientific scientist 4 5.overcome(v.)克服;战胜→　 　(过去式)→ 　 　(过去分词)  6.care(n.& v.)照顾;小心;谨慎;关心;在意;担忧→　 　. (adj.)体贴人的;关心他人的→　 　(adj.)小心的;细致的;精心的;慎重的→　 　(adv.)细致地;小心地;谨慎地→ 　 　(adj.)粗心的;不小心的  7.graduate(v.)毕业;获得学位→　 　(n.)毕业  overcame overcome caring careful carefully careless graduation 8.congratulate(v.)祝贺→　 　(n.)祝贺;恭贺;贺辞  9.thirst(n.)渴望;口渴→　 　(adj.)渴望的;口渴的  10.thank(v.)感谢;谢谢→　 　(adj.)感谢;感激  congratulation(s) thirsty thankful 1.be 　 　 to对……有害  2.at the 　 　 of 在……顶部或顶端  3.take 　 　 in参加  4.　 　 关掉  5.　 　 付费;付出代价  6.　 　 采取行动  7.　 　 扔掉;抛弃  短语归纳 harmful top part turn　 　off pay　 　for take　 　action throw　 　away 8.　 　…down拆下;摧毁  9.　 　 恢复;使想起;归还  10.in a 　 　 连续几次地  11.look 　 　 at 回首(往事);回忆;回顾  12.make a 　 　 弄得一团糟(一塌糊涂)  13.　 　 one’s cool沉住气;保持冷静  14.go 　 　 (时间)逝去;过去  15.　 　 信任;信赖  pull row back mess keep by bring　 　back believe　 　in 16.　 　 of all首先  17.be 　 　 sb.对某人心存感激  18.　 　 of在……前面  19.along 　 　 连同;除……以外还  20.be 　 　 for对……有责任;负责任  21.　 　 出发;启程  22.　 　 from 分离;隔开  23.　 　 sth. 　 　 good use 好好利用某物  24.be 　 　 for 渴望;渴求  first ahead with responsible separate put to thirsty thankful　 　to set　 　out 1.Everyone in this town should ________ _____ ________ _____ cleaning it up!  镇上的每个人都应该在清理(小河)中发挥作用! 2.This is _______ ________ cruel, _______ ________ harmful ______ the environment.  这不仅残忍,而且对环境有害。 核心句型 play　 　a　 　part　 　in not　 　only but　 　also to 3.Have you ever ___________ _________ how these things can actually be_______ ______ ________ _______?  你考虑过怎样好好利用这些东西吗? 4.The gate in front of her house is ________ ______ rocks and old glass bottles.  她房子前面的大门是由石头和旧玻璃瓶制成的。 5.The air pollution is getting _________ _______ _________.  空气污染变得越来越糟糕。 thought　 　about put　 　to　 　good　 　use made　 　of　 worse　 　and　 　worse 6.I know that Ms.Lee was always ___________ ________ you ______ math class.  我知道李老师在数学课上总是对你很有耐心。 7.—What ____________ in Grade 7 that _______ ___________?七年级发生了什么特别的事情?  —Our team _______ the school basketball competition.我们队赢得了校级篮球赛。  patient　 　with in happened was　 　special won 8.—What _______ you _______ ______ do that you __________ ______ now?  你过去常做但现在不做的事情是什么? —I ________ ______ ________ dance lessons, but I don’t ___________.我过去上舞蹈课,但现在不再上了。  9.I’m ___________ ___________ ______ _________ to senior high school.我期盼着上高中。  10.As you _______ _______ ______ your new journey, you shouldn’t forget where you ________ ________.  在新的旅行启程之际,不应忘了你来自何处。 did use　 　to don’t　 　do used　 　to　 　take anymore looking　 　forward　 　to　 　going set　 　out　 　on came　 　from Ladies and gentlemen, Thank you for coming today to attend the graduation ceremony at No.3 Junior High School. First of all, I’d like to 1.　 　. (祝贺) all the students who are here today. You were all so full of energy and 2.t　 　 for knowledge. Although you’ve all worked very hard over the last three years, 3.　 　 (没有一个) of you did it alone. I hope you’ll remember the important people in your lives who helped and 4.　 　 (支持) you. Never fail to be grateful to the people around you.  教材语篇回顾 congratulate hirsty none supported Lastly, the end of junior high school is the 5.b　 　 of a new life. Life in senior high school will be harder and you have many difficult tasks 6.a　 　 of you. You’ll make mistakes along the way, but the key is to 7.　 　 (学习) from your mistakes and never give up.  eginning head learn Although you have to go your 8.　 　 (分开的) ways now, I hope that in a few years’ time, you’ll come back to visit our school. As you set out on your new 9.j　 　, you shouldn’t forget where you came from. The future is yours.  Good luck and hope to see you 10.　 　 (再一次,又一次) sometime soon!  separate ourney again Well, to cut down air pollution, we should take the bus or subway instead of driving.(P98) ◆cut down在此意为“减少”,是“动词+副词”结构的短语,所接的宾语为名词时,宾语可位于down的前面或后面;若为代词,只能位于down的前面。 17 You’d better cut the article down to about 2,000 words. 你最好把这篇文章缩减到两千词左右。 ◆cut down还可意为“砍倒”。 They cut down the big tree. 他们砍倒了这棵大树。 【拓展】cut的其他常见短语 用适当的副词填空。 1.There were three groups of plants: One group wasn’t watered for five days, another group had some parts cut 　 　 and the last group was untouched.   2.I will reuse paper so many of your trees won’t get cut 　 ! off down This is not only cruel,but also harmful to the environment.(P99) ◆harmful作形容词,意为“有害的”,常构成短语be harmful to,意为“对……有害”。 Staying up often is harmful to your health.经常熬夜对你的健康有害。 ◆harm作名词,意为“伤害;损害”,常构成短语do harm to,意为“对……有害”,相当于be harmful to。 21 Too much smoking does harm to his health.=Too much smoking is harmful to his health.吸烟过多对他的健康有害。 1.Too much sugar can be 　 　 (harm) to your health. So eat less sugar. 2.Don’t play games on the computer all day. It does harm 　 . your eyes.(填入适当的介词)  harmful to Yes, we can’t afford to wait any longer to take action!(P100) afford作动词,意为“承担得起(后果);买得起”,通常与can,could或be able to连用,常用于否定句或疑问句中,后接名词、代词或不定式作宾语。常用结构afford to do sth.意为“负担得起做某事”。 23 1.The computer is too expensive. I can’t afford it.这台电脑太贵,我买不起。 2.Jenny couldn’t afford to go abroad this summer.今年夏天珍妮没有足够的钱去国外。 【拓展】 afford还可意为“提供;给予”,其后跟双宾语(afford sb. sth.)。 如:My parents afford me nearly all the things. 我的父母几乎给予了我一切。 1.If you can’t 　 　 (买得起) a meal, you can enter the restaurant and ask for the “No. 6 combo”.   2.Mr. Green has two children but he can’t afford 　 　. (send) them to go to college abroad.   afford to send First of all, I’d like to congratulate all the students who are here today.(P110) ◆first of all意为“首先”,常放在句首表示次序,后面往往接next,then等,其对应词组为at last, in the end。 First of all, let me introduce myself to you. 首先,让我向你作一下自我介绍。 ◆congratulate作动词,意为“祝贺”,常构成短语congratulate sb.on sth.,意为“为某事而祝贺某人”。 26 I congratulate you on your great success.我祝贺你取得巨大的成功。 【拓展】 congratulation是congratulate的名词形式,其复数形式常单独使用。 如:—I’ve got first prize.我得了一等奖。 —Congratulations!祝贺你! 1.首先,让我给你介绍下我的好朋友迈克。 　 　, let me introduce my good friend Mike to you.  2.—　 　 (congratulate) on winning a gold medal at the skating competition!  —Thank you! I spent nearly half a year preparing for it. Congratulations First　 　of　 　all Although you have to go your separate ways now, I hope that in a few years’ time,you’ll come back to visit our school.(P110) ◆separate在句中作形容词,意为“单独的;分离的”。 My brother and I have separate bedrooms. 我和我哥哥有各自单独的卧室。 ◆separate与divide “分开”动作不一样 29 单词 含义 常用结构 separate v.“分开;分离”,表示把原来(连)在一起或靠近的事物分隔开来,分开后的部分具有相对的独立性 separate…from… 将……与……分开 be separated from… 和……分隔开 divide v.“分开;分散”,表示把整体分成若干部分 divide…into… 把……分成…… be divided into… 被分成…… 1.We’d better separate the good apples from the bad ones. 我们最好把好苹果和坏苹果分开。 2.The world is divided into seven continents. 世界被分成七大洲。 1.When a young elephant is 　 　 (分离) from its mother, it becomes an orphan (孤儿).   2.Sometimes the students are divided 　 　 four groups to play games. (填入适当的介词)  3.不管我走到哪里都没有什么能把我和我的祖国分开。 Wherever I go, nothing can make me 　 　. my motherland.  separated into separate　 　from Please consider what they’ve done for you and what they mean to you. (P110) consider作动词,意为“仔细考虑;认为;视为”,其常见搭配如下: 33 1.We must consider it very carefully. 我们必须认真考虑这件事。 2.The Browns considered going to see the film. 布朗夫妇考虑去看这部电影。 3.Mr. Miller considers me (as) a friend. 米勒先生把我当作朋友。 1.—I’m considering 　 　 (go) abroad for further study, but I haven’t decided yet.  —You’d better ask your English teacher for some advice. 2.The loong is considered 　 　 (be) lucky and wise. It is a big part of China’s history and culture. 3.Many people consider their busy work 　 　 an excuse to do exercise.(填入适当的介词)   going to be as 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.cost A.v.花费 B.n.花费;价钱 C.n.代价,损失 (1)Running is getting popular. It is good for our health and it costs nothing.　　  (2)We can’t make money at the cost of the environment. We should leave clean water and green mountains to our next generations (一代人). 　　  (3)The credits can be exchanged for subway tickets and are also used to pay for the cost of using shared bikes. 　　  A C B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.text A.n.文本;正文 B.v.发短信 (1)The following text was written by a reporter: He tried to find out whether social media has a positive or negative effect on children.　　  (2)Some watch TV when doing homework, some text, and some others listen to music. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.level A.n.标准;水平 B.n.层次;级别 C.n.楼层 D.adj.平坦的 (1)The knowledge level ChatGPT shows is the same as a university student. That’s why it shocked the world.　　  (2)The first step to grow rice is preparing the land. It must be level. 　　  A D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.level A.n.标准;水平 B.n.层次;级别 C.n.楼层 D.adj.平坦的 (3)With an area of more than 4,300 mu, Lotus Lake Wetland Park is a 4A level scenic spot (景点). 　　  (4)Whoever built the tallest tower in one minute won. Lin set the record with 33 levels. 　　  B C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.present A.v.授予;呈递 B.n.礼物;礼品 C.n.目前;现在 D.adj.出现;在场;出席 (1)When a younger person is presenting something to an older person, two hands are used. 　　  (2)Our headmaster will give us a speech on safety in the school hall at 8 a.m. on June 21st. All the students should be present. 　　  A D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.present A.v.授予;呈递 B.n.礼物;礼品 C.n.目前;现在 D.adj.出现;在场;出席 (3)Through them, we can closely connect the past, present, and future of our country. 　　  (4)He buys his grandparents small presents when he visits them. 　　  C B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.With the help of my teacher, my exam scores 　 　 (加倍) last term.  2.We are supposed to bring our own shopping bags instead of using 　 　 (塑料的) ones.  3.Clara sits in the last 　 　 (一排), so she can’t see the blackboard clearly.  doubled plastic row 42 4.Sweet memories were b　 　 back when I saw these old things.  5.Two lawyers were told not to leave the building but no reason for this 　 　 (指示;命令) was given.  6.I didn’t want to be the first to speak, so I pushed the others a　 　.  7.A life without a dream is like a bird without w　 　.  rought instruction head ings 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.What a terrible plant! This is probably the 　 　 (ugly) one I’ve ever seen.  2.Every year, a great number of 　 　 (fisherman) work hard to provide us with fresh seafood.  3.Life was very hard for these early pioneers and they 　 　 (overcome) many problems every day.  ugliest fishermen overcame 4.This ancient building is very old, and it has a 　 　 . (wood) floor.  5.I think Amy is a 　 　 (care) girl because she often helps her classmates.  6.The more used things people 　 　 (recycle), the better it will be for environmental protection.  wooden caring recycle 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 Last year we had a new classmate. 1.　 　 (he) name is Danny. He was tall and handsome 2.　 　 brown eyes. Many classmates liked him.   One day, we 3.　 　 (tell) that we would have a school trip at the end of the month. The whole class got very 4.　 　 (excite) and the girls began to discuss what to wear and bring with them. But Danny simply told everyone he wouldn’t go.  were told excited His with “Don’t you like it, Danny?” our teacher Mr. Sims asked with kindness. Danny stood up and said, “It’s too much money for me. My dad is ill in bed. My mom works in 5.　 　 supermarket every day. I’m not asking them for money.”  “I’m very proud of you that you can understand your 6.　 　 (parent). Not every student of your age can think about this,” Mr. Sims replied.  a parents Then Mr. Sims said to the class, “This year, we are going to do things 7.　 　 (different). Would you like to raise money for the trip by yourselves? I want each of you 8.　 　 (come) up with at least one idea. And we are going to make a plan tomorrow.”  “Well, my family can afford the trip. Do I still have to do that?” Shelly asked. “Shelly, this will be a different and valuable learning experience for everyone, 9.　 　 you have the money or not.”  differently to come whether That day, we knew Danny better than before because he was not only honest but also brave. Danny’s behavior 10.　 　 (help) us to understand what his family had or didn’t have couldn’t decide who he was. He won the respect of many of us.  【主旨大意】通过一次学校旅行前的讨论,“我们”对新同学Danny有了更深的了解。他的诚实和勇敢赢得了“我们”的尊重。 helped 1.His　【解析】考查代词。根据空格后的“name”可知,此处应用形容词性物主代词修饰名词,又因空格位于句首,故填His。 2.with　【解析】考查介词。此处表示伴随,意为“有着棕色的眼睛”。故填with。 3.were told　【解析】考查动词的时态、语态和主谓一致。根据句子成分分析可知,“we”和“tell”之间是被动关系,应用被动语态,且全文叙述的是发生在过去的事情,应用一般过去时,又因主语是“we”,故填were told。 4.excited　【解析】考查形容词。根据主语“The whole class”可知,此处应用以-ed结尾的形容词作表语。故填excited。 5.a　【解析】考查冠词。此处表示泛指且supermarket以辅音音素开头,故填a。 6.parents　【解析】考查名词的数。parent是可数名词,根据句意可知,此处表示父母二人,应用parent的复数形式。故填parents。 7.differently　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词“do”。故填differently。 8.to come　【解析】考查动词不定式。want sb. to do sth. 意为“想要某人做某事”。故填to come。 9.whether　【解析】考查连词。whether…or not意为“是否”。故填whether。 10.helped　【解析】考查动词的时态。全文叙述的是发生在过去的事,此处应用一般过去时。故填helped。 $第19课时　Unit 5-Unit 6 [九年级全一册] 1 话题:中国制造的东西(things made in China)、发明(inventions) 2 多维探究 Point 1 Is it made of silver?(P33) Point 2 For example, Anxi and Hangzhou are widely known for their tea. (P34) Point 3 He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.(P35) Point 4 What are they used for?(P42) Point 5 The guide warned them not to climb the mountain in bad weather.(P44) Point 6 Potato chips were invented by mistake.(P45) 3 1.music(n.)音乐;乐曲→　 　(adj.)音乐的;有音乐天赋的→　 　(n.)音乐家  2.hero(n.)英雄;男主角→　 　(pl.)  3.leaf(n.)叶;叶子→　 　(pl.)  4.widely(adv.)广泛地;普遍地→　 　(adj.)宽的;宽阔的  5.France法国→　 　(n.)法语  词汇拓展 musical musician heroes leaves wide French 4 6.Germany德国→　 　(adj.& n.)德国的;德语的;德国人的;德语;德国人  7.competitor(n.)参赛者;竞争者→　 　(n.)比赛;竞赛;竞争→　 　(v.)竞争;对抗  8.produce(v.)生产;制造;出产→　 　(n.)产品;制品  9.please(interj.& v.)(用于客气地请求或吩咐)请;使 满意;使愉快→　 　(n.)高兴;愉快→　 　(adj.)高兴;满意;愉快→　 　(adj.)令人愉悦的  German competition compete product pleasure pleased pleasant 10.day(n.)一天;一日;白天→　 　(adj.)每日的;日常的  11.rule(v.& n.)统治;规则;规章→　 　(n.)统治者;支配者;尺;直尺  12.wolf(n.)狼→　 　(pl.)  13.translate(v.)翻译→　 　(n.)翻译;译文 →　 　(n.)(尤指专职)翻译,译员,翻译家  14.sudden(adj.)突然(的)→　 　(adv.)突然;忽然  15.Canadian(adj.& n.)加拿大的;加拿大人的;加拿大人 →　 　(n.)加拿大  daily ruler wolves translation translator suddenly Canada 1.be _________________ for以……闻名;为人知晓  2.no __________ 不论;无论  3.have a _________ 有道理  4.by ____________ 偶然;意外地  5.without _________ 毫无疑问;的确  6.all of a __________ 突然;猛地  7.______ ___________ 错误地;无意中  短语归纳 known/famous matter point accident doubt sudden by　 　mistake 8.__________…into把……分开  9.not only…_______ ________… 不但……而且……  10.________ ______ to 钦佩;仰慕  11._____________…________ 翻译成  12.be ________ ______ 被……所使用  13.______ ___________ 处于麻烦中  14.be ___________ ________ 被……所覆盖  15.be ____________ ______ 被……发明  divide but　 　also look　 　up translate into used　 　by in　 　trouble covered　 　with invented　 　by 1.They are ________ ______ bamboo and __________ ________ paper.  它们是由竹子制造的,并用纸覆盖着。 2.They _______ ________ ______ bright ___________ of _____________ and good __________.  它们被看作是幸福和美好祝愿的光明象征。 核心句型 made　 　of covered　 　with are　 　seen　 　as symbols happiness　 wishes 3.He found ______ interesting ________ so many products in the local shops were ________ ______ China.  他发现一件有趣的事情,在当地的商店里,很多产品都是中国制造的。 4._____________ ______ Chinese history, sky lanterns were first ________ ______ Zhuge Kongming.  据中国历史,孔明灯最早是由诸葛孔明使用的。 it that　 made　 　in According　 　to used　 　by 5.______ ______ ________ ________ a Chinese ruler _________ Shen Nong was the first ______ ____________ tea as a drink. 据说有一位叫作神农的中国统治者最早发现了茶可以饮用。  6.Some leaves from a tea plant ________ ________ the water and ____________ there for some time.  一些叶子从茶树上落入水里并在里面停留了一段时间。 It　 　is　 　said　 　that called　 to　 　discover fell　 　into remained　 7.—________ _______ the zipper ____________? 拉链是什么时候发明的?  —It _______ ____________ ______ 1893.它发明于1893年。  8.Today, the _____________ of basketball has ________ around the world, with many young people ___________ ___ becoming famous players.  如今,许多年轻人都梦想成为著名的篮球运动员,篮球在世界各地也越来越普及。 When　 　was invented was　 　invented　 　in popularity　 risen dreaming　 of If you go to another country, what kinds of things would you buy?Would you buy a 1.　 　 (照相机) in Japan, some beautiful clothes in 2.　 　 (法国), or a watch in Switzerland?No matter what you may buy, you might think those products were made in those countries. However, you could be 3.w　 　. Kang Jian, a 17-year-old student from Shanghai, 4.　 　 (拜访) his aunt and uncle in San Francisco last year. He found it 5.　 　 (有趣的) 教材语篇回顾 camera France rong visited interesting/fun that so many things in the local shops were made in China. He realized that 6.A　 　 can hardly avoid buying things made in China. “In fact,” he 7.　 　 (继续存在;持续), “there were many other things there made in China — footballs, handbags, mobile phones. 8.　 　 (甚至) American flags are made in China!” Kang Jian thinks it’s great that China is so good at making these 9.　 . (日常的) things. More importantly, China is also making more high-technology products that can be widely bought and loved by people in all 10.　 　 (部分) of the world.  mericans continues Even everyday/daily parts Is it made of silver?(P33) be made of为“be+及物动词的过去分词”构成的被动语态结构,意为“由……制成的”,注意of后面的原料在成品中是看得出的。 The old house is made of stone and wood. 这座老房子是用石块和木头建造的。 15 【归纳】 1.The Belt and Road Initiative (“一带一路”倡议) helps products from other countries enter China’s market. At the same time, all kinds of products 　 　 (make) in China are sold to other countries, too.  made 2.用适当的介词填空。 (1)A few months passed and the furniture made 　 　 that maker began to break.  (2)The first kite was made 　 　 wood in history.   3.这首歌主要由电吉他的慢旋律组成。 The song is mainly 　 　 a slow melody from an electric guitar.   by of made　 　up　 　of For example, Anxi and Hangzhou are widely known for their tea. (P34) ◆widely作副词,意为“广泛地;普遍地”,修饰动词、形容词等。 The idea has now been widely accepted. 这一观点现在已被广泛接受。 ◆be known for意为“以……闻名;为人知晓”,同义短语:be famous for。 Beijing is known/famous for many places of interest.北京以许多名胜古迹闻名。 19 【归纳】 短语 含义及用法 例句 be known for 意为“以……闻名”,其后所接内容表示某人或某物的特点、特长等 Guilin is known for its beautiful mountains and rivers.桂林以其美丽的山水闻名。 以上三个短语中的known可替换为famous,含义相同。 短语 含义及用法 例句 be known as 意为“作为……而著名”,其后的名词表示一个人的身份、职业等 He is known as a singer.他作为一名歌手而出名。 be known to 意为“为……所了解/知道”,其后接表示人的词语 He is known to all in our village.我们村子里的人都了解他。 1.In a word, the loong is loved 　 　 (wide) by Chinese people and can be found everywhere in Chinese daily life.   widely 2.用适当的介词填空。 (1)He is known 　 　 the movie fans all over the world.  (2)Children are known 　 　 wanting answers to many questions because curiosity (好奇心) is part of human nature.  (3)As we all know, the Yangtze River is known 　 　 a “mother river” of the Chinese nation. to for as He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.(P35) avoid作动词,意为“避免;回避”,其后接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。 Lily avoided answering my questions. 莉莉对我的问题避而不答。 24 1.The government built a wall to 　 　 (避免) soil being washed away.  2.On the bus ride home, Ann avoided 　 　 (sit) next to Lily on purpose. avoid sitting What are they used for?(P42) be used for意为“被用来做……”,介词for表示用途,后面接名词或动名词。 Stamps are used for sending letters. 邮票是用于寄信的。 26 【归纳】 1.—Do you know why AI is being used 　 　 (create) music?  —I’m not sure. Maybe it’s cheaper than paying a musician. to create 2.用适当的介词填空。 (1)There are over fifty different types of plastics. Many of them are used 　 　 packaging (包装). (2)Chinese will be widely used 　 　 an international language around the world.  (3)Cameras are used 　 　 many people during traveling.  for as by The guide warned them not to climb the mountain in bad weather.(P44) warn作动词,意为“警告;告诫”,常和sb.连用,其常见结构如下: 30 1.We often warn our children not to play with fire.我们经常告诫我们的孩子别玩火。 2.Drivers warned the passengers of thieves. 司机提醒乘客小心窃贼。 1.—Our parents often warn us 　 　 (not talk) with strangers.  —That’s true. As teenagers, we should learn to protect ourselves. not to talk 2.用适当的介词填空。 (1)My mother punished me and warned me 　 　 using the computer this term.  (2)The bell was first designed as an emergency alarm (警钟) to warn 　 　 danger, but it was very often used to tell people the time. against of/about 33 Potato chips were invented by mistake.(P45) by mistake和by accident都是“无意地” 短语 含义 例句 by mistake 错误地;无意中(粗心) He put too much salt into the soup by mistake. 他无意中在汤里放了太多盐。 by accident 偶然;意外地 (没料到) I read the news on the Internet by accident. 我偶然在网上看到这个新闻。 34 1.—Excuse me, sir. Are you sure the umbrella in your hand belongs to you? —Oh, sorry. I took it 　 　. Mine is over there under the chair.   2.On the train to Zhenjiang, Mr.Wu met one of his old friends 　 　 . by accident; by mistake by mistake by accident 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.produce A.v.生长;出产;繁育 B.v.引起;导致;使产生 C.v.制作,拍摄(电影、戏剧等) D.n.产品;(尤指)农产品 (1)Besides sharing Chinese poems she had written, Podareva also produced videos about cultural differences between China and Russia.　　  (2)A study in 2019 said that a water temperature of 40℃ to 42.4℃ produces the best-quality (最优质的) sleep. 　　  C B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.produce A.v.生长;出产;繁育 B.v.引起;导致;使产生 C.v.制作,拍摄(电影、戏剧等) D.n.产品;(尤指)农产品 (3)Some farm produce is of good quality but looks not that good. Farmers don’t usually try to sell this produce. 　　  (4)Because of different materials, many kinds of paper were produced for different uses. 　　  D A 37 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.low A.adj.低于通常(或平均)数量(或水平、价值)的 B.adj.不好的;差的 C.adj.沮丧的;消沉的 (1)Being sad or in a low mood is a normal part of life. Many people feel down from time to time. 　　  (2)We call it “junk sleep”. It means you don’t get enough sleep and the quality of the sleep is low, too. 　　  (3)Doctors praise seafood for being low in fat. 　　  C B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.ring A.n.戒指 B.v.(使)发出钟声,响起铃声 C.v.回响;响彻 (1)During every Christmas, “Silver Bells, Silver Bells, it’s Christmas time in the city…” would ring throughout the house. 　　  (2)At 8:30 p.m., the bell rings the second time, telling the 3,000 villagers that screen-free time is over. 　　  (3)In the last cup, she accidentally dropped a ring that her parents had given her. 　　  C B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.form A.n.类型;种类 B.n.形式;样子 C.n.表格 D.v.(使)形成 (1)To spread the beauty of poetry, many ancient poems are performed in the form of songs. 　　  (2)The following life lessons about money can help us form good spending habits. 　　  (3)Justin has just ordered some food from the Corner Cafe. Here is his order form. 　　  (4)Camping is one of the most popular forms of outdoor activities. 　　  B D C A 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.It is polite to take off your 　 　 (手套) when you shake hands with others.  2.Whoever breaks the law will sooner or later be caught and will be p　 　.  3.Many 　 　 (当地的;本地的) shops will be forced to close if the new supermarket is built.  gloves unished local 41 4.S　 　 is knocking at the door. Go and see who it is, Sandy.  5.—Mom, could you h　 　 a cup of milk? I want to drink something hot.  —Sure. Wait a minute. 6.I thought the teacher would say something about our exam but he didn’t m　 　 it at all.  omeone/Somebody eat ention 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1. While Tom with his parents was sweeping the floor yesterday, the telephone 　 　 (ring).  2.When fall comes, all the 　 　 (leaf) turn yellow and brown.   3.The girl got a new bike from her father and she loves 　 　 . (it) color very much.  rang leaves its 4.Common people can also be 　 　 (hero) and do great things.  5.Ted 　 　 (spread) the news around his school and soon everyone knew it.  6.Mr. Brown is a businessman. He makes lots of money by 　 　 (trade) with some big companies.  heroes spread trading 三、根据短文内容和所给中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 “Just because you can’t see something, that doesn’t mean it’s not there.” This old saying is 1.　 　 (广泛) known to us but more meaningful for British sculptor (雕刻家) Willard. His 2.　 　 (产品) are so small that you can see them clearly only through a microscope. But still, they are pretty 3.　 　. (生动的). Willard has held some 4.　 　 (国际的) exhibitions so far. But how does he make it? The answer is widely products lively international “Very, very carefully.” Willard usually works with a microscope and uses special tools and 5.　 　 (材料). To paint his works, he uses the hair from a fly as a paintbrush. He even holds his breath to 6.　 　 (避免) making mistakes. “It is a terrible dream when I start but a nice dream when I finish,” he says. He spends at least several weeks 7.　 　 (完成) a piece of work. Without 8.　 　 (疑问), making these artworks is a very long and difficult 9.　 　 (过程). But he still makes it his 10.　 　 (日常的) work. Many people want to own his art pieces.  material(s) avoid completing/finishing doubt process daily/everyday 【主旨大意】本文介绍了专注于微雕的英国艺术家Willard。 1.widely　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词known。故填widely。 2.products　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格后的“are”可知,此处应用可数名词product的复数形式。故填products。 7.completing/finishing　【解析】考查动名词。spend some time (in) doing sth.意为“花费时间做某事”。故填completing/finishing。 $ 第10课时　Unit 7-Unit 8 [八年级上册] 1 话题:未来的生活(life in the future)、烹饪(cooking) 2 多维探究 Point 1 Will people use money in 100 years?(P49) Point 2 There will be(more/less/fewer)pollution.(P50) Point 3 I live in an apartment across the street from here. (P52) Point 4 However,they agree it may take hundreds of years. (P53) Point 5 This was not possible 20 years ago, but computers and rockets also seemed impossible 100 years ago.(P53) Point 6 Turn on the blender. (P57) 3 1.pollute(v.)污染→　 　(n.)污染;污染物  2.peace(n.)和平→　 　(adj.)和平的;安宁的  3.danger(n.)危险→　 　(adj.)有危险的;不安全的  4.agree(v.)同意;赞成;应允→　 　(n.)(意见或看法)一致;同意→　 　(反义词v.)不同意;持不同意见;有分歧  词汇拓展 pollution peaceful dangerous agreement disagree 4 5.possible(adj.)可能存在或发生的;可能的→　 　(反义词adj.)不可能存在或发生的;不可能的→　 　(adv.)可能;或许  6.final(adj.)最后的;最终的→　 　(adv.)最后;最终  7.celebrate(v.)庆祝;庆贺→　 　(n.)庆典;庆祝活动  8.environment(n.)环境→　 　(adj.)自然环境的;有关环境的  impossible possibly finally celebration environmental 9.service(n.)接待;服务→　 　(v.)接待;服务;提供→ 　 　(n.)仆人  10.predict(v.)预言;预告→　 　(n.)预言;预测  11.probable(adj.)很可能发生(或存在等)的→　 　(adv.)很可能;大概  serve servant prediction probably 1.　 　 　 　 　 　 将来  2.play a 　 　 in (doing) sth.  参与(做)某事;在(做)某事中发挥作用 3.　 　 　 　 太空站;宇宙空间站  4.　 　 and 　 　 　 　 多次;反复地  5.　 　 　 　 sb.不同意某人的观点  6.hundreds 　 　 许多;大量  短语归纳 in the future part/role space station over over again disagree with of 7.　 　 突然倒下;跌倒;倒塌  8.　 　 寻找;寻求  9.　 　 接通(电流、煤气、水等);打开  10.　 　…　 　…把……倒入……  11.　 　…　 　…把……充满……  12.be 　 　 great 　 　 处于极大危险之中  13.　 　 housework 帮忙做家务  fall　 　down look　 　for turn　 　on pour into fill with in danger help　 　with 14.　 　 sth. 忘记去做某事  15.　 　 sth. 　 　… 把某物加到……  16.　 　 sth. 　 　… 用……覆盖某物  17.　 　 a 　 　 temperature 在高温下  18.　 　 bread 一片面包  forget　 　to　 　do add to cover with at high a　 　piece　 　of 1.—　 　 　 　 the future 　 　 　 　?未来会是什么样子呢?  —Cities will be 　 　 polluted. And there will be 　 .. trees.  城市会被污染得更严重,并且树会更少。 2.—　 　 people use money 　 　 　 　 　 　?100年后,人们还用钱吗?  —No, they 　 　.不,他们不用。  核心句型 What will be like more fewer Will in 100 years won’t 3.There will 　 　 　 　 free time.空闲时间将更少。  4.Today there 　 　 already robots 　 　 in factories.现在已经有机器人在工厂里干活了。  5.Everyone should 　 　 a part 　 　 　 　 the earth.每个人都应当尽一份力来拯救地球。  6.—　 　 do you 　 　 a banana milk shake?你怎么做香蕉奶昔?  —　 　, peel the bananas.首先,剥去香蕉的皮。  be less are working play in saving How make First 7.—　 　 　 　 bananas do we need?我们需要多少香蕉?  —We need three bananas.我们需要三根香蕉。 8.—　 　 　 　 yogurt do we need?我们需要多少酸奶?  —We need one cup 　 　 yogurt.我们需要一杯酸奶。  How many How much of 9.Thanksgiving 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 give thanks 　 　 food in the autumn and other good things people enjoy in life.人们在感恩节这天感谢秋天的食物和生活中享受到的其他美好事物。  10.In most countries, people usually eat 　 　 . 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　.  在大多数国家,人们通常在特殊的节日里吃传统食物。 11.Then, 　 　 the cabbage, tomatoes and onion and 　 　 　 　 　 　 10 minutes.  然后加入卷心菜、西红柿和洋葱,再煮上10分钟。 is a time to for traditional food on special holidays add cook for another 13 Thanksgiving in North America In most countries, people usually eat traditional food on special 1.　 　 (假期;假日). A special day in the United States is Thanksgiving. It is always on the 2.f　 　 Thursday in November, but in Canada it falls on the second Monday in 3.　 　 (十月). Thanksgiving is a time to give 4.t　 　. for food in the autumn and other good things 教材语篇回顾 holidays ourth October hanks people enjoy in life. Families see Thanksgiving as a time to get together and usually 5.c　 　 it by having a big meal with their family. The 6.　 　 (主要的;最重要的) dish of this meal is almost always turkey, a large bird. At the same time, people often 7.　 　 (把……准备好) other things, such as gravy, cornbread, mashed potatoes, and pumpkin or apple pie.  elebrate main prepare To make a turkey 8.　 (正餐), first, mix some bread pieces, onions, salt and pepper. Next, fill the turkey with this bread mix. Then, put the turkey in a hot oven and 9.c　 　 it for a few hours. When it is ready, 10.　 　 (放置) the turkey on a large plate and cover it with gravy. Finally, cut the turkey into thin pieces and eat the meat with vegetables.  dinner ook place/put Will people use money in 100 years?(P49) ◆“in+一段时间”意为“在……(时间)后”,常用在一般将来时的句子中。 1.What will the world be like in 20 years?二十年之后,世界会是什么样子呢? 2.We will have a sports meeting in a week. 一周之后,我们将举办运动会。 17 ◆辨析in, after和later 单词 常见搭配 用法 in in+时间段 表示“从现在开始算起的一段时间以后”,句中谓语动词通常用一般将来时,对其提问用how soon after after+时间段 常用于一般过去时,对其提问用when after+时间点 常用于一般将来时,对其提问用when later 时间段+later 相当于“after+时间段”,多用于一般过去时 1.He will get to Beijing in two hours. 他将在两小时后到达北京。 2.He got to Beijing after two hours.=Two hours later, he got to Beijing. 他两小时后到达了北京。 3.Our teacher will come back after nine o’clock.我们老师将在九点以后回来。 1.What will take place on smartphones 　 　 twenty years’ time? 2.Don’t drink all your water in one go, or you will feel thirsty 　 　.   3.　 　 one week of practice, we showed it in front of our class to prepare for the school-level competition. in; after; later in later After There will be(more/less/fewer)pollution.(P50) more,less,fewer是形容词的比较级,常用于比较数量的多少。 1.Who has more balls, John or Tom? 谁拥有更多的球,约翰还是汤姆? 2.There is less water in the yellow glass than in the green one. 黄色杯子里的水比绿色杯子里的少。 3.I think there will be fewer factories in the future.我认为将来工厂会更少。 21 【拓展】many, few, much和little “多少”之分 原级 比较级 最高级 含义 用法 many more most “多” 修饰可数名词复数 few fewer fewest “少” much more most “多” 修饰不可数名词 little less least “少” 1.—There has been 　 　 and 　 　 pollution in Leshan these years.  —The government has made a great effort on it. I’m sure this problem will be solved one day in the future. (little) less less 2.When a rabbit feels hot, the blood vessels will become greater in size. This allows 　 　 (much) blood to move to its ears.   3.我们应该用更少的钱和更少的人做更多的事。 We should do 　 things with 　 money and 　 . people.   more more less fewer I live in an apartment across the street from here. (P52) ◆across作介词,意为“在……的对面”。 My house is just across the street. 我家就在街道对面。 25 ◆辨析across, cross, over, through和past 单词 用法 图示 across prep. 指从某个平面的一边到另一边   walk across the road= cross the road 穿过马路 cross v.横过;越过,相当于go/run/walk across over prep.指从物体上方越过、跨过   jump over the hurdle跨栏 单词 用法 图示 through prep.指从物体内部通过,往往指穿过隧道、森林,(光线)透过窗户等   go through the gate 走过大门 past prep.从……旁边经过   go past a tall building 经过一座高楼 The Great Wall winds its way from west to east, across the deserts, over the mountains, through the valleys, till at last it reaches the sea. 长城从西到东,穿过沙漠、翻过山脉、越过峡谷,蜿蜒而行,直到最后到达海边。 1.College students travel freely and enjoy traveling on their own. When I was in college, I took a road trip with my friends 　 　 the country for spring break.   2.The pictures can help drivers fight tiredness and travel 　 　 the tunnel safely.  across; cross; over; through; past across through 3.When racers reach the barriers (障碍物), they can ride 　 　 them, or pick up their bikes and run.  4.The Smiths heard a boy crying when they walked 　 　 a small house.  5.When I saw Xiao Wang yesterday, he was helping an old man 　 　 the road. over past (to) cross However,they agree it may take hundreds of years. (P53) ◆agree作动词,意为“同意;赞成;应允”。其常见用法如下: 31 1.We agree with what you said. 我们同意你的说法。 2.Linda’s parents agreed to leave early. 琳达的父母同意早点出发。 3.My parents agreed that they would take me to the museum this weekend. 我的父母同意这个周末带我去博物馆。 ◆agree的名词形式为agreement,意为“(意见或看法)一致;同意;协议;协定”;反义词为disagree,意为“不同意;持不同意见;有分歧”。 1.The two sides failed to reach agreement.双方未能取得一致意见。 2.Even friends disagree sometimes. 即便是朋友有时也有分歧。 1.用适当的介词填空。 (1)—I don’t think sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to drive. —I agree 　 　 you. It’s not safe.  (2)The two sides didn’t agree 　 　 the date of the meeting.   with on/about 2.Stealing it seemed like an impossible task, but Fifth Brother agreed 　 　 (try). 3.I tried to talk with them, but they 　 　 (agree) with me.  4.You’ll have to get your parents’ 　 　 (agree) if you want to go on the trip.  to try disagreed agreement This was not possible 20 years ago, but computers and rockets also seemed impossible 100 years ago.(P53) ◆seem作连系动词,意为“好像;似乎;看来”。其常见用法如下: 36 1.John seems a postman. 约翰似乎是个邮递员。 2.My sister seems to be sleeping. 我姐姐好像在睡觉。 3.It seems that Mrs. Brown is happy. 布朗夫人看起来好像很高兴。 【注意】 seem to do sth.和It seems that从句可以互换。 如:Mary seems to be very sad.=It seems that Mary is very sad.玛丽看上去好像很伤心。 ◆impossible是由possible加前缀im-构成的形容词,常用作表语。常用句型:It is impossible for sb.to do sth.意为“对于某人来说做某事是不可能的。” It’s impossible for us to finish the work in five days.对于我们来说,在五天内完成这项工作是不可能的。 1.Days pass by. It 　 　 (似乎;看来) that daily life will become boring if nothing unexpected happens in our lives.  2.Nothing is 　 　 (possible). It means everything can happen if you make efforts.   3.Ralph Spencer listened politely, but did not seem very 　 　 (interest). seems impossible interested 4.Studies show that drivers who don’t get enough sleep seem 　 　 (get) into more accidents.   5.Danny seems to be lying about why he was absent from class yesterday. (同义句转换) 　 　 Danny is lying about why he was absent from class yesterday.  to get It　 　seems　 　that 41 Turn on the blender. (P57) 辨析turn on, turn off, turn up和turn down 短语 含义 图示 turn on 打开;接通(电流、煤气、水等)   turn off 关掉;截断(电流、煤气、水等)   42 短语 含义 图示 turn up 开大;调高(音量、热量等)   turn down 关小;调低(音量、热量等);拒绝   1.I want to watch the football game. Can I turn on the TV?我想看足球赛。我能打开电视吗? 2.I can’t hear the radio clearly. Could you turn it up a bit?我听不清楚收音机的声音。你能把它的音量调高点儿吗? 3.Miss Green turned down his invitation last time.格林小姐上次拒绝了他的邀请。 【注意】 turn on/off/up/down等由“动词+副词”构成的短语,当代词作其宾语时,需把代词放在动词和副词之间。 1.After lunch, we explored more of the museum and stayed for the rest of the day. They were 　 　 the lights when we left! 2.—Mrs. Smith, I have some trouble sleeping. Would you mind 　 　 the music a bit, please?  —Of course not. turn on; turn off; turn up; turn down turning off turning down 3.The radio was 　 　 loud. It made me feel uncomfortable.  4.Just 　 　 your phone’s camera and you will find your place through the AR service.   turned up turn on 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.paper A.n.纸 B.n.论文;文章 C.n.报纸 D.n.试卷 (1)The next morning, as I was looking listlessly over the papers at breakfast, I came across this paragraph. 　　  (2)Now I’ll show you how to make a good DIY (Do It Yourself) paper fan. 　　  C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.paper A.n.纸 B.n.论文;文章 C.n.报纸 D.n.试卷 (3)So now students who don’t pass the exams will not see a big red F on their papers; they see a “Not yet” instead. 　　  (4)After finishing his studies at Beihang University, Gui went to Canada to do research and wrote many papers. 　　  D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.plant A.n.植物 B.v.栽种;种植;播种 C.n.发电厂;工厂 D.v.使(思想、信念等)植根于 (1)They collected the seeds (种子) of wild plants that grew in the forests. 　　  (2)Ever since then, the plant has been producing a large amount of wastewater. 　　  A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.plant A.n.植物 B.v.栽种;种植;播种 C.n.发电厂;工厂 D.v.使(思想、信念等)植根于 (3)A primary school in Nanjing has just opened a herb farm. More than 30 herbs are planted. 　　  (4)We teachers should trust what was planted in our children and tried our best to nurture (培育) it. 　　  B D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.part A.n.部分;成分 B.n.参加;参与 C.n.零件 D.v.离开;分开 (1)A young elephant becomes an orphan if it’s parted from its mother or its mother dies. 　　  (2)3-D printers are already used to make life-size models of car parts, and man-made body parts, like ears. 　　  D C 3.part A.n.部分;成分 B.n.参加;参与 C.n.零件 D.v.离开;分开 (3)Students should know it’s important to save food and they can play a part in deciding menus. 　　  (4)It’s a tangram (七巧板) made by my father. It’s part of traditional Chinese culture and shows the wisdom (智慧) of Chinese people. 　  B A 4.shape A.n.形状;外形 B.n.状况;情况 C.v.使成为……形状(或样子);塑造 D.v.决定……的形成;影响……的发展 (1)Beijing Zoo has brought out ice-creams in the shape of elephants, giraffes and pandas. 　　  (2)Workers use chainsaws (链锯), knives, and other tools to shape the bricks and make them become beautiful buildings! 　　  A C 4.shape A.n.形状;外形 B.n.状况;情况 C.v.使成为……形状(或样子);塑造 D.v.决定……的形成;影响……的发展 (3)For example, proper exercise and a well-balanced diet help a person in a good shape. 　　  (4)Many jobs will be replaced by robots. But we believe the power to shape the future is in human hands. 　　  B D 5.word A.n.单词;词;字 B.n.说的话;话语;言语 C.n.信息;消息 (1)Jack goes to his room without any words, but he can’t fall asleep because he is worrying about Falco. 　　  (2)As you’re practicing your reading, you need to accept the fact that you might not understand every single word, and that’s OK! 　　  (3)Word swept across the ship about the accident, reaching a man named Potter. 　　  B A C 6.shake A.v.摇晃 B.v.颤抖;发抖 C.v.使非常震惊(或烦恼) D.n.奶昔 (1)“I just remember how cold I was,” said Liam. “It really kind of scared me and shook me up.” 　　  (2)“As a student…if I want to learn from the teacher…I should…of course…respectfully wait outside…” said Yang, shaking with cold. 　　  C B 6.shake A.v.摇晃 B.v.颤抖;发抖 C.v.使非常震惊(或烦恼) D.n.奶昔 (3)French like to hug or kiss when they greet each other, but others might just shake hands or bow. 　　  (4)So many young people regard milk shake as the most delicious drink. 　　  A D 7.cover A.v.掩蔽;遮盖 B.v.包括;包含 C.v.占(一片面积) D.n.(书刊的)封面, 封皮 (1)Book reviews can help you decide if a book is for you. There are usually short reviews on the covers of books. 　　  (2)She shouted into it so loudly that I had to cover all my four ears. 　　  D A 7.cover A.v.掩蔽;遮盖 B.v.包括;包含 C.v.占(一片面积) D.n.(书刊的)封面, 封皮 (3)One of the most famous woodblock New Year paintings comes from Yangjiabu of Shandong Province. It covers all kinds of themes and forms. 　　  (4)The forest library is near Shanghai Library East. It covers an area of 20,546 square meters. 　　  B C 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.In many restaurants, tea is s　 　 for free.  2.Since you will graduate from middle school soon, why not p　 　 some trees in the school garden as a memory?  3.My brother looks excited because he has worked out the math problem 　 　 (已经).  erved lant already 61 4.A good hobby 　 　 (增加) a lot of fun to our spare life.  5.Sweeping robots from those 　 　 (工厂) can help us clean houses.  6.—To our surprise, the little boy taught himself how to use the 　 　 (机器) quickly.  —He is a quick learner. adds factories machine(s) 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.He 　 　 (build) up wealth and helped others by saving and spending wisely.  2.My mother often makes chicken　 　 (sandwich) for us, because we like eating them.  3.—You look pretty busy. What’s up? —We 　 　 (prepare) for a welcome party for freshmen this Saturday evening.  built sandwiches are preparing 4.The noise 　 　 (pollute) is becoming more and more serious in most large cities.  5.The Hunts helped Tina a lot and treated her like part of the family. They played games and shared 　 　 . (tradition) food with her.  6.—Mom, I feel a little bit hungry now. —These cakes are 　 　 (fill) with chocolate. Have some, please.  pollution traditional filled 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 Tea eggs are one of the traditional Chinese foods. These hard-boiled eggs have a little taste of star anise (八角茴香) 1.　 　 they look deep brown from the color of black tea.  Here 2.　 　 (be) the recipe for tea eggs.  What do we need? and is Ingredients: ●3 cups of water ●2 tablespoons of black tea leaves ●1 tablespoon of thin soy sauce ●1 tablespoon of black soy sauce ●1 (2 inch) piece of cinnamon (肉桂皮) stick ●2 pods of star anise ●1 teaspoons of salt ●8 large eggs 3.　 　 can we make it?  First, mix 3 cups of water, tea leaves, thin soy sauce, black soy sauce, cinnamon stick, star anise, and 1/4 teaspoon of salt in 4.　 　 large cooking pan; bring the soup to a boil. Reduce heat, cover the lid 5.　 　 (careful), and simmer (煨) for 1 hour.  How a carefully Second, place eggs and 1 teaspoon of salt into a medium pot; cover it 6.　 　 cold water. Bring the water to a bowl, reduce heat, and simmer for 20 7.　 　 (minute). Remove the pot from heat and cool. Tap cooled eggs with the back of a spoon to crack (使开裂) shells; do not remove shells.  with minutes 8.　 　 (three), remove the pan from heat. Add the eggs and steep (泡) for at least 8 hours.  What should we pay attention to? You can steep the eggs for up to 1 and a half days for a much 9.　 　 (rich) flavor (味道).  The unpeeled eggs will 10.　 　 (store) in the fridge for 4 to 5 days if they are tightly sealed (密封).  【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了如何制作茶叶蛋。 Third richer be stored 1.and　【解析】考查连词。根据句子成分分析可知,空格前后是并列关系,用and连接。故填and。 2.is　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据句意可知,此处应用一般现在时;且主语“the recipe”为第三人称单数,故填is。 3.How　【解析】考查疑问词。根据下文内容可知,此处表示我们应该怎样做(茶叶蛋)。故填How。 4.a　【解析】考查冠词。此处泛指“一个大平底锅”;且large以辅音音素开头,用不定冠词a。故填a。 5.carefully　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词cover。故填carefully。 6.with　【解析】考查介词。cover…with…意为“用……覆盖……”。故填with。 7.minutes　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“20”可知,此处应用可数名词minute的复数形式。故填minutes。 8.Third　【解析】考查序数词。根据上文中的“First,…” “Second,…”可知,此处应用序数词third表示“第三步”;且位于句首,故填Third。 9.richer　【解析】考查形容词的比较级。根据空格前的“much”可知,此处应用形容词的比较级形式。故填richer。 10.be stored　【解析】考查动词的语态。主语eggs和谓语动词store之间为被动关系,且空格前已有助动词will,故填be stored。 $第2课时　Unit 5-Unit 9 [七年级上册] 1 话题:与朋友共度时光(spending time with friends)、食物(food)、购物(shopping)、日期(dates)、学校科目(school subjects) 2 多维探究 Point 1 Well, let’s play basketball.(P27) Point 2 That sounds good.(P27) Point 3 interesting; boring (P28) Point 4 Sports Star Eats Well!(P35) Point 5 I don’t want to be fat.(P35) Point 6 How much are these socks?(P37) Point 7 This is a really busy term!(P47) 3 1.have(v.)有→　 　(三单形式)→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)  2.boring(adj.)没趣的;令人厌倦的→　 　(adj.)厌倦的;烦闷的  3.difficult(adj.)困难的→　 　(n.)困难;难题→　 　(同义词adj.)困难的→　 　(反义词adj.)容易的;不费力的  词汇拓展 has had had having bored difficulty hard easy 4 4.relaxing(adj.)轻松的;令人放松的→　 　(adj.)放松的;自在的→　 　(v.)放松;休息  5.tomato(n.)西红柿→　 　(pl.)  6.right(adj.)正确的;适当的→　 　(同义词adj.)正确的;恰当的→　 　(反义词adj.)有毛病的;错误的  7.healthy(adj.)健康的→　 　(比较级)更健康的→ 　 　(最高级)最健康的→　 　(n.)健康;人的身体(或精神)状态  relaxed relax tomatoes correct/proper wrong healthier healthiest health 5 8.really(adv.)真正地→　 　(adj.)真正的;真实的  9.fat(adj.)肥的;肥胖的→　 　(比较级)更肥的;更肥胖的→ 　 　(最高级)最肥的;最肥胖的→　 　(同义词adj.)重的→　 　(反义词adj.)瘦的  10.woman(n.)女子→　 　(pl.)  11.sell(v.)出售;销售;卖→　 　(n.)特价销售;出售  →　 　(反义词v.)购买;买  12.big(adj.)大的;大号的→　 　(反义词adj.)小的;小号的  real fatter fattest heavy thin women sale buy small 13.long(adj.)长的→　 　(反义词adj.)短的;矮的→ 　 　(n.)长;长度  14.old(adj.)年老的;旧的→　 　(反义词adj.)年轻的;幼小的  15.free(adj.)空闲的;免费的;自由的→　 　(反义词adj.)忙碌的;无暇的→　 　(同义词adj.)空闲的;不用的  16.happy(adj.)愉快的;高兴的→　 　(比较级)更愉快的;更高兴的→　 　(最高级)最愉快的;最高兴的→ 　 　(反义词adj.)不快乐的;不幸福的→　 　(adv.)快乐地;高兴地→　 　(n.)幸福  short length young busy spare happier happiest unhappy happily happiness 17.twenty(num.)二十→　 　(序数词)第二十  18.art(n.)艺术;美术→　 　(n.)艺术家  ★　 　 艺术品  19.history(n.)历史→　 　(adj.)(有关)历史的→ 　 　(n.)历史学家;史学工作者  20.use(v.)使用;运用→　 　(adj.)有用的;有益的→ 　 　(反义词adj.)无用的;无效的;无价值的  twentieth artist works of art historical historian useful useless 1.　 　 about思考;思索  2.a 　 　 of一双(鞋/手套等);一副(眼镜);一把(剪刀);一对(耳环)  3.be on 　 　 特价销售  4.how 　 　 多大年纪  5.have a 　 　 (=have　 　=enjoy 　 　) 过得愉快  短语归纳 think pair sale old fun oneself good　 　time 6.for 　 　 (=be 　 　) 无疑;肯定  7.　 　…　 　…从……到……  8.　 　 吃正餐  9.　 　 festival艺术节  10.the 　 　 day 第二天  11.be 　 　 sth.忙于(做)某事  12.baseball 　 　 棒球拍  13.　 　 math 上数学课  sure sure from to art next/second bat have have/eat　 　dinner busy　 　with/doing 1.—　 　 you 　 　 bananas?你喜欢香蕉吗?  —　 　, I do./No, I 　 　.是的,我喜欢。/不,我不喜欢。  2.　 　 do you like 　 　 breakfast?早餐你想要吃什么?  3.—　 　 is this T-shirt?这件T恤衫多少钱?  —It’s seven 　 　.7美元。  4.—　 is your birthday, Mike?迈克,你的生日是什么时候?  —My birthday is 　 　 .我的生日在六月三日。  核心句型 Do like Yes don’t What for dollars When How　 　much on　 　June　 　3rd/third 5.We sell all our clothes 　 　 very good 　 　.我们卖的所有服装价格都很优惠。  6.What’s your 　 　?你最喜欢的科目是什么?  7.—　 　 do you like P.E.?你为什么喜欢体育?  —　 　 it’s fun.因为它很有趣。  8.The teacher 　 　 it is　 　, but I think it is　 　.老师说它有用,但我认为它很难。  at prices Why Because says useful difficult favorite/favourite　 　subject 12 Dear Jenny, I’m very busy on Friday. At 8:00 I have 1.　 　 (数学). It is not fun.The teacher says it is useful, but I think it is 2.　 　 (困难的). Then at 9:00 I have 3.　 　 (科学). It is not easy but 4.　 　 (有趣的). At 10:00 I have 5.　 　 (历史). After that, I have P.E. at 11:00. It is easy and fun. 6.　 　 (午餐) is from 12:00 to 1:00, and 教材语篇回顾 math/maths difficult/hard science interesting/fun history Lunch after that we have Chinese. It is my favorite subject. 7.　 　. (我们的) Chinese teacher, Mrs.Wang, is great fun. My classes 8.f　 　 at 1:50, but after that I have an art lesson for two 9.h　 　. It’s really 10.　 　 (轻松的;令人放松的)!  How about you? When are your classes? What is your favorite subject? Your friend, Yu Mei Our inish ours relaxing Well, let’s play basketball.(P27) ◆Let’s do sth.用于提出建议或请求对方和自己一起做某事。let表示“允许;让”,在其后加上“人”及“所做的事”,表示“让某人做某事”。let’s是let us的缩写形式,let后面的us还可以换成其他人称。 1.Let them swim in the pool for a while. 让他们在水池里游一会儿吧。 2.Let your body relax.让你的身体放松。 15 【拓展】 Let’s do sth.和Let us do sth.在用法上有所区别: 句型 用法 Let’s do sth. 表示建议,反意疑问句的附加疑问部分一般用shall we Let us do sth. 表示请求他人允许,反意疑问句的附加疑问部分一般用will you 图示: ◆play在句中作及物动词,意为“参加(比赛或运动)”,后接球类名词时,名词前面不用冠词。 1.Dale can play basketball. 戴尔会打篮球。 2.Let’s play soccer. 让我们踢足球吧。 【归纳】 1.Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous 　 　 (戏剧).  2.Let 　 　 (I) share with you a computer game I played two weeks ago.  3.Lu Yu, “the sage of tea”, played an important role 　 　. the spread of tea drinking. (填入适当的介词)  4.—Can you 　 　 (打排球)?   —No, I can’t, but I can 　 　 (弹钢琴) well.   plays me in play　 　volleyball play　 　the　 　piano That sounds good.(P27) ◆That sounds good.用于表示赞同对方所提的建议,相当于That sounds like a good idea./That’s a good idea./ Sounds good.等。 ◆sound可用作连系动词,意为“听起来好像”,其后接形容词作表语。与连系动词be不同,sound的否定形式和疑问形式的构成要借助助动词do。 That idea doesn’t sound good. 那个主意听起来不好。 20 【拓展】其他表示感觉和知觉的连系动词 ◆辨析sound, noise和voice 单词 含义 常见搭配 sound “声音”,是自然界各种声音的总称 make a sound发出声响 a high/low sound 高/低的声音 noise 专指“噪音”或“不悦耳的声音” make (a) noise 制造噪音 make too much noise制造太多噪音 voice 指“说话声”或“嗓音” raise/lower one’s voice提高/压低某人的嗓门 in a low/loud voice小/大声地 图示: 1.Sound travels more slowly than light. 声音比光传播得慢。 2.There is so much noise in this restaurant.I can hardly hear you talking. 这家餐厅太吵了,我几乎听不到你说话。 3.Please answer my question in a loud voice again. I couldn’t hear you clearly just now. 请再次大声回答我的问题,我刚才没听清楚。 1.It 　 　 like you are having a great time in Paris, Louis.  2.—Tony, would you like some more dumplings? —No, thanks. They 　 　 great, but I’m full.  3.—Those are Jenny’s parents. —Really? They 　 　 young.  sound; look; smell; taste; feel sounds taste look 4.The dish 　 　 so good that I can’t wait to try some.  5.When Susan finished cleaning the house, she 　 　 happy to see it much cleaner than before.  smells felt interesting; boring (P28) interesting作形容词,意为“有趣的”;boring作形容词,意为“没趣的;令人厌倦的”。以-ing结尾的形容词常用来表示事物的性质、状态和特征等,在句子中可作定语、表语等。 1.The game is boring.(作表语) 这个游戏很无聊。 2.This building has an interesting history.(作定语)这座建筑物有段有趣的历史。 (interesting以元音音素开头,其前加不定冠词时要用an。) 27 【拓展】 以-ing结尾的形容词常用来描述事物本身具有的特性,而以-ed结尾的形容词常用来描述人受到事物的影响所表现出来的状态。 如:interesting(有趣的)↔interested(感兴趣的) boring(没趣的;令人厌倦的)↔bored(厌倦的;烦闷的) tiring(使人疲劳的;累人的)↔tired(疲倦的;疲劳的) relaxing(轻松的;令人放松的)↔relaxed(放松的;自在的) 1.Marley and Bob say they become 　 　 in archeology (考古学) from studying history at school, because it is really 　 　 ! (interest)   2.The Thomsons look really 　 　 because lying on the beach is really 　 　. (relax)  3.In the future, robots will do 　 　 jobs in place of people in order not to get us 　 　. (bore)  interested interesting relaxed relaxing boring bored Sports Star Eats Well!(P35) ◆well的常见用法如下: 单词 含义 用法 well adv. 好;令人满意地 一般用来修饰形容词或动词,表示程度 adj. 健康;身体好 一般用来修饰人 n. 水井   30 1.The sports meeting was well organized this year.今年的运动会组织得很好。 2.Many years ago, the villagers got water from this well.很多年前,村民从这口井里取水。 ◆辨析good, fine, nice和well 单词 含义 常见搭配 good adj.指人的“品行好”、物的“质量 好” a good person 一个好人 a good book 一本好书 fine adj.指人的“身体好”,也指“天气晴朗” feel fine 感觉很好 a fine day晴朗的一天 nice adj.指人或物“令人愉快的;美好的”,也指人“好心的;和蔼的;友好的” have a nice time玩得愉快 be nice to sb.对某人友好 well adj.尤指“身体好” Get well soon! 愿早日康复! adv.指“做得好” Well done!干得好! 32 1.Amy did very 　 　 in her report. She is careful enough to pay attention to every detail.  2.Our English teacher often teaches us English songs, and she is very 　 　 to us!  3.The weather is usually 　 　 in May. I think that is the proper time to have a school trip.  4.Peter is a 　 　 student. He can answer many questions in class.  good; fine; nice; well well nice fine good I don’t want to be fat.(P35) want相当于would like,意为“需要;想要”。want to be表示“想要成为……;想要变得……”,后面接形容词或名词。want的其他常见用法如下: 34 1.I want to eat some cakes. =I’d like to eat some cakes.我想吃些蛋糕。 2.I want you to teach me English.=I’d like you to teach me English.我想让你教我英语。 1.Oh, I get it — you want me 　 　 (do) all the work while you sit at home doing nothing. 2.—Would you like 　 　 (visit) Tianjin University tomorrow?  —Sorry, I’m afraid I can’t. I’ll work as a volunteer in my community. to do to visit How much are these socks?(P37) ◆How much…?意为“……多少钱?”,常用于询问物品的价格。常用句型:How much is+可数名词单数/不可数名词?/How much are+可数名词复数形式?回答时用It’s…/They’re… 【归纳】 37 ◆辨析how much, how many, how often, how long, how soon和how far 短语 含义 用法 how much 多少 询问不可数名词的数量 多少钱 询问价格 how many 多少 询问可数名词的数量 how often 多久 询问频度、频率 how long 多久;多长 询问一段时间或物体的长度 how soon 多久以后 询问时间间隔长度 how far 多远 询问某地到某地的距离 1.By using the computer, the owners can control 　 　. energy is used.   2.—　 　 have you been a member of the Youth League?  —For three years. 3.—　 do you watch TV?  —Twice a week. how often; how long; how many; how far; how soon; how much how much How long How often　 4.No matter 　 　 difficulties we have, I believe all problems can be solved in the end.  5.—　 　 is it from your home to school?  —About 2 kilometers. 6.—　 　 will the meeting begin?  —In about half an hour. how many How far How soon This is a really busy term!(P47) busy作形容词,意为“忙碌的;无暇的”,通常指人经常或暂时忙于一项工作。其常见用法如下: be busy doing sth.忙于做某事; be busy with sth.忙于某事。 My brother is busy doing his homework. =My brother is busy with his homework. 我弟弟正忙着做他的家庭作业。 41 1.In the last month of the lunar year, the fairs are 　 　. (busy) than usual.   2.Dr. Dituri was busy 　 　 (teach) online, and he had online chats with over 5,500 students from 15 different countries.   3.If I can cook some simple meals, my parents will not worry about me when they are busy 　 　 work. (填入适当的介词) busier teaching with 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.sound A.n.声音;响声 B.v.听起来;令人觉得 C.adj.酣畅的;香甜的 D.adj.完好的;健康的 (1)Kathy was woken up from a sound sleep by terrible smoke filling her room. 　　       (2)You can’t imagine how happy I was when I saw them walking out of safe and sound. 　　  C D 43 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.sound A.n.声音;响声 B.v.听起来;令人觉得 C.adj.酣畅的;香甜的 D.adj.完好的;健康的 (3)He copied sounds of bicycles or animals, so the pictures would never disappear from my mind. 　　  (4)For example, you shouldn’t only read the characters’ lines, but also pay attention to their actions. This can make your voice sound lively. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.look A.v.寻找;寻求 B.v.看起 来;显得 C.n.样子;外观;相貌;外表 (1)You are always looking for the bright side, even in the darkest situations, and often see the bigger picture. 　　  (2)The little dog looked sad and lost, simply sitting in the middle of the road by a pedestrian crossing (人行横道). 　　  (3)With great interest, she joined the Peking Opera group of Tsinghua University. That made her see that Peking Opera is much more than just the looks. 　　  A B C 45 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.cool A.adj.凉爽的 B.adj.时髦的;酷的 C.v.冷静下来;镇静下来 D.v.(使)变凉,冷却 (1)Blachut had a good view of the Lech river below, in which many people were cooling their feet. 　　  (2)When it’s hot outside and we have to go out, surely we want to keep cool. 　　  (3)Then start doing less of what makes you angry and more of the things that cool you down. 　　  (4)Time travel is really cool! You can change the past. And you can find out what will happen in the future. 　　  D A C B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.store A.n.商店;店铺 B.v.贮存;贮藏 (1)It certainly takes more time than buying bread from a store, but I enjoy it. 　　  (2)For these reasons, food must be properly stored and kept at the right temperature. 　          A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.right A.adj.正确的;适当的 B.n.正当的要求;权利 C.n.右边;右方 D.adv.正好;恰好 (1)Her heart is filled with joy when her idea is proved right and accepted by other scientists. 　  (2)Members have the right to get a discount in the museum store, and other special services. 　　  (3)“Don’t you see? What you have here is math, right in front of you!” Sophia spread the paper with her hands. 　　  (4)When you use a computer, the window should be on your left or your right. 　　  A B D C 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.The People’s Republic of China was founded on O　 　 1st, 1949.  2.The ring itself is pretty, but the p　 　 is too high.  3.—You are not listening. What troubled you? —Sorry, I was thinking about how to help kids get in the 　 　. (习惯) of saving.  ctober rice habit 49 4.—Would you like something to eat, Judy? —Yes. A 　 　 (汉堡包) is OK.  5.We need some lettuce and two 　 　 (西红柿) to make vegetable salad.  6.Young men don’t want to go fishing. They think it’s kind of 　 　 (没趣的).  hamburger/burger tomatoes boring 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.My uncle does sports every day. He doesn’t want 　 　 (be) fat.  2.In fact, exercise can build up your confidence and help you lead a 　 　 (happy) and healthier life.  3.Our group leader told me we would have a further discussion as soon as we finished 　 　 (read) the book.  to be happier reading 4.The new machine will work for at least twenty years if it 　 　 (use) properly.  5.Tom got a notebook as a gift on his 　 　 (ten) birthday.  6.The flowers in the garden are pretty. We like 　 　 (they) very much.  is used tenth them 三、根据短文内容和所给中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 Here are some fantastic products. Let’s see what they are. This is a 1.　 　 (酷的;妙极的) camera around the world and it can take photos and videos. Click the button and it then flies around you. When it 2.　 　 (完成;做好) its job, it lands in your hand. People would like to carry it.  cool finishes/completes Backpacks are 3.　 　 (通常;一般) made of several materials. It is hard to use them again but a company makes a new kind of backpack. It is light and 4.　 　 (出售) cheaply. It can go back to the factory at the end of its life.  This is a special “human washing machine”. It doesn’t wash 5.　 　 (衣服) but it gives people a nice bath. It can clean the body and people can listen to music to have 6.　 　. (乐趣;快乐) as well. It is really interesting and thousands of people like it.  usually sold clothes fun Wear this 7.　 　 (一双;一对) of wheels on your shoes. You can go skating with them. They help people walk 8.　 　 (快) on the way to companies or schools. They have batteries inside so they can go for 10 to 15 kilometers 9.　 　 (到处;处处).  I think I will have a good life and enjoy 10.　 　 (我自己) in the future.  【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了一些极好的产品。 pair fast/quickly everywhere myself 2.finishes/completes　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据空格后的“lands”可知,本句时态为一般现在时,且主语it为第三人称单数,谓语动词应用其第三人称单数形式。故填finishes/completes。 4.sold　【解析】考查动词的过去分词。根据句子成分分析可知,主语it和谓语动词sell之间为被动关系;且空格前已有“is”,故填sold。 8.fast/quickly　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词walk。故填fast/quickly。 $第16课时　Unit 9-Unit 10 [八年级下册] 步步高 中考复习 步步高中考复习 1 话题:有趣的地方(fun places)、生活环境(living environment) 2 多维探究 Point 1 It also encourages governments and social groups to think about ways to improve toilets in the future.(P67) Point 2 On the one hand,more than three quarters of the population are Chinese, so you can simply speak Putonghua a lot of the time.(P70) Point 3 Whether you like Indian food,Western food or Japanese food, you’ll find it all in Singapore!(P70) Point 4 I’ve had this bike for three years.(P73)Because I’ve had it since I was a baby.(P74) Point 5 As for me, I did not want to give up my football shirts, but, to be honest, I have not played for a while now.(P75) 3 1.invent(v.)发明;创造→　 　(n.)发明家;创造者→ 　 　(n.)发明;发明物  2.believable(adj.)可相信的;可信任的→　 　(反义词 adj.)难以置信的;不真实的→　 　(v.)相信;认为有可能→belief(n.)相信;信心  3. honest(adj.)诚实的;老实的→　 　(反义词adj.) 不诚实的;骗人的;欺骗性的→honesty(n.)诚实;老实;正直  词汇拓展 inventor invention unbelievable believe dishonest 4 4.collect(v.)收集;采集→　 　(n.)收藏品;收集物  5.safe(adj.)安全的;无危险的→　 　(n.)安全;安全性→ 　 　(adv.)安全地  6.most(adj.)最多;大多数→　 　(adv.)主要地;通常  7.scarf(n.)围巾;披巾;头巾→　 　(pl.)  8.fox(n.)狐狸→　 　(pl.)  9.truth(n.)实情;事实→　 　(adj.)诚实的;真实的  10.memory(n.)记忆;回忆→　 　(v.)记忆;记住  collection safety safely mostly scarves/scarfs foxes truthful memorize 1.a __________ of两个;一对;几个  2._____________ of数以千计的;许许多多的  3.on the _______ ________…on the _________ __________ 一方面……另一方面…… 4._________ out察看;观察  5._________ out清理;丢掉  6.no __________ 不再;不复  短语归纳 couple　 thousands　 one　 　hand other　 　hand check clear longer 7.________ with放弃、交出(尤指不舍得的东西)  8.______ for至于;关于  9.______ ______ __________ 说实在的  10._____________ ______ 依据;按照  11._________ to几乎;接近  12._______ ________ _________ 全年  part as　 to　 　be　 　honest according　 　to close all　 　year　 　round 1.—________ you ________ ________ ______ a science museum?你曾去过科学博物馆吗?  —Yes, I’ve ________ ______ a science museum./No, I’ve _________ ________ ______ a science museum.  是的,我去过科学博物馆。/没有,我从来没有去过科学博物馆。 核心句型 Have ever　 　been　 　to been　 　to never　 　been　 　to 2.—________ you ________ ___________ the space museum?你参观过太空博物馆吗?  —Yes, I ________. I ________ _________ last year./No, I ____________.  是的,我参观过。我去年去那里的。/没有,我没有参观过。 3.It’s a great way ______ _________ a Saturday afternoon.这是度过星期六下午的一个好方法。  Have ever　 　visited have　 went　 　there haven’t to　 　spend 4.I’ve ________ ___________ the nature museum.我也参观过自然博物馆。  5.Watching the tea preparation is just ______ _____________ ______ drinking the tea __________.  看沏茶的过程和饮茶本身一样令人愉快。 6.—How long _______ his son _________ the train and railway set?他的儿子拥有那套火车轨道多久了?  —He’s _________ it since his __________ birthday.他从四岁生日开始就拥有它了。  also　 　visited as　 　enjoyable as itself　 has　 owned　 owned　 fourth　 7.—How long ________ _______ _______ that bike over there?那边的那辆自行车你买多长时间了?  —I’ve _______ ______ _______ three years.我已经买三年了。  8.I’ve had them _________ _____ _______ a child.从我小时候起我就拥有它们了。  9.Amy wants ______ ________ her old things because they _________ ________ sweet memories.  艾米想保留她的旧东西,因为它们会勾起甜蜜的回忆。 have　 　you　 　had had　 　it　 　for since　 　I　 　was to　 　keep bring　 　back 10.We have decided ______ each sell five things that we ______ __________ _______.  我们决定每人出售五件不再使用的物品。 11.Many people __________ ______ _________ their towns and villages to __________ _______ work in the city.  许多人选择离开他们的城镇和村庄到城市找工作。 to no　 　longer　 　use choose　 　to　 　leave search　 　for 　　My children are growing up fast. My daughter is 16 and my boy is already in 1.j　 　 high school. As they get bigger, our house 2.　 　 (似乎) to get smaller. So we want to sell some of our things in a 3.y　 　 sale and give the money to a children’s home.  教材语篇回顾 unior seems ard We have already 4.c　 　 out a lot of things from our bedrooms. We have 5.　 　 (决定) to each sell five things that we no longer use. My son was quite sad at first. 6.A　 　 he has not played with his old toys for a long time, he still wanted to keep them. For example, he has owned a train and 7.　 　 (铁路) set since his fourth birthday, and he played with it almost every week 8.　 　 (直到……为止) he was about seven. And he did not want to lose his toy monkey, leared decided lthough railway until/till either. He slept next to the monkey every night when he was a child. My daughter was more understanding, although she also felt sad to part with 9.　 　 (某种) toys.  As for me, I did not want to give up my football shirts, but, to be 10.h　 　, I have not played for a while now. I am getting older, too!  certain onest It also encourages governments and social groups to think about ways to improve toilets in the future.(P67) encourage作动词,意为“鼓励”。常用搭配为encourage sb. to do sth.,意为“鼓励某人做某事”。 Lots of restaurants encourage people to clear the plates. 很多餐馆都鼓励人们光盘。 16 【拓展】 后面直接跟sb.to do sth.的常见动词还有:tell(告诉),invite(邀请),allow(允许),want(想要),ask(请求),wish(希望),expect(预料;期盼)等。 1.Students are always 　 　 (鼓励) to speak English as much as possible in English class.  2.“I was introduced to the dragon boat racing in the spring of 2023. My teacher noticed my strong arms and encouraged me 　 　 (try) it,” said Ole. 3.Everyone in our class 　 　 (encourage) to take an active part in school activities.  encouraged to try is encouraged On the one hand,more than three quarters of the population are Chinese, so you can simply speak Putonghua a lot of the time.(P70) ◆用英语表示分数时,分子用基数词,分母用序数词;当分子大于1时,分母用复数形式。当“分数(或百分数)+of+名词”结构作主语时,谓语动词的单复数取决于of后面的名词。 1.Two thirds of the water has been used for farming.三分之二的水已经被用于农业生产。 2.Over sixty percent of the doctors were women. 60%以上的医生是女性。 19 ◆population意为“人口;人口数量”,是一个集合名词,它的用法有时较为特殊。要注意以下用法: 1.In the future, the Chinese-speaking 　 　 (人口) will become larger and larger. 2.So far ninety percent of the work 　 　 (do) by the students.  3.Three fifths of the students in our class 　 　 (like) playing basketball.   population has been done like Whether you like Indian food,Western food or Japanese food, you’ll find it all in Singapore!(P70) whether和if都可以引导状语从句和宾语从句,区别如下: 单词 含义 用法 例句 whether 不管……(还是);或者……(或者) 引导让步状语从句 Whether or not we’re successful, we can be sure that we did our best. 不管成功与否,我们确信我们已尽了最大努力。 22 单词 含义 用法 例句 if 是否 均可引导宾语从句 I want to know whether/if he lives there. 我想知道他是否住在那儿。 如果 引导条件状语从句,时态遵循“主将从现”原则 If it doesn’t rain tomorrow, we’ll have a picnic.如果明天不下雨,我们会去野餐。 【注意】只能用whether不能用if的情况 1.引导表语从句或在句首引导主语从句时; 如:The question is whether he should give up. 问题在于他是否该放弃。 2.从句中含or not 时; 如:Whether he comes or not doesn’t concern me. 他来不来与我无关。 3.在介词后作介词的宾语时; 如:It depends on whether he is ready. 这取决于他是否做好了准备。 4.和不定式连用时。 如:I had a cold and couldn’t decide whether to go to work. 我感冒了,拿不定主意是否要去上班。 用if或whether填空。 1.　 　 you ask for something, you need to be polite to others by saying “Please” and “May I”. 2.　 　 you’re happy or sad, or just feeling blue, I hope this reminds you that someone loves you!  3.I don’t know 　 　 he will come tomorrow. 　 　. he comes tomorrow, I’ll call you.   If Whether if/whether If 4.　 　 a football team wins or loses, it is important to congratulate the other team after the game. That is called sportsmanship. 5.People have different ideas about 　 　 tourists should feed the wolf or not.   Whether whether I’ve had this bike for three years.(P73) Because I’ve had it since I was a baby.(P74) since和for都可以与现在完成时连用,用法区别如下: 单词 词性 含义 用法 since 介词 从……以后;自……以来 since+过去时间点(具体的年、月、日、钟点等) since+一段时间+ago 连词 since+从句(用一般过去时说明动作的起始时间) for 介词 表示一段时间 for+一段时间(谓语动词用延续性动词,说明某种情况已持续一段时间) 28 1.Miss White has taught English since 10 years ago. =Miss White has taught English for 10 years. 怀特女士教英语已经有十年了。 2.Great changes have taken place here since you left. 自从你走后,这里发生了很大的变化。 【拓展】 1.用how long对since/for表示的时间进行提问。 如:—How long have you been here?你在这儿待多久了? —I’ve been here since three days ago/for three days. 我在这儿待了三天了。 2.与“for+时间段”连用的动词须为延续性动词,若是非延续性动词,则要转换成与之对应的延续性动词。 如:I bought this bike two years ago.=I have had this bike for two years.我两年前买的这辆自行车。 3.并非有“for+时间段”作状语的句子都用现在完成时。 如:I’m going away for a few days. 我要离开几天。 用for或 since填空。 1.Wendy traveled 　 　 several hours in her car. When she arrived home, she was tired.  2.Bob has been more lively 　 　 he joined the football club. for since 3.So far, more than 500,000 people have paid a visit to Jinhua Science and Technology Museum 　 　 it was open in 2020.  4.　 　 I was born, my family have lived in the same flat. 5.Miss Bess has been teaching chemistry in that school 　 　. over ten years.  since Since for As for me, I did not want to give up my football shirts, but, to be honest, I have not played for a while now.(P75) honest意为“诚实的;老实的”,其反义词形式为dishonest,意为“不诚实的;骗人的;欺骗性的”。其短语to be honest意为“说实在的”,通常作插入语。插入语一般是对一句话作一些附加说明,通常与句中其他部分没有语法上的联系,将它删掉之后,句子结构仍然完整。 34 1.Paul is an honest boy. 保罗是一个诚实的男孩。(honest以元音音素开头,表示泛指时,前面用不定冠词an) 2.To be honest, I don’t want to go. 说实在的,我不想走。 【拓展】 能用作插入语的不定式短语还有:to tell you the truth, to begin with等。 如:To tell you the truth, I’m not so interested in the matter.跟你说实话,我对这件事兴趣不大。 I found it tiring to begin with but I soon got used to it.我起初觉得很累,但不久便适应了。 1.You’ve told me the truth. Thank you for being so 　 　. (诚实的) with me.  2.Both teachers and parents don’t like 　 　 (honest) children.  honest dishonest 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.spring A.n.春天 B.n.泉 C.v.突然出现(或来到) (1)As Florida’s oldest attraction, glass bottom boats show the crystal clear water and the underwater life in Silver Springs. 　　  (2)Within 10 years, supermarkets were springing up all over Britain. People could find one almost anywhere. 　　  (3)Spring is a time when the land wakes up from its long sleep, and the fields are ready for crops (庄稼). 　　  B C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.check A.v.查看 B.n.检查 C.n.账单 (1)The families stuck the list on the fridge door and received a text message every day telling them to check it. 　　  (2)The gift card covered almost all of the check. I reached into my wallet to get enough cash (现金) to cover the rest. 　　  (3)After the interview, the astronauts were moved away for health checks. 　　  A C B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.board A.n.木板 B.v.上(船或火车、飞机、公共汽车等) C.n.(公司或其他机构的)董事会 (1)We smiled as the three of them boarded their spaceship. 　　  (2)Claire asked the school board to add solar panels to the project because, she explained, clean energy would be helpful to a really modern school. 　　  (3)He looked up at the menu board, and wondered how he could understand what all of these strange names meant.　　  B C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.count A.v.数;清点 B.v.把……算入;包括 C.v.重要 (1)Before the quiz ended, one student asked if the last question would be counted in our grades. 　　  (2)As a pet lover, she also made a tool to count pets’ steps, which can help people to keep their pets healthy. 　　  (3)It really is the thought that counts — just make sure your grandparents know that you’re thinking of them. 　　  B A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.hold A.v.拥有;持有 B.v.召开;举 行;进行 C.v.(打电话 时) 等待, 不挂断 D.v.容纳;包含 (1)Since those surfaces may hold germs (细菌), you can help your child avoid illness by encouraging them not to touch their face throughout the day. 　　  (2)—A double room, please. —Could you hold the line, please? I’ll check. 　　  D C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.hold A.v.拥有;持有 B.v.召开;举行;进行 C.v.(打电话时) 等待, 不挂断 D.v.容纳;包含 (3)The festival has a lot of activities from visiting kite-making workshops to holding a kite-flying competition. 　　  (4)The hometown is the place that holds his best memories.　　  B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 6.bear A.n.熊 B.v.承受;忍受 C.v.开(花);结(果实) (1)But in Hainan, cycas hainanensis over 10 years old blossom (开花) and bear fruits almost every year. 　　  (2)Climate change harms polar bears because they depend on sea ice to hunt, produce babies and travel. 　　  (3)When things got too much to bear, her coach and parents just told her to have a break. 　　  C A B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.Amy loves taking photos and always takes her c　 　. wherever she goes.  2.—Where can we go for our trip? —Why not 　 　 (仔细考虑) going to London?  3.Take the lift to the fifth floor. You’ll see Susan’s office just 　 　 (对面).  amera consider opposite 45 4.The police s　 　 around for hours, but they couldn’t find the lost boy.  5.Mr. Lin spends his spare time 　 　 (收集) empty bottles and waste paper.  6.The lovely rabbits on these stamps remind me of my sweet 　 　 (童年).  7.Don’t get on the bus before 　 　 (数数) the total number of your team members.  earched collecting childhood counting 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.The young woman gives me the 　 　 (sweet) smile I’ve ever seen.  2.Let’s go to the zoo to watch monkeys, tigers, 　 　 (fox) and other animals.  3.The kids are very 　 　 (truth). I trust them.  4.It was a(n) 　 　 (believable) moment when Chris won the gold medal.  sweetest foxes truthful unbelievable 5.The topic of cooking was discussed 　 　 (most) by parents and students.  6.Besides the two funny actors in the film, the story 　 　 (it) is very interesting.  mostly itself 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 What’s your favorite museum? Students from Zhejiang Province share their opinions. The museum that interests 1.　 　 (I) the most is the National Wetland Museum of China in Hangzhou. I was shocked by how it looked when I first 2.　 　 (see) this museum. The whole museum shows all kinds of wetlands around the world 3.　 　 (perfect), like the Xixi Wetland and more.  —Xu Gongcan, 14, from Quzhou me saw perfectly My favorite one is the National Archives of Publications and Culture. You can see many valuable things in 4.　 　 . museum. There is also very beautiful scenery around the museum. In the center of the museum, there is a large pool with fish playing in the water. Next 5.　 　 the museum, there is a bridge. You can see many lotus flowers 6.　 　 you stand on the bridge.  —Tao Kaiyuan, 12, from Jinhua the to if/when The museum that I want 7.　 　 (visit) most is the Zhejiang Museum of Natural History in Hangzhou. You can gain a lot of knowledge right here. There is an 8.　 .　 (introduce) about the beginning and development of life. The 9.　 　 (two) floor is about life on the earth. There are several minerals, rocks and old ocean life. Among all the models, 10.　 　 (interesting) one is the rock model. The top floor is my favorite. There is a scene showing the to visit introduction second the most interesting grasslands of the whole Africa. Not only does it show all kinds of living things, but it also describes the change of rainy and dry seasons.  —Wang Haoqi, 13, from Lishui 【主旨大意】本文是来自浙江的一些学生讲述自己最喜欢的博物馆。 1.me　【解析】考查代词。根据空格前的“interests”可知,此处应用人称代词的宾格形式。故填me。 2.saw　【解析】考查动词的时态。根据空格前的“I was shocked by how it looked”可知,本句时态为一般过去时。故填saw。 3.perfectly　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰空格前的动词“shows”。故填perfectly。 4.the　【解析】考查冠词。根据语境可知,此处特指前面提到的“the National Archives of Publications and Culture”,应用定冠词the。故填the。 5.to　【解析】考查介词。next to意为“紧挨着”。故填to。 6.if/when　【解析】考查连词。根据空格前后内容可知,此处可用if引导条件状语从句,也可用when引导时间状语从句。故填if/when。 7.to visit　【解析】考查动词不定式。want to do sth.意为“想要做某事”。故填to visit。 8.introduction　【解析】考查名词。根据空格前的“There is an”可知,此处应用名词单数。故填introduction。 9.second　【解析】考查序数词。根据空格前的“The”和空格后的“floor”可知,此处应用序数词表示“第二层楼”。故填second。 10.the most interesting　【解析】考查形容词的最高级。根据空格前的“Among all the models”可知,此处应用形容词最高级。故填the most interesting。 $ 第3课时　Unit 1-Unit 3 [七年级下册] 1 话题:加入社团(joining a club)、日常生活(daily routines)、交通工具(transportation) 2 多维探究 Point 1 I want to join the art club. (P1) Point 2 You’re very good at telling stories. (P2) Point 3 I can speak English and I can also play soccer.(P5) Point 4 What time do you usually take a shower, Rick?(P7) Point 5 In the evening, I either watch TV or play computer games. (P11) Point 6 How do you get to school?(P13) Point 7 How long does it take to get home?(P15) Point 8 For many students, it is easy to get to school.(P17) Point 9 Many of the students and villagers never leave the village.(P17) 3 1.story(n.)故事;小说→　 　(pl.)  2.write(v.)写作;写字→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)→　 　(n.)作家;作者  3.brush(v.& n.)刷;刷净;刷子→　 　(pl.)  4.tooth(n.)牙齿→　 　(pl.)  5.job(n.)工作;职业→　 　(同义词n.)工作  词汇拓展 stories wrote written writing writer brushes teeth work 4 6.fun(n.& adj.)乐趣;快乐;有趣的;使人快乐的→　 　(adj.)奇怪的;滑稽好笑的  7.life(n.)生活;生命→　 　(pl.)  8.also(adv.)也;而且→　 　(同义词,用在否定词组后adv.)也→　 　(同义词,用在肯定句句末adv.)也  9.station(n.)电(视)台;车站→　 　(同义词n.)车站  10.swim(v.& n.)游泳→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)→　 　(n.)会游泳者;游泳者  funny lives either too stop swam swum swimming swimmer 11.village(n.)村庄;村镇→　 　(n.)村民  12.speak(v.)说(某种语言);说话→ 　 　(n.)讲(某种语言)的人;发言者→　 　(n.)讲话;发言  13.musician(n.)音乐家→　 　(n.)音乐;乐曲→　 　(adj.)音乐的;有音乐天赋的  14.run(v.)跑;奔→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词) →　 　(现在分词)→　 　(n.)奔跑的人  villager speaker speech music musical ran run running runner 15.ride(v.& n.)骑;旅程;供乘骑的游乐设施;短途旅程→ 　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(现在分词) →　 　(n.)骑手;骑马的人  16.true(adj.)真的;符合事实的→　 　(adv.)真正;确实 →　 　(n.)实情;事实  17.far(adj.& adv.)远(的)→　 　(比较级)更远(的) →　 　(最高级)最远(的)  18.drive(v.)开车→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词) →　 　(现在分词)→　 　(n.)驾驶员;司机  rode ridden riding rider truly truth farther/further farthest/furthest drove driven driving driver 7 1.　 　 to… 跟……说  2.be 　 　 　 　… 擅长于……  3.be 　 　 　 　… 善于应付……的;对……有办法  4.　 　 friends结交朋友  5.　 　 (sb.) 　 　 sth.在某方面帮助(某人)  6.　 　 　 　 下国际象棋  7.　 　 　 　 　 　 弹钢琴  短语归纳 talk good at good with make help with play chess play the piano 8.get 　 　 (=dress 　 　) 穿上衣服  9.take a 　 　 洗淋浴  10.do (one’s) 　 　 做作业  11.　 　 a walk (= go for a 　 　) 散步;走一走  12.　 　…　 　… 要么……要么……;或者……或者……  13.　 　 of(=a 　 　 　 　) 大量;许多  14.　 　 the subway乘地铁  dressed oneself shower homework take walk either or lots lot of take 15.　 　 day 每天  16.on the 　 　 (=on 　 　) (在)周末  17.　 　 of认为;想起  18.come 　 　 实现;成为现实  every/each weekend weekends think true 1.—　 　 you 　 　?你会游泳吗?  —Yes, I 　 　./No, I 　 　.是的,我会。/不,我不会。  2.—　 　 　 　 do you usually get up, Rick?你通常什么时间起床,里克?  —I 　 　 get up 　 　 　 　 　 　.我通常在六点三十分起床。  核心句型 Can swim can can’t What time usually thirty at six 3.—　 　 　 　 you get to school?你怎样到学校?  —I 　 　 my 　 　.= I go to school 　 　 　 　.我骑自行车(上学)。  4.—　 　 　 　 does it take 　 　 get to school?到校花费多长时间?  —It 　 　 about 15 　 　.大约花费15分钟。  How do ride bike by bike How long to takes minutes 5.—　 　 　 　 is it 　 　 your home 　 　 school?从你家到学校有多远?  —It’s only about 　 　 　 　.仅大约两千米。  6.　 　 　 　 a very big river 　 　 their school 　 　 the village.  在他们的学校和村庄之间有条大河。 7.So these students go on a ropeway 　 　 　 　 the river to school.  所以这些学生靠滑铁索来过河上学。 How far from to two kilometers/kilometres There is between and to cross How do you get to school? Do you walk 1.o　 　 ride a bike? Liangliang is an 11-year-old boy. He 2.l　 　 in a small village in China. For him and other students in the village, it’s 3. 　 　 (困难的) to get to school. There is a big river 4.b 　 　 the school and the village. There is no bridge and the river runs too quickly for 5.　 　 (小船). So Liangliang needs to go on a ropeway to 6.　 　 (横过;越过) 教材语篇回顾 r ives difficult/hard etween boats cross the river to school every school day. But he is not 7.　 　 (害怕;畏惧) because he loves school. He loves to play with his classmates and he thinks his teacher is 8.　 　 (像) a father to him.  Many of the students and 9.　 　 (村民) never leave the village. It’s their dream to have a bridge. Can their dream come 10.t　 　?  afraid like villagers rue I want to join the art club. (P1) join作动词,意为“参加;加入”,通常指加入某党派、团体、组织等,并成为其成员之一,如“入党;入团;参军”等。表示“和某人一起做某事”常用join sb. (for sth.)或join sb. in doing sth.。 1.Tony joined the company three months ago.托尼三个月前进了这家公司。 2.Will you join us for lunch? 和我们一起吃午饭好吗? 16 1.If you’re good at playing soccer and like to be with children, please 　 　 (参加;加入) us and work at Sunshine Center.  2.I’m sure he will join us 　 　 playing basketball.(填入适当的介词)  join in You’re very good at telling stories. (P2) 辨析be good at, be good for, be good with和be good to 短语 含义 用法 be good at 擅长于……;在……方面做得好 后接名词或动名词, 同义短语:do well in be good for 对……有益/有好处 反义短语:be bad for 意为“对……有害的” be good with 与……相处得好;善于应付……的;对……有办法 同义短语: get on/along well with be good to 对……友好/和善 同义短语: be kind/friendly to 18 1.Kate is good at playing the piano. 凯特擅长弹钢琴。 2.Eating more vegetables and fruit is good for your health.多吃蔬菜和水果对你的健康有好处。 3.John is very good with children. 约翰对孩子很有一套。 4.My teacher was good to me when I was ill. 我生病时我的老师对我关怀备至。 用适当的介词填空。 1.You will be good 　 　 classes if you enjoy the process of learning.  2.Our English teacher is very good 　 　 us. We all like her.   at to 3.Research has shown that happiness is good 　 　 people’s health. The happy people seldom get sick.   4.That is why humans can be good 　 　 nature and use softness to beat hardness. T’ai chi makes full use of yin and yang. for with I can speak English and I can also play soccer.(P5) ◆speak作动词,意为“说(某种语言);说话”,指说话的能力。作及物动词时,常接表示语言的名词。 1.Actions speak louder than words. [谚语]行动胜于语言。 2.I can speak a little French.我会说一点儿法语。 22 ◆辨析speak, say, tell和talk 单词 含义 常见搭配 speak vi.“讲话;发言”,指说话的能力 speak to sb.与某人讲话 vt.“说(某种语言)” speak Japanese讲日语 say vt.“说(强调说话的内容);(某处)写有” say sth. to sb.对某人说某事 a notice saying…写着……的告示 单词 含义 常见搭配 tell vt.“讲述;告诉”,强调讲给别人听 tell sb.sth.告诉某人某事 tell sb.about sth.告诉某人有关某事 tell a lie撒谎 tell a story讲故事 tell the truth说实话 tell sb.(not) to do sth.告诉某人(不要)做某事 talk vi.“谈话;谈论;交谈”,强调与人交谈 talk to/with sb.与某人交谈 talk about sth.谈论某事 n.交谈 a face-to-face talk 一次面对面的交谈 1.At first, things didn’t go well because she couldn’t 　 　 French. 2.Although I have listened to the conversation many times, I still don’t know what they are 　 　 about.  3.Don’t cry anymore. We’re going to 　 　 goodbye to Jessica.   4.Afterwards, some players texted their coach to 　 　 him how happy they were.   tell; say; speak; talk speak talking say tell What time do you usually take a shower, Rick?(P7) ◆“What time do/does+主语+do sth.?”是询问时间的常用句型,其中what time意为“几点;什么时候”,一般用来询问比较具体的时间,回答时要用具体的时刻。 —What time does your father get home? 你的爸爸几点钟到家? —He gets home at seven.他七点钟到家。 ◆usually作副词,意为“通常地;一般地”。usually为频度副词,一般修饰动词,其位置一般在实义动词前、连系动词be或助动词之后。含有usually的句子常使用一般现在时。 26 1.John usually does his homework at school.约翰通常在学校做家庭作业。 2.My mother is usually at work at 9:30. 通常,九点半时我的妈妈在上班。 【拓展】巧记频度副词 (阴影部分表示各自的频率百分比) 1.My grandfather often spends much 　 　 (时间) exercising in order to keep healthy. 2. (1)　 　 they strongly disagree with each other, so they need to communicate more often.  (2)My cousin is organized. He 　 　 forgets the things he needs to do.   (3)—Miss White is very popular with her students. —Yes. Her classes are 　 　 lively and interesting.  always; sometimes; never time Sometimes never always In the evening, I either watch TV or play computer games. (P11) either…or…意为“要么……要么……;或者……或者……”,用来连接两个并列的成分。当连接并列成分作主语时,谓语动词要与or后的主语保持一致,即遵循“就近原则”。反义词组neither…nor…意为“既不……也不……”。 30 1.Either we or Mr. Brown is right. 不是我们对就是布朗先生对。 2.Their house is neither big nor small. 他们的房子不大也不小。 【拓展】 1.Without trees, many animals cannot live on the earth, and it’s not easy for man to live on the earth, 　 　 (也).  2.—Mom, can I have the pink skirt and the white shirt?I like them very much. —Sorry, baby. They cost too much, but you can choose 　 　. the skirt 　 　 the shirt.(neither…nor…/either…or…)  either either or How do you get to school?(P13) 本句是由how引导的特殊疑问句,how在此意为“如何;怎样”。对交通方式进行提问,其答语主要有以下几种: 33 —How do you go to work?你们怎样去上班? —I take a/the bus to work, my brother rides his bike to work, my mother walks to work and my father goes to work in a car. 我坐公共汽车去上班,我哥哥骑自行车去上班,我妈妈步行去上班,我爸爸开车去上班。 1.—How did you go to Beijing? —I went to Beijing 　 　 　 　 (乘飞机).=I 　 　 to Beijing.  2.In order to protect the environment, many people choose to go to work 　 　 the bus or 　 　 subway.(填入适当的介词)  by plane/air flew on by How long does it take to get home?(P15) ◆take作动词,意为“花费(时间)”。It takes sb. some time to do sth.意为“做某事花费某人一些时间。”其中it作形式主语,真正的主语是后面的动词不定式短语。 It takes me half an hour to go to school by bike every day. 每天骑自行车上学花费我半个小时的时间。 36 ◆辨析spend, take, cost和pay 单词 含义 常见搭配 spend vt.“花(时间)”,主语为人 spend time with sb. 和某人共度某段时光 spend time on sth./in doing sth. 在(做)某事上花一些时间 vt.“花(钱)”,主语为人 spend money on sth./doing sth. 在(做)某事上花钱 单词 含义 常见搭配 take vt.“需要……时间;费时”,常用it作形式主语 It takes sb. some time to do sth.做某事花费某人一些时间。 cost vt.“需付费;价钱为”,主语为物 sth. costs sb. some money 某物花费某人多少钱 pay vt.“付费”,主语为人 sb. pays some money for sth. 某人花费多少钱买某物 n.“工资;薪水” high/good pay 高工资 low/basic pay 低/基本工资 1.—Do you know how long we should 　 　 eating a meal?  —20 — 30 minutes, the experts suggest. 2.All the things in his home were left by his parents. He and his wife only had to 　 　 for their food and clothes.   3.That dictionary 　 　 me fifty yuan last Friday.  4.It 　 　 me about two hours to finish my homework every day.  spend; take; cost; pay spend pay cost takes For many students, it is easy to get to school.(P17) ◆It’s+adj./n.+to do sth. 意为“做某事是……(的)。”其中,it是形式主语,真正的主语是后面的动词不定式短语。 1.It is a good idea to go to the movies tonight.今晚去看电影是个好主意。 2.It is impossible to finish the task by myself today.今天我不可能独立完成这个任务。 ◆在It’s+adj.+to do sth. 句型中,有时动词不定式带有自己的逻辑主语,常由介词for/of引出,其用法如下: 40 句型 用法 It’s+adj.+for sb.+to do sth. 意为“对某人来说做某事是……的。” adj.一般为描述事物特征、性质的词,如easy,difficult,hard,important,(im)possible, dangerous, interesting, necessary等 It’s+adj.+of sb.+to do sth. 意为“某人做某事是……的。” adj.一般为描述行为者的性格、品质的词,如kind, friendly, nice, (im)polite, careless, clever, foolish等 1.It’s dangerous for kids to play near the street.对孩子们来说,在街边玩耍很危险。 2.It’s very kind of you to help me. 你能帮我真好。 【注意】 for与of的辨别方法 用介词后面的逻辑主语(通常为代词)作主语且用介词前面的形容词作表语造句,如果逻辑合理,用of,不合理则用for。如: You are kind. (逻辑合理,用of) We are difficult. (逻辑不合理,用for) 1.A wise old man saw this couplet and thought, “It is necessary for Su Shi 　 　 (learn) how to be modest.” 2.From my own experience, I think it’s a great idea　 　 (have) such a website on which children can find playmates.  3.It’s interesting 　 　 us to play games in the park, but I think it’s impolite 　 　 us to make so much noise.(填入适当的介词)  to learn to have for of Many of the students and villagers never leave the village.(P17) leave作动词,意为“离开”。“leave+地点”表示“离开某地”,“leave for+地点”表示“动身去某地”。leave是非延续性动词,在肯定句中不可与表示一段时间的状语连用。表示“离开某地多长时间”常用be away from。 1.We are leaving Beijing and they are leaving for Beijing. 我们将离开北京,而他们将动身去北京。 2.May and Danny have been away from Shanghai for three days.梅和丹尼离开上海三天了。 44 【归纳】 1.—Have you heard of Hou Yi Shoots the Suns? —Yes. Once upon a time, there were ten suns. Hou Yi shot down nine of them and 　 　 (留下) one.   2.Leo got seriously ill and he took six-month 　 　 (假期).   3.A set of paper cutting was given to the foreign teacher as a gift when he 　 　 (leave) China last week. left leave left 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.run A.v.跑;奔跑 B.v.持续;延续 C.v.管理;经营 (1)Sports workshops are run by skillful coaches. They will teach you more about the sports and how to do them. 　　  (2)The Spring Festival holiday runs from Jan. 21 to 27 this year. 　　  (3)Every day, they need to swing a racket more than 7,000 times and run 9 kilometers. 　　  C B A 47 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.taste A.v.有……的味道 B.n.爱好;志趣 C.n.味觉 D.n.体验;尝试 (1)One interesting fact he learned about swallowtails was that their bright colors warned hungry animals that they tasted bad. 　  (2)What interests me most is the delicious taste of zongzi, covered by bamboo leaves. 　　  (3)It also satisfies the taste of both kids and adults. It’s well worth reading. 　　  (4)A tour to the Great Wall will give you a taste of China’s history and will provide you with the journey of a lifetime! 　　  A C B D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.draw A.v.画 B.v.吸引;使感兴趣 C.v.得出;推断出 (1)It is a way of thinking that helps you to avoid drawing incorrect conclusions. 　　  (2)Many artists draw with pens and brushes, but few “paint” with knives. 　　  (3)The lake area is rich in wildlife and draws lots of people. 　　  C A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.cross A.v.横过;越过 B.v.使交叉 C.adj.生气的 (1)If you are given something you do not like, you can just say, for example, “I’m sorry, I don’t eat meat.” or “I don’t eat fish.” No one will be cross. 　　  (2)Never cross your arms or point at others while expressing your opinions. 　　  (3)Elephants travel a lot. Sometimes they have to cross rivers. 　　  C B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.drive A.v.开车 B.v.驱赶;驱逐 C.v.激励;促进 D.n.驱车旅行;驾车路程 (1)It is about five minutes’ drive to the nearest village of Portreath. 　　  (2)These people are the main group that is driving the development of the food delivery industry.　　  (3)It used to take me six hours to drive home on Fridays, but now I can get home in time to pick up my child from school. 　　  (4)It is said that a disease swept through the village. Then the villagers started to perform a fire dragon dance for three days to drive it away. 　　  D C A B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.Which club do you want to j　 　, the art club or the story telling club?  2.Does life 　 　 (有时) seem to be full of impossible problems?  3.In this poor country, children were always 　 　 (穿衣服) in old clothes and looked very thin.   oin sometimes dressed 52 4.Paul is a 　 　 (滑稽好笑的) boy and he always tells jokes to make us laugh.  5.John is really good at 　 　 (画) pictures and he wants to be a painter in the future.  6.The volunteers are going to c　 　 up the yard of the old people’s home this weekend.  funny drawing/painting lean 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.The dentist advised Tom to brush his 　 　 (tooth) twice a day and taught him the right way of brushing them.  2.Our hometown is a beautiful city with 　 　 (hundred) of lakes.  3.The Internet and the telephone help us get in touch with each other 　 　 (quick) and easily.  teeth hundreds quickly 4.—What’s the 　 　 (good) way to see the beautiful countryside?  —It depends. When I don’t need to rush, I’d like to see it by bike. 5.At Halloween, children knock on 　 　 (people) doors to go trick-or-treating.  6.I am told 　 　 (leave) at once, or I will be late for the meeting.  best people’s to leave 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 Jiang Shumei, born in 1937, spent most of her time working in a factory. In 1996, she learned her 1.　 　 (one) Chinese character. Sixteen years later, she started to write down some of her own 2.　 　 (story).   first stories It was not easy for her. She 3.　 　 (usual) started at 3 or 4 a.m., and revised (修改) the pieces several times until she was 4.　 　 (satisfy). In 2013, her book, Time of Trouble, Time of Poverty, was published and proved to be 5.　 　 success. The book brought Jiang a lot of fans and sympathy (同情). “Don’t feel sorry for me,” she says to her fans. “The difficulties I met in my life are now in the past. 6.　 　. them, I could never have finished this book.”  usually satisfied a Without So far, Jiang 7.　 　 (publish) six books with more than 600,000 characters in all. “It’s never too late. I enjoy 8.　 　 (I) when writing,” Jiang says. She lives a healthy life, exercising every day 9.　 　 eating a balanced diet. “If I could live as long as 130, would you still say that it is too late for me 10.　 　 (start) writing after 60?” she says jokingly.  【主旨大意】本文通过描述姜淑梅在60岁以后开始学习汉字并成为作家的故事,告诉我们:活到老,学到老。 has published myself and to start 1.first　【解析】考查序数词。根据句意可知,此处是指学会了第一个汉字,应用序数词。故填first。 2.stories　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“some of her own”可知,此处应用可数名词的复数形式。故填stories。 3.usually　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词。故填usually。 4.satisfied　【解析】考查形容词。be动词后跟形容词作表语且修饰人,应用satisfy的-ed形式satisfied,意为“满意的”。故填satisfied。 5.a　【解析】考查冠词。空处泛指“一个成功的事物”,且success以辅音音素开头,应用不定冠词a。故填a。 6.Without　【解析】考查介词。根据空格前后内容可知,此处是指没有那些困难,姜淑梅写不出这本书。且空格处位于句首,故填Without。 7.has published　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据空格前的“So far”可知,本句时态是现在完成时;且主语Jiang是第三人称单数,助动词用has。故填has published。 8.myself　【解析】考查代词。enjoy oneself意为“尽情享受,过得愉快”。故填myself。 9.and　【解析】考查连词。此处应用连词and连接两个动作。故填and。 10.to start　【解析】考查动词不定式。It is+adj.+for sb. to do sth.意为“对某人来说做某事是……的。”故填to start。 $ 第6课时　Unit 10-Unit 12 [七年级下册] 1 话题:食物(food)、校园旅行(school trips)、周末活动(weekend activities) 2 多维探究 Point 1 May I take your order?(P56) Point 2 I’d like beef noodles, please.(P56) Point 3 The answer would be different in different countries.(P59) Point 4 The number of candles is the person’s age.(P59) Point 5 How can a person make his or her birthday wish come true?(P59) Point 6 Then the guide taught us how to make a model robot.(P65) Point 7 Everything was about robots and I’m not interested in that.(P65) Point 8 How interesting!(P68) Point 9 When we looked out of our tent,we saw a big snake sleeping near the fire.(P71) 3 1.potato(n.)土豆;马铃薯→　 　(pl.)  2.different(adj.)不同的→　 　(n.)差别;差异  3.farm(n.& v.)农场;务农;种田→　 　(n.)农民;农场主  4.feed(v.)喂养;饲养→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  5.love(v.& n.)爱;喜爱→　 　(adj.)可爱的  6.expensive(adj.)昂贵的→　 　(反义词adj.)廉价的;便宜的  词汇拓展 potatoes difference farmer fed fed lovely cheap 4 7.sheep(n.)羊;绵羊→　 　(pl.)  8.nature(n.)自然界;大自然→　 　(adj.)自然的  9.mouse(n.)老鼠;耗子→　 　(pl.)  10.surprise(n.& v.)惊奇;惊讶;使吃惊→　 　 (adj.) 惊奇的;感觉意外的→　 　(adj.)令人意外的  11.grow(v.)种植;生长;发育→　 　(过去式)→　 .　(过去分词)  sheep natural mice surprised surprising grew grown 12.popular(adj.)受欢迎的;普遍的→　 　(比较级)更受欢迎的;更普遍的→　 　(最高级)最受欢迎的;最普遍的→popularity (n.)受欢迎;普及★　 　 受欢迎;流行  13.interested (adj.)感兴趣的→　 　(adj.)有趣的 →　 　(n.& v.)兴趣;关注;使感兴趣;使关注  ★　 　 对……感兴趣  more popular most popular get popular interesting interest be interested in 1.would 　 　 (表示意愿)愿意;喜欢  2.　 　 one’s 　 　 点菜  3.　 　 the 　 　 世界各地  4.　 　 a 　 　 许愿  5.　 　 　 　 吹灭  6.　 　 　 　 切碎  7.　 　 good luck 　 　… 给……带来好运  短语归纳 like take order around world make wish blow out cut up bring to 8.　 　 a cow给奶牛挤奶  9.　 　 a horse骑马  10.　 　 chickens喂鸡  11.　 　 a lot (of…) 许多  12.all 　 　 all总的来说  13.　 　 the 　 　 在乡下;在农村  14.　 　 　 　 late 深夜不睡;熬夜  15.　 　 　 　 跑开  milk ride feed quite in in countryside stay up run away 16.　 　 at/to… 冲……大声叫嚷;对……大声喊叫  17.　 　 　 　 　 　 放风筝  18.　 　 up搭起;举起  19.　 　 and 　 　 上上下下;起伏  20.　 　…　 　 把……弄醒  21.one 　 　 　 　 　 　… 一大碗……  22.get a 　 　 吃惊  shout fly a kite put up down wake up large bowl of surprise 1.—What kind of noodles 　 　 you 　 　? 你想要哪一种面?  —　 　 like beef noodles, please.我想要牛肉面。  2.—　 　 　 　 would 　 　 like?你喜欢多大碗的?  —　 　 　 　 a large bowl, please.我想要一份大碗的。  核心句型 would like I’d What size you I’d like 3.—　 　 　 　 　 　 meat in the tomato and egg soup?番茄蛋汤里有肉吗?  —No, there 　 　 　 　./No, 　 　 　 　 meat. 不,没有肉。  4.　 　 　 　 　 　 candles 　 　 the person’s age. 蜡烛的数量就是这个人的年龄。  5.They 　 　 cut up the noodles 　 　 the long noodles 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 long life.  他们从不把面条切断,因为长长的面条是长寿的象征。 Is there any isn’t any there’s no The number of is never because are a symbol of 6.—　 　 was your 　 　 last week? 上周你的旅行怎么样?  —It was 　 　.极好。  7.Then the guide taught us 　 　 　 　 　 　 a model robot.  然后导游教我们如何制作机器人模型。 8.—What did you do 　 　 　 　, Lucy? 露西,上周末你做什么了?  —Well, 　 　 Saturday morning, I played badminton.哦,在周六上午,我打羽毛球了。  How trip excellent how to make last weekend on 9.But I was 　 　 　 　 　 　 I went to sleep early.但是我太累了,所以早早就睡着了。  10.They have a butterfly house 　 　 over 200 kinds 　 　. butterflies!  他们(博物馆)有一个有200多种蝴蝶的蝴蝶馆! 11.Well, son, that’s why 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 a second language.  所以嘛,儿子,这就是为什么多学一门语言重要啦。 so tired that with of it’s important to learn 13 　　My sister finished high school two weeks ago. As a 1. 　 　 (特别的;特殊的) gift, our parents took us to India.  We went 2.　 　 (扎营) in a small village in India. First, we took a long bus ride to a lake in the 3.　 　 (乡村;农村). There we put up our tents and made a fire to keep us 4.w　 　 and cook food on. On the first night, we 5.　 　. (只是;恰好) sat under the moon and told each other stories. But I was so tired that I went to sleep early.  教材语篇回顾 special camping countryside arm just The next morning, my sister and I got a terrible 6.s　 . When we looked out of our tent, we saw a big snake 7. (睡觉) near the fire. I was so scared that I couldn’t move. We 8.s　 to our parents to let them know about the danger. My dad started to jump up and down in their tent. This 9.w 　 　 the snake up and it moved into the forest near the lake. My dad told me 10.　 　 (以后) that snakes don’t have ears but can feel things moving. He also told me it was important not to go near a snake. This was a useful lesson for me.  urprise sleeping houted oke later May I take your order?(P56) ◆May I…?表示征求对方的许可,意为“我可以……吗?”。 May I have a look at your photos? 我可以看看你的照片吗? ◆take one’s order意为“点菜”。order作名词,意为“点菜;命令”。 1.Please take your order, sir. 先生,请点菜。 2.The order still goes.这个命令仍然有效。 16 【拓展】 17 1.—May I take your 　 　 (点菜), Mr. Chen?  —I’d like a cup of coffee and a cake as usual. 2.Having an animal in the family helps you learn new skills, like how to teach them to understand 　 　 (指示;命令), such as “Sit” or “Lie down”. order orders 3.These days, many volunteer groups go out gleaning (拾落穗) 　 　 　 　 (为了提供) those in need with fresh and healthy food.  4.After knowing about the situation, he ordered everyone in the market 　 　 (put) a coin into a basin (盆) filled with water. in　　order　　to provide to put 19 I’d like beef noodles, please.(P56) I’d like为I would like的缩写形式。would like意为“想要;愿意;喜欢”,相当于want,常用来征求对方的意见或建议,表示一种委婉的语气。 —Would you like some juice? 你想喝点果汁吗? —Yes, please./No, thanks.好的。/不用,谢谢。 20 【注意】 would like 后接动词不定式,构成would like to do sth.,意为“想要做某事”。 如:I would like to see my grandparents. 我想去看望我的祖父母。 Would you like 　 　 (get) a pet? This book has everything you need to know about caring for animals.  to get The answer would be different in different countries.(P59) ◆在“would+be+形容词”结构中,情态动词would意为“总是,老是”,后接动词原形。 ◆answer在此处作名词,意为“答案”。answer也可作动词,意为“回答”,其对应词为ask。 22 Please answer my question. 请回答我的问题。 ◆different作形容词,意为“不同的”,其反义词为same,意为“相同的”。be different from 意为“与……不同;与……有差异”。 1.We each have different ideas. 我们每个人都有不同的想法。 2.My eating habits are different from yours. 我的饮食习惯与你的不同。 1.There are more countries planning moon trips in the future. The idea of creating a time zone on the moon would 　 　. (make) these easier.  2.Our song 　 　 (回答) that question. We finished writing the words together happily. make answered 3.The charm (魅力) of this common dish comes from its stories and different tastes — the noodles are prepared 　 　. (different) in each of Jiangxi’s 11 cities. 4.We can see many 　 　 (different) in our villages which are getting far more beautiful.  differently differences The number of candles is the person’s age.(P59) 辨析the number of和a number of 短语 含义 用法 the number of “……的数量/数目”,中心词是number 作主语时,谓语动词用单数形式 a number of “许多……”,中心词是其修饰的复数名词 作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式 26 1.The number of students in our school is over 800.我们学校的学生人数超过了800。 2.The number of teachers is 200 in this university, and a number of them are women teachers. 这所大学有200名教师,其中许多是女教师。 1. (1)Alex took part in 　 　 outdoor activities, such as riding his bike, flying a kite and camping with his parents.  (2)As biking has become a lifestyle, experts believe that this biking craze will continue. They expect a sharp increase in 　 　 bike riders. the number of; a number of a number of the number of 2.最近许多中国人对太空更感兴趣了。(number) 　 　 Chinese people show more interest in space recently.   3.In Suzhou Library, there 　 　 a number of books on science and animals.The number of them 　 　 growing larger and larger.(be)  A　 number　 of are is How can a person make his or her birthday wish come true?(P59) make sb./sth.do sth.意为“使某人/某物做某事”。其中动词make作使役动词,意为“使……;让……”。在被动语态中,make后面的动词不定式要带to。 1.The boss makes us work eleven hours a day.老板让我们每天工作11个小时。 2.Jane was made to learn fifty new words every week.简被要求每周学50个新单词。 30 【归纳】 31 1.Though Jonny often made his little sister 　 　, today he was made 　 　 by her. (cry)   2.For most of us, it takes a long time to learn how to make something 　 　 (taste), but not for Remmi.  cry to cry tasty Then the guide taught us how to make a model robot.(P65) 本句中“疑问词+动词不定式”结构作动词taught的宾语。此结构常在句中作主语、宾语、表语等。 1.Where to go is a problem.(作主语) 去哪里是一个问题。 2.The question is how to get there.(作表语) 问题是如何到那里。 33 1.Let’s discuss when we shall go to the Sea World.(改为同义句) Let’s discuss 　 　 go to the Sea World.  2.When people don’t know what 　 　 (wear) to a party or how 　 　 (design) their homes, the artists will give them some advice. when　 to to wear to design Everything was about robots and I’m not interested in that.(P65) be interested in意为“对……感兴趣”。主语通常是人,后接动词时,需用v.-ing形式。 1.My brother is interested in music. 我哥哥对音乐感兴趣。 2.Are you interested in playing soccer? 你对踢足球感兴趣吗? 35 1.These kids are 　 　 (interest) in joining sports clubs to play ball games with others.   2.丹尼很小的时候就对唱歌感兴趣了。 Danny has been 　 　 　 　 　 from a young age.  interested interested in singing How interesting!(P68) 本句是一个由how引导的感叹句,省略了主语和谓语。本句完整的结构是:How interesting it was!其中“主语+谓语”部分可以省略。 How beautiful the flowers are! 这些花儿多漂亮啊! 37 【归纳】 感叹句一般用来表达说话时的喜悦、惊讶等情感。在英语中感叹句常用what和how引导。 1. (1)　 　 amazing it is! The Shenzhou XVIII members raise fish for the first time in Tiangong space station. (2)—　 　 fine weather! It’s a good match for going on a picnic.  —Exactly. I simply can’t wait! 2.That school art festival was very wonderful. (改为感叹句) 　 　 　 　 that school art festival was!   how; what How What How wonderful When we looked out of our tent,we saw a big snake sleeping near the fire.(P71) ◆see sb./sth.doing sth.意为“看到某人/某物正在做某事”,指看见的动作正在进行。 I saw him playing basketball at that time.那时我看到他正在打篮球。 ◆辨析see sb. doing sth.和see sb. do sth. 40 词语 用法 例句 see sb. doing sth. 看见某人正在做某事,强调动作正在进行 I saw a girl reading in the park. 我看见一个女孩正在公园里读书。 see sb. do sth. 看见某人做某事,强调动作发生的全过程 I often see the boys play football on the playground.我经常看见男孩们在操场上踢足球。 1.Every morning, Tim often sees groups of middle-aged women 　 　 (dance) in the square.  2.When I saw my father 　 　 (wait) for me on a cold winter night, I couldn’t help crying.  dance waiting 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.will A.v.将要;会 B.n.意志;毅力 (1)“But if you study, ask questions, and try to learn from the locals, you will have far richer experience,” he promised. 　　  (2)It shows how important strong wills and interests are. When we face difficulties, we should never give up. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.feed A.v.喂养;饲养 B.v.进食 (1)Cristina learned to feed sharks when she was a child. 　　  (2)When an insect touches a hair, it creates an electrical signal (信号) in the leaf. The insect can continue feeding — for now. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.pick A.v.采;摘 B.v.拾 C.v.挑选 (1)For the third round, the manager told his young group to pick any balloons from the room and give it to the person whose name was on it. 　　  (2)Garth picked up his Umbrella Hat from the ground in tears. 　　  (3)We pick vegetables in the garden and we collect wood in the forest. 　　  C B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.fire A.n.火;火灾 B.v.解雇;开除 (1)Houses built of stone do not catch fire as easily as ones made of wood. Some stones are colored, so they make the building look wonderful. 　　  (2)After listening to my “lovely” laughter for a few minutes, my boss couldn’t help shouting angrily, “Are you mad? You’re fired!” 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.gift A.n.礼物;赠品 B.n.天赋;天才;才能 C.v.白送;白给 (1)It’s a great gift for kids who love picture books with colorful houses, cars and flowers. 　　  (2)Even numbers (偶数), except four, are better than odd — as good things are believed to come in pairs. For example, gifting $20 is better than $21. 　　  (3)Zeng has a gift for music and learns faster than others at the school. 　　  A C B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.The book is full of facts and helpful advice and gives lots of information about some 　 　 (受欢迎的;普遍的) pets, such as cats, dogs and fish.  2.My little brother George has already 　 　 (成长) much taller and stronger than he used to be.   popular grown 48 3.Since my wife and I came to Suzhou twenty-four years a 　 　, I have never stopped showing my love for her.  4.When the children received the presents from their parents, they all 　 　 (跳) happily.  5.The hat is too e　 　. I want to buy a much cheaper one.  6.For many of us, 　 　 (博物馆) play an important role in our lives all the time.  go jumped xpensive museums 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.The loss of the 　 　 (love) dog made the old woman cry for a whole afternoon.  2.The other day we had some 　 　 (visit) from Switzerland.  3.As I was trying to find my way out, I suddenly 　 　 . (hear) some noise.   lovely visitors heard 4.In ancient times, this system guided farming activities. It told 　 　 (farm) what to do according to the changes in temperature.   5.The baby boy is only six months old and he has to 　 . (feed) by others.  6.My family had an 　 　 (excite) trip in Guilin last summer.  farmers be fed exciting 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 For only 20 yuan, Fang Wenjing could buy her lunch at a community canteen (社区食堂) in Hangzhou. She had meat, vegetables and a bowl of rice which are all 1.　 　 (real) healthy. Recently, community canteens have become more and more popular in China. They 2.　 　 (make) for the old people at first. It can be difficult for some old people 3.　 　. (cook) on their own,so the canteens provide help. They can have lunch and dinner within a 10-minute walk, or community 4.　 　 (worker) can bring the dishes to them.  really were made to cook workers Now, the community canteens are bringing in more young people. For those who don’t want to order takeout meals 5.　　. eat at restaurants, the canteens provide 6.　 　 (they) with healthier and cheaper dishes.  This also 7.　 　 (encourage) community canteens to think of creative ways to provide food and make things easier for people. 8.　 　 community canteen in Beijing brings out buffet-style dishes. The dishes are sold at 2.48 yuan per 100 grams. The price is 9.　 　 (low) than that of restaurants close by.  or them encourages A lower The rise of community canteens couldn’t have happened 10.　 　 the support of local governments. They provide money for building the canteens as well as the dining expenses of the old people.  【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了社区食堂的发展。 without 1.really　【解析】考查副词。此处应用副词修饰形容词healthy。故填really。 2.were made　【解析】考查动词的时态、语态和主谓一致。根据空格后的“at first”可知,此处应用一般过去时;主语They和谓语动词make之间是被动关系,应用动词的被动语态;主语They是复数,be动词应用复数形式。故填were made。 3.to cook　【解析】考查动词不定式。It is+adj.+for sb. to do sth.表示“做某事对某人来说是……的。”故填to cook。 4.workers　【解析】考查名词的数。空格前无限定词修饰,此处应用可数名词的复数形式。故填workers。 5.or　【解析】考查连词。句意:对于那些不想叫外卖和不想去餐馆吃饭的人来说,食堂为他们提供了更健康、更便宜的菜肴。空格前后是并列关系,又因为本句是否定句,故填or。 6.them　【解析】考查代词。provide sb. with sth. 表示“提供某人某物”,此处应用they的宾格形式。故填them。 7.encourages　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据本段中的“8.　　　　 community canteen in Beijing brings out”可知,此处应用一般现在时;主语是This,谓语动词应用第三人称单数形式。故填encourages。  8.A　【解析】考查冠词。此处表示“北京的一个社区食堂”,为首次提及的事物;community以辅音音素开头,此处应用不定冠词a修饰;又因为位于句首,故填A。 9.lower　【解析】考查形容词的比较级。根据空格后的“than”可知,此处应用形容词的比较级。故填lower。 10.without　【解析】考查介词。句意:社区食堂的兴起离不开地方政府的支持。此处用“without+名词”作状语。故填without。 $第17课时　Unit 1-Unit 2 [九年级全一册] 1 话题:学着如何学习(learning how to learn)、节日(festivals) 多维探究 夯实基础 课堂反馈 熟词多义 2 多维探究 Point 1 I study by working with a group.(P1) Point 2 Well, be patient. (P2) Point 3 I discovered that listening to something interesting is the secret to language learning.(P3) Point 4 But because I wanted to understand the story, I looked them up in a dictionary.(P3) Point 5 What a nice treat! (P12) Point 6 People all around the world celebrate the New Year with music, special food, and fireworks, though the celebration may take place at different times. (P14) 3 1.pronounce(v.)发音→　 　(n.)发音;读音  2.discover(v.)发现;发觉→　 　(n.)发现;发觉  3.expression(n.)表情;表示;表达方式→　 　(v.)表示;表达  4.active(adj.)活跃的;积极的→　 　(n.)活动  词汇拓展 pronunciation discovery express activity 4 5.wisely(adv.)明智地;聪明地→　 　(adj.)充满智慧的;明智的;英明的  6.stranger(n.)陌生人→　 　(adj.)奇特的;奇怪的  7.steal(v.)偷;窃取→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  8.smell(n.& v.)气味;臭味;闻到;发出……气味→ 　. (过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  9.patient(adj.& n.)有耐心的;病人→　 　(n.)耐心;忍耐力  wise strange stole stolen smelt/smelled smelt/smelled patience 10.ability(n.)能力;才能→　 　(pl.)→　 　(adj.)能够  11.create(v.)创造;创建→　 　(adj.)有创造力的;创造性的→　 　(n.)创造力;独创性  12.physics(n.)物理;物理学→　 　(adj.)物理学的;身体的→　 　(n.)物理学家  abilities able creative creativity physical physicist 1.________ ______ (在词典、参考书中或通过电脑)查阅;抬头看  2.________ _________ 做笔记  3.be ________ with天生具有  4._______ _____________ ______ 注意;关注  5.___________…with把……和……连接或联系起来  6.put ______ 增加(体重);发胖  短语归纳 look　 　up take　 　notes born pay　 　attention　 　to connect on 7.lay _______ 摆开;布置  8.________ _________ 发生  9.be ____________ out感到紧张  10.a _________ of cake小菜一碟  11.__________ ______ 依靠;信赖  12.in the _________ of以……形状  13._________ down射下  out take　 　place stressed　 piece　 depend　 　on shape　 shoot　 14.________ out (大声)说出;喊出  15.as_____ __________ 结果;因此  16._________ down 倒计时  17.____________ off (sth.) 点燃;使……爆炸  call　 a　 　result count set/let 1.I study English ______ asking the teacher _______ help.  我通过向老师求助来学习英语。 2.Do you _______ _________________ ________ friends ______ English?你和朋友们用英语交谈吗?  3.___________ or not you can do this well ___________ ______ your learning habits.  你能否做好取决于你的学习习惯。 核心句型 by for　 have　 　conversations　 　with in Whether　 depends　 　on 4._______ ________ you read, _______ __________ you’ll be.你读得越多,你(的阅读速度)就会越快。  5.The teacher spoke ______ ___________ ________ I did not understand her most of the time.  老师语速太快,以至于我大部分时间都听不懂她(的话)。 6.—_______ can I ___________ my pronunciation?我怎样才能改善我的发音?  —One way is ______ _____________ ______ tapes.一种方式是通过听磁带。  The　 　more the　 　faster so　 　quickly　 　that How improve by　 　listening　 　to 7.Learning ______ a lifelong journey because every day brings _____________ _______.  学习是终身的旅程,因为每天都会有一些新的东西。 8.I believe ________ April is _______ ___________ _________ ______ Thailand.我相信四月是泰国最热的月份。  9.I __________ _______________ they’ll have the races again next year.我想知道明年他们是否还会举行比赛。  is something　 　new that　 the　 　hottest　 　month　 　 in wonder　 　if/whether 10.________ _______ the Water Festival is!多么好玩的泼水节!  11.How _____________ the __________ ________ teams were! 龙舟队是多么了不起啊!  12.The new year ______ _____ ________ _______ ____________ and ___________ away bad things.  新年是清理和冲走坏东西的时候。 What　 　fun fantastic dragon　 　boat is　 　a　 　time　 　for　 　cleaning washing　 　There are many traditional folk stories about the Mid-Autumn Festival. 1.　 　 (然而;不过), most people think that the story of Chang’e is the most touching. Chang’e was Hou Yi’s beautiful wife. Hou Yi was a man with great 2.　 　. (能力;才能). After Hou Yi shot down the nine suns, a goddess gave him 3.　 　 (有魔力的;有神奇力量的) medicine to thank him. Whoever took this could live 4.f　 　, and Hou Yi planned to take it with Chang’e. But a bad man, Pang Meng, 教材语篇回顾 However ability magic orever 5.　 　 (发现;发觉) it and tried to steal the medicine when Hou Yi was not home. Chang’e 6.r　 　 to give it to him and took it all. She became very light and 7.f　 　 up to the moon. Hou Yi was so sad that he called out her name to the moon every night. One night, he found that the moon was so 8.　 　 (明亮的) and round that he could see his wife there. He quickly 9.l　 　 out her favorite food in the garden. How he wished that Chang’e could come back!  After this, people started the 10.　 　 (传统) of looking at the moon and sharing mooncakes with their families.  discovered efused lew bright aid tradition I study by working with a group.(P1) ◆介词短语“by+v.-ing”用来表达方式、方法,意为“通过做某事”,常用来回答How do you…?或How can I…?等问句。 —How do you learn English? 你是怎么学习英语的? —By watching English movies. 通过看英语电影。 16 【拓展】 1.by的其他用法: 17 2.常见的by短语: by accident偶然;意外地　 go by (时间)流逝;过去 by oneself单独;独自 pass by路过;经过 by the way顺便问一下 step by step一步步地 by mistake错误地;无意中 drop by顺便访问;随便进入 ◆by, with, in和on “用”法不同 单词 用法 例句 by 表示“以……方式、方法或手段”,常与表示交通工具的名词连用 Wendy usually goes to school by bike.温蒂通常骑自行车去上学。 with 表示“用……工具、材料、身体的某一部分或器官” People often eat with chopsticks in China.在中国,人们通常用筷子吃饭。 单词 用法 例句 in 表示“用……语言、语调、颜色等” What’s this in English?这个用英语怎么说? on 表示“用网络、电视、收音机、电话等” They talk on the phone every day.他们每天打电话。 用in, by, with或on填空。 1.　 　 reading the public signs, he had no difficulty in finding the shopping mall. 2.Welcome to book your tickets and visit us. But remember that we stop receiving visitors 　 　 4:00 p.m.   3.Mr. King was looked after 　 　 his aunt when he was a baby.  4.You can also learn English 　 　 the radio.  By by by on 5.My brother loves watching game shows 　 　 TV.   6.Anansi held the gourd (葫芦) in two legs and tried to climb the tree 　 　 his other six legs. 7.Who is that girl 　 　 red?  8.A lot of people in China travel 　 　 high-speed train every year. 9.Finnish people often enjoy the small things in daily lives, like just sitting quietly 　 　 a lake.  on with in by by Well, be patient. (P2) patient既可作形容词,也可作名词,其常见用法如下: 23 1.We must be patient with children. 我们对孩子必须有耐心。 2.The doctor is examining a patient. 医生正在诊断一个病人。 图示: 1.In a study, researchers followed 321 　 　 (病人) with high-salt food and sleep problems for 12 weeks.  2.Miriam finally knew what Uncle Esai meant — be 　 　. (有耐心的), and life will be as sweet as a watermelon!  3.He was always patient 　 　 me and gave me a lot of advice on how to learn English.(填入适当的介词)   patients patient with I discovered that listening to something interesting is the secret to language learning.(P3) ◆辨析discover, find, find out, create和invent 词语 含义及用法 例句 discover “发现;发觉”,指发现本来已经存在但尚未被人知晓的事物 Madame Curie discovered radium. 居里夫人发现了镭。 find “找到;发现”,指偶然发现或找到某物,着重指找到的结果 I found the pen under the bed.我在床底下找到了钢笔。 26 词语 含义及用法 例句 find out “查明;弄清”,多指通过调查、询问、研究发现真相、原因等,通常含有“过程困难曲折”的含义 We must find out the truth of the event. 我们必须查明事情的真相。 create “创造;创建”,指从无到有的创作或创作出原本不存在的东西,如艺术作品、理论等 The young lady created a new kind of music.这位年轻的女士创作了一种新的音乐。 词语 含义及用法 例句 invent “创造;发明”,指通过研究和实验而创造、发明出前所未有的产品或装置,尤指科技上的发明创造 Can you tell me who invented the light? 你能告诉我谁发明了电灯吗? ◆the secret to sth.意为“……的秘诀”。to在此用作介词,表示“……的”。类似的常见表达还有: the key to the door 门的钥匙 the answer to the question 问题的答案 the way to the school 去学校的路 the bridge to the knowledge 知识的桥梁 1.Laughter helps us 　 　 (发现) the beauty of life. Whether it is caused by joy or embarrassment, laughter is an important part of life. 2.He also painted self-portraits (自画像). He 　 　 (创造) more than 20 portraits of himself! 3.—What’s your 　 　 (秘密) of writing so well?  —I read a lot, and the works of Lu Xun had a strong influence on me as a child. discover created secret But because I wanted to understand the story, I looked them up in a dictionary.(P3) look up为“动词+副词”型短语,后面可以接名词或代词作宾语;当代词作宾语时,代词要放在look和up中间。 1.Can you look up the opening times on the website?你可以在网站上查一下开放的时间吗? 2.If you want to know how a word is used, you can look it up in a dictionary. 要想了解一个单词的用法,你可以查词典。 31 【归纳】 look at看一看　　　　　　 look like看上去像 look for寻找;寻求 look up抬头看;查阅 look after照顾;照料 look up to钦佩;仰慕 look around环顾;环视 look down on瞧不起;轻视 look forward to期望;期待 look through浏览;快速查看 look on…as…把……看作…… look out当心;小心;留神 look back at回首(往事);回忆;回顾 look ahead展望未来;为将来设想 1.My parents are happy that I often 　 　 my little sister at home. 2.There is no need to 　 　 every new word in the dictionary when you are reading.  3.“What a wonderful surprise!” cried Mommy, 　 . the balloons and the breakfast table. 4.Mom, could you help me 　 　 my toy car? I can’t find it anywhere!  look for; look at; look up; look after look after look up looking at (to) look for What a nice treat! (P12) treat既可作名词,也可作动词,其常见用法如下: 34 1.They treated John as a thief and went through his bag without asking. 他们把约翰当成小偷,没问一声就翻了他的包。 2.Let’s go out for lunch — my treat. 我们去外面吃午饭,我请客。 1.Lucy 　 　 (款待) her friends to a big dinner last week.  2.Alice started a book drive in her hometown. The goal was to collect books for kids being 　 　 (治疗;医治) for serious illnesses in local hospitals.  3.—The final exam is coming. How is it going? —Not bad, thanks. I just treat it 　 　 a usual one. I think I can make it. (填入适当的介词) treated treated as People all around the world celebrate the New Year with music, special food, and fireworks, though the celebration may take place at different times. (P14) 辨析take place和happen 词语 用法 例句 take place 表示必然性地“发生”或“举行”事先布置或策划好的活动 Great changes have taken place in our country. 我们国家发生了巨大变化。 happen 表示偶然性的、没预料到的事情的“发生” If anything happens, please let me know.如果有什么事情发生,请告诉我。 37 【注意】 happen和take place只能用作不及物动词(短语),因此两者均没有被动语态形式。 1.I really want more people to become truly aware of (意识到) what is 　 　 to our planet.   2.The Dragon Boat Festival 　 　 on the fifth day of the fifth lunar month.   happen; take place happening takes place 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.create A.v.创造;创建 B.v.引起,产生(感觉或印 象) (1)Thanks to the craze, there have been events like group rides and bike festivals. These create a sense of community among bikers. 　　  (2)Creating is a way in which we challenge ourselves and think differently. 　　  B A 40 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.review A.n.评论(文章) B.n.报告;汇报 C.v.回顾;反思 D.v.(尤指为准备考试而)温习,复习 (1)If possible, always review the topics you learn in class, and review your notes on the same day. 　　  (2)If the Reading Agency book list doesn’t interest you, you could read book reviews, visit a library or bookshop or ask a friend. 　　  D A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.review A.n.评论(文章) B.n.报告;汇报 C.v.回顾;反思 D.v.(尤指为准备考试而)温习,复习 (3)Insects are indeed on the way to extinction, according to the first review of insect population. 　　  (4)For example, you can walk into the Shenzhen Museum to review the city’s development, go to Heyuan to experience the amazing Wanlv Lake, or explore the ancient Tongtian Rock Caves in Ganzhou. 　　  B C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.garden A.n.花园 B.v.做园艺工作;种植花木 (1)We’re living in a really simple house which has a nice vegetable garden. 　　  (2)Kendall began gardening at the age of three, when her grandmother gave her some green stems (茎). 　　  A B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.Ms. Lee is always 　 　 (有耐心的) with her class for she never gets angry.  2.Animal researchers have discovered the number of endangered animals in Yunnan Province is 　 　 (增长).  3.You can taste the delicious food cooked by yourself with your 　 　 (搭档;同伴) in the cooking club.  patient increasing partner(s) 44 4.Luke learns English by listening to a tape and r　 　 . out aloud.  5.　 　 (物理) is difficult but it is my favorite subject.  6.The flowers around the table 　 　 (发出……气味) sweet and the birthday cake looked beautiful.  7.It’s a good idea to take some n　 　 while you are listening to the teacher in class.  epeating Physics smelt/smelled otes 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.The more careful you are, the 　 　 (few) mistakes you will make.   2.Sam looked at me with a very strange 　 　 (express) when I told him the good news.  3.Whoever he is, a common man can be called a real hero when he 　 　 (admire) by us for doing something brave or good.  fewer expression is admired 4.Look! The boy 　 　 (tie) the tree to the top of the stick.  5.Lucy is the best student and answers the questions the 　 　 (active) in class.  6.We should try our best to improve our listening, speaking, reading and writing 　 　 (ability).  is tying most actively abilities 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 The Zigong Lantern Festival shows the wisdom and culture of people in Zigong. In 2008, the festival 1.　 　. (become) a national-level intangible cultural heritage (国家级非物质文化遗产). So far the Zigong Lantern Festival 2. 　 　 (reach) many places in China and more than eighty 3. 　 　 (country) around the world.  became has reached countries Wan Songtao is 4.　 　 important leader of a lantern-making company in Zigong. He spent his every vacation 5.　 　 (learn) lantern-making from his father when he was a teenager. 6.　 　 (get) better at designing (设计), Wan studied fine art in college.  One of the most important parts of making a large lantern is designing. “We used to design the lanterns all by ourselves,” said Wan. “7.　 　 (lucky), we can use AI for good an learning To get Luckily ideas now.” Besides AI, other technologies are also very 8.　 　 (help). “The great success of Zigong lanterns comes 9.　 　 team effort,” said Wan. His favorite work The sundial in 2024 is the work of over 80 Zigong lantern makers as well as a group of engineers. It took them over 4,000 hours to make it 10.　 　 bring it to the park.  【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了自贡元宵节以及现代科技对灯笼设计的影响。 helpful from and 1.became　【解析】考查动词的时态。根据空格前的“In 2008”可知,本句时态为一般过去时。故填became。 2.has reached　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据空格前的“So far”可知,本句时态为现在完成时;且主语the Zigong Lantern Festival为第三人称单数,谓语动词应用其第三人称单数形式。故填has reached。 3.countries　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“more than eighty”可知,此处应用可数名词country的复数形式。故填countries。 4.an　【解析】考查冠词。此处表示泛指,且important以元音音素开头,故填an。 5.learning　【解析】考查动名词。spend time (in) doing sth.意为“花费时间做某事”。故填learning。 6.To get　【解析】考查动词不定式。根据空格后的内容可知,此处表示“在大学学习美术是为了更好地设计”,应用动词不定式作目的状语。且空格处位于句首,故填To get。 7.Luckily　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词作状语修饰整个句子。且根据“we can use AI for good ideas now”可知,这是一件幸运的事。且空格处位于句首,故填Luckily。 8.helpful　【解析】考查形容词。根据空格前的“are”可知,此处应用形容词作表语。故填helpful。 9.from　【解析】考查介词。come from意为“来自”。故填from。 10.and　【解析】考查连词。空格前后是并列关系,用and连接。故填and。 $第9课时　Unit 5-Unit 6 [八年级上册] 1 话题:娱乐(entertainment)、生活目标(life goals) 2 多维探究 Point 1 —What do you think of talk shows? —They’re OK. I don’t mind them.(P33) Point 2 Well, they may not be very exciting, but you can expect to learn a lot from them.(P34) Point 3 Mom, I promise I’m going to tidy my room when I get back from school. (P45) Point 4 Some people might say they are going to take up a hobby like painting or taking photos, or learn to play the guitar. (P45) Point 5 Sometimes the resolutions may be too difficult to keep. (P45) 3 1.education(n.)教育→　 　(adj.)教育的;有教育意义的  2.medicine(n.)药;医学→　 　(adj.)医疗的;医学的  3.discuss(v.)讨论;商量→　 　(n.)讨论;商量  4.success(n.)成功→　 　(adj.)获得成功的;有成就的→ 　 　(adv.)成功地;顺利地→　 　(v.)实现目标;成功  词汇拓展 educational medical discussion successful successfully succeed 4 5.meaning(n.)意义;意思→　 　(adj.)意味深长的→ 　 　(adj.)毫无意义的;意思不明确的→　 　(v.)意思是;打算;意欲  6.begin(v.)开始→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→ 　 　(n.)开头;开端→　 　(同义词v.)开始;着手  7.physics(n.)物理;物理学→　 　(adj.)身体的  8.week(n.)周;星期→　 　(adj.& adv.)每周的(地)  meaningful meaningless mean began begun beginning start physical weekly 1.　 　 out查明;弄清  2.be 　 　 to准备好(做某事);愿意(做某事)  3.　 　 　 　 装扮;乔装打扮  4.take sb.’s 　 　 代替;替换  5.　 　 　 　 长大;成熟;成长  6.be 　 　 about确信;对……有把握  7.　 　 　 　 确保;查明  短语归纳 find ready dress up place grow up sure make sure 8.at the 　 　 of在……开始  9.　 　 　 　 写下;记录下  10.have to do 　 　 关于;与……有关系  11.　 　 up (尤指为消遣)学着做;开始做  12.　 　 　 　 　 　 sb. 向某人做出承诺  13.plan/hope/expect 　 　 　 　 sth. 计划/希望/期望做某事 14.　 　 a good 　 　 干得好  beginning write down with take make promises to to do do job 15.　 　 　 　 　 　 在20世纪30年代  16.　 　 　 　 the main 　 　 主要原因之一  17.try 　 　 　 　 　 　 do sth. 竭尽全力做某事 18.　 　 able 　 　 能够做某事  19.　 　 　 　 出版;发行  20.keep on 　 　 sth. 坚持做某事  in the 1930s one of reasons one’s best to be to come out doing 1.—　 　 do you 　 　 　 　 talk shows? 你认为脱口秀怎么样?  —They’re OK. I 　 　 　 　 them.它们尚可。我不介意(不讨厌也不喜欢)它们。  2.—　 　 do you like 　 　 　 　 　 　? 你为什么喜欢看新闻?  —Because I 　 　 　 　 find out 　 　 　 　 　 　。 around the world.  因为我希望知道世界上正在发生什么。 核心句型 What think of don’t mind Why watching the news hope to what’s going on 3.—　 　 　 　 you want to be when you 　 　 　 　? 你长大后想做什么?  —I want to be 　 　 　 　.我想成为一名工程师。  4.—　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 to do that? 你准备怎样去达成那个(目标)?  —　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 math really hard.我将很努力地学习数学。  What do grow up an engineer How are you going I’m going to study 5.—　 　 are you going to 　 　? 你打算什么时候开始?  —I’m going to start when I 　 　 high school and college.我打算在高中和大学毕业后开始。  6.Sometimes the resolutions may be 　 　 　 　 　 　 . 　 　.  有时这些决定可能会太难而无法实现。 When start finish too difficult to keep 7.Just 　 　 　 　 you 　 　 your best. Then you can be 　 　 　 　 　 　!  只要你确保自己竭尽全力,那么你就能成为你想成为的人了! 8.Today’s cartoons are usually 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　. little Mickey Mouse, but everyone still knows and loves him.现在的卡通片通常不再像米老鼠那样简单,但大家依然知道并喜爱米老鼠。  make sure try anything you want not so/as simple as 　　Do you know what a resolution is? It is a kind of promise. Most of the time, we make promises to 1.o　 　 people. However, promises you make to 2.　 　 (你自己;您自己) are resolutions, and the most common kind is New Year’s resolutions. The start of the year is often a time for making resolutions. When we make resolutions at the beginning of the year, we 3.h　 　 that we are going to improve our lives. 教材语篇回顾 ther yourself ope Some people write down their resolutions and 4.　 　 (打算;计划) for the coming year. This helps them to remember their resolutions. Others tell their family and friends about them.  There are different 5.k　 　 of resolutions. Some are about 6.　 　 (身体的) health. Many resolutions have to do with self-improvement. Some resolutions have to do with better planning, like making a 7.　 　 (每周的) plan for schoolwork.  plans inds physical weekly 8.　 　 (虽然;尽管) there are differences, most resolutions have one thing in common. People hardly ever 9.k　 　 them! There are good reasons for this. Sometimes the resolutions may be too 10.　 　 (困难的). Sometimes people just forget about them. For this reason, some people say the best resolution is to have no resolutions!  Although/Though eep difficult/hard —What do you think of talk shows? —They’re OK. I don’t mind them.(P33) ◆What do you think of…?意为“你认为……怎么样?”,常用于询问对方对某物或某人的看法。其同义句型有:How do you like…?/How do you feel about…?常用“I like…very much./I don’t mind…/I can’t stand…/…+be动词+interesting/boring/great…”来回答。 16 —What do you think of this jacket? =How do you like this jacket? =How do you feel about this jacket? 你觉得这件夹克衫怎么样? —I think it’s beautiful.我认为它很漂亮。 ◆think of意为“认为;想起;考虑”。 1.We are thinking of selling our house. 我们在考虑卖掉我们的房子。 2.I can think of at least three occasions when he arrived late.我记得他至少迟到过三次。 ◆mind既可以作动词,也可以作名词,常见用法如下: 1.—Would you mind me/my opening the window? 你介不介意我开窗? —No, not at all.一点也不。 2.Whatever you say, I will never change my mind.无论你说什么,我都不会改变我的主意。 3.Keep our goals in mind and try to achieve them.牢记我们的目标,并努力达成。 1.用适当的介词填空。 (1)—How do you feel 　 　 the rainy days?  —They make me sad. (2)—What do you think 　 　 the guidebook Lonely Planet?  —Oh, it is really a useful one. You can always find the information you need while traveling. about of 2.—　 　 do you like my new shirt?  —It’s nice and fashionable.(填入适当的疑问词) 3.Love saw that Vanity had a beautiful boat. “Vanity, would you mind 　 　 (take) me with you?”   4.If you make up your mind 　 　 (do) it, your dream will come true.  How taking to do Well, they may not be very exciting, but you can expect to learn a lot from them.(P34) ◆辨析exciting, excited, excite和excitement 单词 含义 用法 exciting adj.使人兴奋的;令人激动的 既可作定语,也可作表语,用来形容事物本身具有的性质,主语一般是物 excited adj.激动的;兴奋的 常作表语,用来形容人的感受,主语一般是人 22 单词 含义 用法 excite v.使激动;使兴奋 后面接名词或代词作宾语 excitement n.激动;兴奋;令人激动(或兴奋)的事 可用作不可数名词,也可用作可数名词 1.Tony told us an exciting story just now.托尼刚刚给我们讲了一个令人激动的故事。 2.Are you excited about going to Beijing? 你要去北京了,感到兴奋吗? 3.What Mrs. Liu said just now excited us a lot.刘老师刚才所说的(话)使我们兴奋不已。 4.When the old woman heard the good news, she cried with excitement. 当这位老妇人听到好消息的时候,她激动地哭了。 ◆expect作动词,意为“预料;期待”,强调客观上可能实现,其常见用法如下: 1.You can’t expect to learn a foreign language in a few months. 你不要指望在几个月内就能学会一门外语。 2.I expect (that) she won’t like the news. 我预计她不会喜欢这个消息。 1.The 　 　 news made Jim 　 　, and he couldn’t help jumping and shouting with great 　 　. He didn’t fall asleep until midnight.(excite)  2.We come to this place once a year, 　 　 (期待) a quiet and relaxing holiday.  3.It would be a thing that was expected 　 　 (happen) if math study was going to be paper-folding, Alex thought. exciting excited excitement expecting to happen Mom, I promise I’m going to tidy my room when I get back from school. (P45) promise的常见用法如下: 28 1.He promised to give me a surprise, but in the end, he broke it. 他承诺会给我惊喜,最后却失信了。 2.Tom promised that he would return on time. 汤姆保证他会按时回来。 1.Once you made 　 　 promise, just try your best to stick to it.(填入适当的冠词)  2.The Prime Minister promised 　 　 (help) change the school kitchens, teach school cooks to make healthy food, and spend more on school dinners. a to help Some people might say they are going to take up a hobby like painting or taking photos, or learn to play the guitar. (P45) ◆take up在本句中意为“(尤指为消遣)学着做;开始做”,后接名词、代词或v.-ing形式作宾语。 1.My brother had studied Japanese for a year and a half before he took up English. 我的哥哥开始学习英语之前已经学了一年半的日语了。 2.The scientist has taken up a new subject. 这位科学家已经开始研究一个新的课题。 31 【拓展】 ◆or作连词,表示选择,意为“或者”。本句中第一个or连接的是painting 和taking photos;第二个or连接的是take up…和learn to…。 Are you going to the theater or the cinema? 你去看戏还是去看电影? 【拓展】 or还可用于警告或忠告,表示“否则,不然”。 如:Be at the station by 5 o’clock, or you will miss the bus.5点钟前到达车站,不然你就赶不上公共汽车了。 1.—Hurry up, dear! 　 　 we won’t catch the train.  —Don’t worry! Time is still enough and we can make it. (填入适当的连词) 2.练习弹钢琴占据了她太多的空闲时间。 Practicing playing the piano 　 　 　 　 too much of her free time.   3.我打算明年学着(尝试)新的爱好。 I’m going to 　 　 　 　 a new hobby next year.   Or takes up take up Sometimes the resolutions may be too difficult to keep. (P45) ◆too…to…意为“太……而不能……”。too是副词,后接形容词或副词的原级,to后接动词原形。 He is too young to join the army. 他年纪太小了,不能参军。 35 ◆too…to…结构常与以下结构互相转换: 【注意】 当too…to…前有否定词never时,表示肯定含义。 如:It’s never too late to learn.活到老,学到老。 1.—Believe it or not! My grandpa is learning to play the piano. —Oh! One is never too old 　 　 (learn).   2.The boy is too weak to carry the bag. (同义句转换) The boy is 　 　 strong 　 　 to carry the bag.  3.This dish is so popular 　 　 some locals have even compared having rice noodles to enjoying fresh sea food. (填入适当的连词)   to learn not enough that 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.stand A.v.站立 B.v.忍受 C.v.位于(某处) (1)I can’t stand the sight of blood, so I could never do what he does! 　　  (2)The Marco Polo Memorial Hall stands at the east end of Dongguan Street in Yangzhou. 　　  (3)I remember one day when we were traveling on a bus and I sat down while other people were standing. 　　  B C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.appear A.v.出现;呈现;显现 B.v.显得;看来;似乎 C.v.出版;广播 D.v.起源;出现;首次使用 (1)During the actual presentation, you need to appear relaxed, calm and confident (自信的). 　　  (2)Shaanxi kuaiban, which appeared during the late Qing Dynasty, has been included. 　　  B D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.appear A.v.出现;呈现;显现 B.v.显得;看来;似乎 C.v.出版;广播 D.v.起源;出现;首次使用 (3)After three years, with the hard work of all, the first Xinhua Dictionary finally appeared. 　　  (4)Gill says that if he had his own pair of magical wellies, he would love to speak to wildlife, especially the wild deer (鹿) that sometimes appear near his farm. 　　  C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.reason A.n.原因;理由;解释 B.v.推理;推论 (1)To explore how inner speech might influence a robot’s actions, the researchers built a robot called Pepper that speaks to itself. It has the ability to reason and think. 　　  (2)This is a big reason why so many people worry about social media’s influence on teenagers. 　　  B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.rich A.adj.富有的 B.adj.大量含有 C.adj.丰富多彩的 D.adj.肥沃的 (1)Covering an area of 560,000 hectares with a coastline of about 370 kilometers, the wetlands are rich in biological resources. 　  (2)While learning the instrument, Shen was increasingly fascinated by the rich cultural meanings in the xiao. 　　  B C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.rich A.adj.富有的 B.adj.大量含有 C.adj.丰富多彩的 D.adj.肥沃的 (3)This would keep the soil (土壤) from getting too wet. Next, they added some dark, rich soil. 　　  (4)My family is not rich, and we do not own a big house or an expensive car. 　　  D A 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.The food smells terrible. Take it away. I can’t s　 　 its smell.  2.In our school, students are used to 　 　 (讨论) the questions actively in groups in English class.  3.It was the 　 　 (药) you took an hour earlier that made you feel better.  tand discussing medicine 45 4.Whatever 　 　 (发生;出现), if we think positively, it can be useful and helpful.   5.Once you make p　 　 to others, you should try your best to keep them.  6.Laziness is one of the main r　 　 that led to Mike’s failure.  happens romises easons 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.The 　 　 (week) lunch menu for students is put on the school website at a fixed time.  2.Since we 　 　 (lose) the game, it’s no use turning on him and saying it’s his mistake.  3.Molly can spend several hours in drawing 　 　 (simple) because of interest.  weekly have lost simply 4.Fiona worked hard and at last she became 　 　. (success).  5.At the beginning of the term, the girl is going to take up 　 　 (learn) French.  6.The more you travel, the 　 　 (rich) your life experience will be.  successful learning richer 三、根据短文内容和所给首字母或中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 Chinese has a history of thousands of years. But Pinyin doesn’t. It tells people how to pronounce Chinese characters. Pinyin 1.a　 　 more than 60 years ago. In the 1950s, Chinese 2.　 　 (著名的) linguist Zhou Youguang and his 3.　 　 (队;组) created Pinyin. Before that, Chinese people used many other ways to show how to pronounce ppeared famous team Chinese characters, but these ways couldn’t be used as 4.　 　 (容易) as Pinyin. Because of Pinyin, more people are 5.a　 　 to learn how to read. Pinyin is a big part of our daily lives as well as Chinese 6.　 　 (文化). We learn to speak Putonghua with the help of Pinyin. We write Chinese characters on computers by using Pinyin. Pinyin is young. And it is 7.　 　 (开始变得) very popular outside China. It is a bridge to 8.　 　 (改善) the relationship between easily ble culture becoming improve China and the world. Many people around the world start to learn Chinese by learning Pinyin, so you might say “nihao” to mean “hello” to a 9.f　 　 friend. People are using Pinyin more often than before. For example, at the 10.　 　 (开头), people use “dumplings”. Now they prefer to say “jiaozi”.  【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了中国拼音的发展史。 oreign beginning/start 1.appeared　【解析】考查动词的时态。根据下一句内容可知,此处表示拼音出现在60多年前,且根据空格后的“more than 60 years ago”可知,本句时态为一般过去时。故填appeared。 4.easily　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰谓语“be used”。故填easily。 5.able　【解析】考查形容词。根据上文内容可知,此处表示因为拼音,更多的人能够学习如何阅读。be able to意为“能够做某事”。故填able。 7.becoming　【解析】考查动词的现在分词。句意:它(拼音)在国外变得流行起来。空格前已有助动词“is”,故填becoming。 9.foreign　【解析】考查形容词。根据空格前的“Many people around the world start to learn Chinese by learning Pinyin”可知,此处表示你可以和一个外国朋友说“你好”来打招呼。故填foreign。 $第20课时　Unit 7-Unit 8 [九年级全一册] 1 话题:规则(rules)、神秘的事物(mysteries) 2 多维探究 Point 1 I don’t think sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to drive.(P49) Point 2 Sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to get their ears pierced.(P49) Point 3 I regret talking back, not listening to Mom.(P51) Point 4 I attended a concert yesterday so it might still be in the music hall. (P58) Point 5 He might be running to catch a bus to work.(P61) 3 1.safe(adj.)安全的;无危险的→　 　 (adv.)安全地;无危害地→　 　(n.)安全;安全性  2.hug(n.& v.)拥抱;搂抱→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  3.regret(v.& n.)感到遗憾;懊悔→　 　(过去式) →　 　(过去分词)  词汇拓展 safely safety hugged hugged regretted regretted 4 4.educate(v.)教育;教导→ 　(n.)教育→　 . (adj.)教育的;有教育意义的  5.choose(v.)选择;挑选→　 　(n.)选择;挑选  6.noise(n.)声音;噪音→　 　(adj.)吵闹的→ 　 . 吵闹地  7.lie(v.)存在;平躺;处于→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→ 　 　(现在分词)→　 　(辨析词v.) 说谎→　 　. (过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)  education educational choice noisy noisily(adv) lay lain lying lie lied lied lying 8.valuable(adj.)贵重的;很有用的;宝贵的→　 　(v.& n.)重视;珍视;价值  9.sleep(v.& n.)睡觉→　 　(adj.)困倦的;瞌睡的→ 　 　(adj.)睡着  10.lead(v.)带路;领路→　 　(n.)领导;领袖  11.medical(adj.)医疗的;医学的→　 　(n.)药;医学  12.manage(v.)完成(困难的事);应付(困难局面)→　 　. (n.)经理;经营者→　 　(n.)管理;经营  value sleepy asleep leader medicine manager management 1.________ back 回嘴;顶嘴  2.keep…________ from 避免接近;远离  3.make one’s own ____________ 自己做决定  4.get in the _______ of 挡……的路;妨碍  5._______ after 追逐;追赶  6.at the ________ time 同时;一起  7.give sb. a _______ 拥抱某人  短语归纳 talk away decision way run same hug 8.________…up 举起……  9._________ ________ to 回想起  10.be ________ _______ school上学迟到  11.be __________ with…对……要求严格  12.have ___________ ___________ 不反对  13.________ about 担心;在乎  14.__________ to 属于  lift think　 　back　 strict nothing　 　against care belong late　 　for 15.the ________ of 剩下的  16._______ up 最终成为;最后处于  17._______________ with…与……交流  18._________ out 指出  19.______ a ___________ way以某种方式  rest end communicate point in certain 1.I __________ _________ sixteen-year-olds __________ ______ ___________ ______ drive.  我认为不应该允许16岁的孩子开车。 2.I’m really ___________ _________ seeing the famous paintings ______ Picasso.  要看毕加索的著名绘画作品,我感到很兴奋。 核心句型 don’t　 　think should　 　be allowed　 　to　 excited　 　about by 3.Do you think teenagers _________ _____ ____________ _____ make their _______ _____________?  你认为应该鼓励青少年自己做决定吗? 4.He needs to _________ ________ ________ on his homework because it is difficult ______ __________ a professional sports star.他需要在家庭作业上多花点时间,因为成为一名职业运动明星是很难的。  should　　be　　encouraged　 to own　 　decisions spend　 　more　 　time to　 　become 5.Only then will I ________ _____ __________ ______ achieve my dream.  只有那样我才有机会实现我的梦想。 6.—_________ volleyball is this?这是谁的排球?  —It ________ ______ Carla’s. She loves volleyball.它一定是卡拉的。她喜欢排球。  have　 　a　 　chance　 　to Whose must　 　be 7.It could _____ Mei’s hair band. Or it might _________ ______ Linda. They ________ have long hair.  它可能是梅的发带,或者可能是琳达的。她们两个人都留着长头发。 8.He ________ ______ ___________ to catch a bus ______ work.  他可能是正在跑着去追赶公共汽车上班。 be belong　 　to both might　 　be　 　running to 9.Stonehenge, a rock circle, is _______ ________ one of Britain’s most famous historical places _______ ________ one of its greatest mysteries.  巨石阵,一个岩石圈,不仅仅是英国最著名的历史古迹之一,也是最神秘的地方之一。 not　 　only but　 　also Stonehenge, a rock circle, is not only one of Britain’s most famous historical places, but also one of its greatest 1.　 　. (奥秘). Every year more than 750,000 visitors come to this place, especially in 2.　 　 (六月), because they want to see the sun 3.r　 　 on the longest day of the year.  For many years, historians believed Stonehenge was a place where ancient 4.　 　 (领导;领袖) tried to talk with the gods. But historian Paul Stoker doesn’t think so.  教材语篇回顾 mysteries June ising leaders Some think Stonehenge might be a kind of 5.　 . (日历;日程表) as the large stones were put together in a certain way. Others believe the stones can help to 6.p　 　 illness and keep people in good health. 7.　 　 (没有人) truly knows what Stonehenge was used for, but most agree that the position of the stones must be for a special 8.　 　 (目的). Different people have different 9.　 　 (看法) about this.  calendar revent Nobody purpose opinions/ideas Stonehenge was built slowly over a long 10.p　 　 of time. Most historians believe it must be almost 5,000 years old. And no one is sure how it was built because the stones are so big and heavy. In 2001, some English volunteers tried to build another Stonehenge, but they didn’t make it.  eriod I don’t think sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to drive.(P49) should be allowed to do sth.意为“应该被允许做某事”,是含有情态动词的被动语态结构:情态动词+be+及物动词的过去分词,该结构的否定句式是在情态动词后面加not,一般疑问句式则是将情态动词提到句首。 18 1.Kids should not be allowed to drink. 小孩不应该被允许喝酒。 2.Should they be allowed to make mistakes? 他们应该被允许犯错误吗? 1.No matter how many difficulties we have, I believe all problems can 　 　 (solve) in the end. 2.—Should teenagers 　 　 (allow) to choose their own clothes?  —Maybe different people have different ideas. be solved be allowed Sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to get their ears pierced.(P49) get their ears pierced意为“穿耳洞”,此处get用作使役动词,相当于have,意为“使;让”。“get/have+sth.+过去分词”意为“使某事被做”,其中,have结构中的过去分词表示的动作,往往是别人做的,get结构中的过去分词表示的动作,主语自己也可能参与。 21 1.I’ll never get all this work finished. 这么多的工作我怎么也干不完。 2.Tom had his bike repaired yesterday. 昨天汤姆去修了他的自行车。 Bad luck! The film star had her leg 　 　(break) while filming.  broken I regret talking back, not listening to Mom.(P51) regret在此用作动词,意为“感到遗憾;懊悔”,现在分词为regretting,过去式、过去分词为 regretted。其常见用法如下: 23 1.It’s with great regret that I accept your resignation.接受你的辞呈我感到很遗憾。 2.I regret taking his advice at that time. 我后悔当初接受了他的建议。 1.I don’t 　 　 (后悔) many things about my school days, for they are just part of my life. 2.The neighbor then regretted 　 　 (doubt) my grandfather and said sorry to him. 3.We regret 　 　 (tell) you that we have offered the job to someone else.  regret doubting to tell I attended a concert yesterday so it might still be in the music hall. (P58) ◆attend 通常用作及物动词,意为“参加;出席”,其宾语通常是meeting, party, show, concert, school等具有活动意义的名词。 1.Did you attend the meeting yesterday? 你昨天去开会了吗? 2.He was ill yesterday and didn’t attend school.他昨天生病了,没有去上学。 26 ◆辨析attend, join, join in和take part in 词语 用法 例句 attend 正式用语,指参加会议、婚礼、葬礼、典礼等,也可指上课、上学、听报告等。句子主语只是去听、去看,不一定起积极作用 He’ll attend an important meeting tomorrow. 他明天要参加一个重要的会议。 join 指加入某个党派、团体、组织等,成为其成员之一 She joined the school dance club. 她加入了学校舞蹈社团。 词语 用法 例句 join in 多指加入一个具体的小规模活动,如球赛、游戏等,常用于日常口语中 Why didn’t you join in the game yesterday? 昨天你为什么没加入游戏呢? take part in 指参加会议或群众性活动等,着重说明句子主语参加该项活动并在活动中发挥作用 Did you take part in the sports meeting?你参加运动会了吗? 1.—Why didn’t your sister come to our food festival yesterday morning? —Oh, she 　 　 (attend) an important meeting at that time.  was attending 2. (1)Since I 　 　 the night school, I have felt more connected with modern society.  (2)On November 13, 2023, people across Kenya (肯尼亚) 　 　 their first national tree-planting holiday.  (3)Although it is all right to have students 　 　 buddy reading with same-aged schoolmates, schools usually pair up older students with younger ones.  (4)They wanted to 　 　 her to make it better, so that they could get more timely help. attend; join; join in; take part in attended took part in join in join He might be running to catch a bus to work.(P61) ◆该句谓语部分为might be doing结构。情态动词must, could和might后可接现在进行时,表示对现在正在进行的动作或说话瞬间的情况的推测。 He might/could be playing basketball now.他现在可能正在打篮球。 ◆catch作动词,意为“及时赶上;接住;抓住”,其过去式和过去分词均为caught。 At last we caught the thief who had stolen many bikes. 最后我们抓住了那个偷了很多自行车的贼。 31 【拓展】 1.—Mom, I’ve signed for a big box by Future Express (快递). What’s in it? —I’m not sure. It 　 　 (must/might/will) be a present from your brother.   2.—The girl’s beautiful pronunciation 　 　 (catch) our attention in yesterday’s English speech competition.  —Yes, many students couldn’t help cheering for her. might caught 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.field A.n.牧场;田地 B.n.运动场 C.n.实地;野外 D.n.专业;学科;界;领域 (1)How can we reduce our fears to give snakes a chance? Scientists did a study recently. Some volunteer students went on a field trip. 　　  (2)There is also a standard football field that can hold 6,000 people. Even concerts and cultural fairs can be held there as well. 　　  C B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.field A.n.牧场;田地 B.n.运动场 C.n.实地;野外 D.n.专业;学科;界;领域 (3)Hungry elephants walk into the villages and fields to look for food. They often cause serious damage (破坏), so farmers kill them.　　  (4)Finally, Su Shi made great achievements in many fields, especially in literature.　　  A D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.lift A.v.举起;抬起;提起 B.n.电梯 C.n.免费搭车; 搭便车 D.v.高兴起来;使更愉快 (1)Lion dancing is important to Anthony. “This tradition really lifts me up,” he says. 　　  (2)The researchers are developing an AI guide dog that can help blind people cross streets, use lifts and walk around indoors without having to be connected to the Internet. 　　  D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.lift A.v.举起;抬起;提起 B.n.电梯 C.n.免费搭车; 搭便车 D.v.高兴起来;使更愉快 (3)She didn’t know how to carry the swan there. Luckily, some strangers driving by gave her and the swan a lift to a nearby bus stop. 　　  (4)The oldest among us lifted his head to listen. 　　  C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.circle A.n.(熟悉的、相关的人形成的)圈子 B.n.圆;圆形物 C.v.(尤指在空中)盘旋,环行,转圈 D.v.围绕……画圈;圈起 (1)Similarly, charities (慈善) also open up new circles of people to connect with someone on the other side of the world. 　　  (2)The most common type of gate, the moon gate, is simply a circle.　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.circle A.n.(熟悉的、相关的人形成的)圈子 B.n.圆;圆形物 C.v.(尤指在空中)盘旋,环行,转圈 D.v.围绕……画圈;圈起 (3)I was standing on the mountain top, which was circled by more snow-covered mountains - it seemed that I had moved into a postcard. 　　  (4)As you can see, China’s first man-made satellite to circle around the moon was named Chang’e Ⅰ. 　　  D C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.energy A.n.能量;能源 B.n.精力;活力 (1)To produce more energy, he built another windmill for his village. 　　  (2)The peacekeepers, “China Rescue” and railway workers, are just some of the many thousands of Chinese who have spent all of their time and energy helping others around the world. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.support A.v.支持 B.v.证实;提供依据 C.v.养活;赡养 (1)That finding is also supported by studies on the Tsimane, a community living in a forest in South America. 　　  (2)Since he had to study at school and then work to support himself, he could only undertake such trips in his spare time. 　　  (3)Supported by her parents, Peng tried her best to take care of both swimming training and schoolwork, which was really a great challenge for her. 　　  B C A 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.For your own 　 　 (安全), please do not smoke inside the plane.  2.Teenagers should have more 　 　 (机会) to try more activities.   3.Don’t make so much n　 　, Jack. I can’t hear clearly on the phone.  safety chances oise 42 4.Mr. Wang e　 　 the classroom quietly and sat down at the back.  5.All the children r　 　 a small gift from their teacher on Children’s Day and they were very happy.  6.The jet 　 　 (着陆;降落) after a flight of just under three hours yesterday.  ntered eceived landed 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.It is very important for you to make a right (choose).   2.John and his family managed 　 　 (get) to the airport in time.  3.Lucy was still tired and 　 　 (sleep) when her mother woke her up in the morning.  4.The father 　 　 (hug) his daughter tightly as soon as he arrived home.  choice to get sleepy hugged 5.—What can we do to prevent the disease 　 　 . (spread)?   —The experts suggested that we should do more exercise and eat healthily. 6.China plans to pay more attention to scientific 　 　. (educate) in its primary and middle schools.  spreading education 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 Many teenagers want to look cool. But not everyone can afford to keep up with the changing fashion trends (潮流). Chloe Murray, 1.　 　 American student, realized this problem and started a charitable clothes closet (慈善衣橱)2.　 . (help) her peers.  to help an Her school supported the idea, too. The school let her use 3.　 　 (room) for the project. So far, more than half of Murray’s classmates 4.　 　 (be) members of the project.  When the charitable clothes closet, Chloe’s Closet, opened, it is full 5.　 　 trendy clothes for girls and boys to help students look their best. Confidence is 6.　 　 (true) a big problem in middle school, especially when it comes to clothing.  rooms have been of truly You may wonder where the clothes are from. Many people from the school’s community and neighboring schools give away used and new clothes. The clothes closet is only open after school. Students can “buy” these clothes by making “money” when they hand in 7.　 　 (they) schoolwork on time or take part in a school activity. In March this year, a large number of clothes 8.　 　 (sell) to students. For most children, these clothes are 9.　 　 (valuable) ones that they have ever had.  their were sold the most valuable “10.　 　 children meet their basic needs, such as clothing, they will be better able to focus on the learning material,” said Shannon Arko, a language teacher at the school, about the closet. “Feeling good about yourself translates into a better learning experience overall.”  【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了美国的一名学生Chloe Murray建立了一个“慈善衣橱”来帮助她的同龄人的故事。 If/When 1.an　【解析】考查冠词。此处泛指一名美国的学生,应用不定冠词修饰;且American以元音音素开头,故填an。 2.to help　【解析】考查动词不定式。根据句意可知,此处应用不定式作状语表示目的。故填to help。 3.rooms　【解析】考查名词的数。空格前无限定词,此处应用可数名词room的复数形式。故填rooms。 4.have been　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据空格前的“So far”可知,本句时态为现在完成时,且主语“more than half of Murray’s classmates”为第三人称复数。故填have been。 5.of　【解析】考查介词。be full of意为“满是……的”。故填of。 6.truly　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰表语“a big problem”。故填truly。 7.their　【解析】考查代词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用形容词性物主代词修饰空格后的“schoolwork”。故填their。 8.were sold　【解析】考查动词的时态、语态和主谓一致。根据空格前的“In March this year”可知,本句时态为一般过去时;主语“a large number of clothes”和谓语“sell”之间为被动关系,应用被动语态;且主语为第三人称复数,故填were sold。 9.the most valuable　【解析】考查形容词的最高级。根据空格后的“ones that they have ever had”可知,此处应用形容词的最高级。故填the most valuable。 10.If/When　【解析】考查连词。根据空格后的内容可知,可以用条件状语从句或时间状语从句表达,表示“如果/当孩子们满足了他们的基本需求”。且空格处位于句首,首字母应大写。故填If/When。 $第12课时　Unit 1-Unit 2 [八年级下册] 1 话题:健康和急救(health and first aid)、志愿服务和慈善(volunteering and charity) 2 多维探究 Point 1 What’s the matter?(P1) Point 2 I think you should lie down and rest.(P2) Point 3 There were many times when Aron almost lost his life because of accidents.(P6) Point 4 His love for mountain climbing is so great that he kept on climbing mountains even after this experience.(P6) Point 5 Yeah, a lot of old people are lonely.(P10) Point 6 You helped to make it possible for me to have Lucky.(P14) 3 1.foot(n.)脚;足→　 　(pl.)  2.lie(v.)躺;平躺;存在;处于→　 　(过去式)→ 　 　(过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)  3.sick(adj.)生病的;有病的→　 　(同义词adj.)有病;不舒服  4.we(pron.)我们→　 　(反身代词)我们自己  5.climb(v.)爬→　 　(n.)登山者;攀登者  词汇拓展 feet lay lain lying ill ourselves climber 4 6.important(adj.)重要的→　 　(n.)重要性;重要  7.excite(v.)使激动;使兴奋→　 　(n.)激动;兴奋→ 　 　(adj.)激动的;兴奋的→　 　 (adj.)使人兴奋的;令人激动的 8.kind(adj.)体贴的;慈祥的→　 　(n.)仁慈;善良  9.feel(v.)感受;觉得→　 　(n.)感觉;感触  10.satisfied(adj.)满意的;满足的→　 　(n.)满足;满意  importance excitement excited exciting kindness feeling satisfaction 11.lonely(adj.)孤独的;寂寞的→　 　(adv.)独自;单独  12.strong(adj.)强烈的;强壮的→　 　(比较级)更强烈的;更强壮的→　 　(最高级)最强烈的;最强壮的→ 　 　(n.)力气;力量  13.difficult(adj.)困难的→　 　(n.)困难;难题  alone stronger strongest strength difficulty 1.have 　 　 感冒  2.　 　 躺下  3.have 　 　 发烧  4.　 　 one’s 　 　 量体温  5.　 　 下车  6.　 　 one’s 　 　 使……惊讶的是;出乎……的意料 7.get 　 　 陷入;参与  短语归纳 a　 　cold lie　 　down a　 　fever take temperature get　 　off to surprise into 8.be 　 　 to习惯于……;适应于……  9.　 　 risks/a risk冒险  10.run 　 　 (of) 用尽;耗尽  11.　 　 　 　 切除  12.get 　 　 of离开;从……出来  13.be in 　 　 of掌管;管理  14.　 　 放弃  15.　 　 up打扫(或清除)干净  used take out cut off out control give　　up clean 16.　 　 (使)变得更高兴;(使)振奋起来  17.　 　 分发;散发  18.　 　 up 　 　 想出;提出(主意、计划、回答等)  19.　 　 推迟  20.　 　 to曾经……;过去……  21.　 　 for照顾;非常喜欢  22.　 　 up修理;装饰  cheer　 　up give/hand　 　out come with put　 　off used care fix 23.　 　 赠送;捐赠  24.take 　 　 (外貌或行为)像  25.make a 　 　 影响;有作用  26.　 　 建起;设立  give　 　away after difference set　 　up 1.—What’s the 　 　?怎么了?/出什么事了?  —I 　 　 a sore back. 我背疼。  2.He should 　 　 and get 　 　 X-ray. 他应该去看牙医并照X光。  3.　 　 Mr. Wang and the passengers, the man was saved 　 　 the doctors 　 　.  多亏了王先生和乘客们,医生及时挽救了老人的生命。 核心句型 matter have see　 　a　 　dentist an Thanks　 　to by in　 　time 4.The girl could visit the 　 　 in the hospital to 　 　.  那个女孩可以看望医院里生病的孩子们,让他们高兴起来。 5.We can’t put off 　 　. 我们不能推迟制订计划了。  6.I’m sure you know 　 　 this group was 　 　. 　 　 disabled people like me.  我相信你知道这个组织是为了帮助像我这样的残疾人而建立的。 sick　 　kids cheer　 　them　 　up making　 　a　 　plan that set　 　up to　 　help 7.I get such a strong 　 　 when I see the animals get 　 　 and the look of joy 　 　 their 　 　.  当我看到动物们(病情)渐好,看到它们主人脸上的喜悦表情时,我产生出那么一种极强的满足感来。 8.I can do 　 　 I love to do and help others 　 　. 　 　.  我可以做我喜欢做的事情,同时帮助别人。 feeling　 　of　 　satisfaction better on owners’　 　faces what at　 　the same　 　time Mario loves animals and wants to be an animal doctor. He 1.　 　 (义务做;自愿做) at an animal hospital every Saturday morning. Mario 2.　 　 (相信) it can help him to get his future dream job.“It’s hard work,” he says, “but I want to learn more about how to 3.c　 　 for animals. I get such a strong feeling of 4.　 　 (满足;满意) when I see the animals get better and the look of 5.　 　 (高兴;愉快) on their owners’ faces.”  教材语篇回顾 volunteers believes are satisfaction joy Mary is a book lover. She could read by 6.h　 　 at the age of four. Last year, she made a 7.d　 　 to try out for an after-school reading program. She still works there 8.o　 　. a week to help kids learn to read. “The kids are sitting in the library, but you can see in their eyes that they’re going on a different 9.j　 　 with each new book. Working here is a dream come true for me. I can do what I love to do and help 10.　 　 (另外的人) at the same time.”  erself ecision nce ourney others What’s the matter?(P1) ◆该句常用来询问某人患了何种疾病或遇到了什么麻烦等,其后可接with sb./sth.以引出具体的人或事。 —What’s the matter with you, Alice? 你怎么了,爱丽丝? —I have a cold./I have a sore throat. 我感冒了。/我嗓子疼。 16 【归纳】 ◆matter作名词时,意为“问题;事情”;作动词时,意为“事关紧要;要紧”,主要用于疑问句或否定句。 1.I have a matter to discuss with you. 我有件事情要和你商量。 2.It doesn’t matter.没关系。 1.Facing the race of life, what 　 　 (要紧) is not just winning, but how you run the race.  2.Could you please tell me what’s the matter 　 　 you? (填入适当的介词)  matters with I think you should lie down and rest.(P2) 辨析lie和lay 单词 词性 含义 过去式 过去分词 现在分词 lie v. 躺;平躺;存在;处于 lay lain lying 说谎 lied lied lying n. 谎言   lay v. 放置;安放;产(卵);下蛋 laid laid laying 20 图示: 用lie或lay的适当形式填空。 1.When Ted reached the bench, he noticed a wallet 　 　. on the ground nearby. 2.At first, we weren’t very good. We did not know where the problem 　 　. 3.We should be honest and never tell 　 　 to others.   4.The little boy 　 　 the eggs in the fridge one by one carefully just now.  5.My grandma’s big hen 　 　 an egg every day.   lying lay lies laid lays There were many times when Aron almost lost his life because of accidents.(P6) ◆because of意为“因为;由于”,有时相当于thanks to “多亏;因为;由于”。 I can finish my homework on time because of your help.=Thanks to your help, I can finish my homework on time. 多亏了你的帮助,我能按时完成作业。 23 ◆辨析because of和because 词语 用法 例句 because of 介词短语,后常接名词、代词或动名词短语,在句中作状语 He was late for school because of the rain. 由于下雨,他上学迟到了。 because 连词,后接句子,引导原因状语从句,可用于回答why引导的特殊疑问句 The soldier went on working because he wanted to save more people. 这位士兵继续工作,因为他想救更多的人。 1.My neighborhood is very convenient 　 　 it’s near the shopping center and the bus station.   2.“Flying is too fantastic to stop 　 　 an accident,” Ewa said.   because; because of because because of His love for mountain climbing is so great that he kept on climbing mountains even after this experience.(P6) so…that…引导结果状语从句,意为“如此……以至于……”。so为副词,修饰形容词或副词;that后接从句。其句型结构主要有: 26 【拓展】 such…that…也意为“如此……以至于……”,但such后面要用名词。其结构如下: 28 1. (1)Peter never tells a lie. He is 　 　 an honest boy 　 　. all of us like him.  (2)—Your grandpa climbed the hill 　 　 quickly 　 　 I couldn’t keep up with him.  —He takes exercise every day. 2.I like cycling so much 　 　 there is nothing in the world that can bring me such pleasure. (填入适当的连词)   so…that; such…that such that so that that Yeah, a lot of old people are lonely.(P10) ◆lonely作形容词,意为“孤独的;寂寞的;偏僻的”,在句中可作表语或定语。 1.The old woman often feels lonely. 这位老妇人经常感到寂寞。 2.Dale’s grandparents live a lonely life in a lonely house in the hill.戴尔的祖父母在山中一栋偏僻的房子里过着寂寞的生活。 30 ◆辨析lonely和alone 单词 含义 用法 lonely adj. 孤独的;寂寞的;偏僻的(带有浓厚的感情色彩) 在句中既可作定语,也可作表语 alone adj. 单独的;孤身一人的 作表语和后置定语 adv. 独自;单独 作方式状语,相当于on one’s own/by oneself The old man lived in a lonely mountain village, and he lived a hard life alone.这位老人住在一个偏僻的山村里,独自过着艰难的生活。 1.While swimming, safety comes first.So kids are not allowed to swim 　 　 (独自).  2.Miss Wang lives 　 　, but she never feels 　 　 . because she has many friends.(alone/lonely)  alone alone lonely You helped to make it possible for me to have Lucky.(P14) make+it+possible+(for sb.) to do sth.意为“使(某人)做某事成为可能”。其中,it是形式宾语,不定式短语是真正的宾语。 The money made it possible for him to buy a new car.这笔钱使他买辆新车成为可能。 33 【拓展】 类似用法的动词还有feel, find, consider, think等。 如:1.I think it easy to make up a sentence with the word.我认为用这个单词造句很容易。 2.I feel it possible to get there before eight o’clock. 我感觉八点前有可能到那里。 1.We find it more useful for students 　 　(do) new eye exercises.  2.The Chinese government has made 　 　 possible for people to live happy lives.(填入适当的代词)  to do it 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.rest A.v.休息;放松 B.v.(使)倚靠;托 C.n.剩余部分; 其余的人 D.n.休息;睡眠 (1)You couldn’t take photos for you or your friends. You even had no place to rest. 　　  (2)In the rest of the night, all the kids were talking about that dog. 　　  A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.rest A.v.休息;放松 B.v.(使)倚靠;托 C.n.剩余部分; 其余的人 D.n.休息;睡眠 (3)To make it more comfortable, they rest its nose against a huge coat, which feels a little like its mother. 　　  (4)David is really tired after the 1000-meter race, so he has to take a rest. 　　  B D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.hit A.v.(使)碰撞 B.v.达到(某水平) C.v.使突然想起 D.n.很受欢迎的人(或事物) (1)ChatGPT, a new chatbot model developed by Open AI, has quickly become a hit all over the world because of its powerful conversational abilities. 　　  (2)In 2022, sales of e-books in the US totaled about $1 billion, while real books sales hit $9.1 billion. 　　  D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.hit A.v.(使)碰撞 B.v.达到(某水平) C.v.使突然想起 D.n.很受欢迎的人(或事物) (3)What he found is that when a raindrop falls on a mosquito, it’s like when a bus hits a person. 　　  (4)It finally hit me: She was gone forever. All she had left me were memories in the garden — the hours we spent planting flowers and taking care of them. 　  A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.rock A.n.岩;岩石 B.n.摇滚乐 C.v.(使)轻轻摇晃 (1)Soft music can make people relaxed and rock music can make people excited. 　　  (2)Living alone can cause birds to develop mental problems, which include rocking, walking back and forth, or self-harming behaviors such as feather-plucking. 　　  (3)Some early people got salt from rocks. In other places, people got salt from the sea. 　　  B C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.sign A.n.迹象;征兆;预兆 B.n.招牌;标牌 C.n.示意的动作(或声音);手势 D.v.签(名);署(名) (1)On April 23, 2016, China signed the Paris Agreement on climate change, giving a strong push to the international efforts against global (全球的) warming. 　　  (2)Sometimes, when they met in the sky while carrying on tasks, they would greet each other with a sign to express their care and missing. 　  D C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.sign A.n.迹象;征兆;预兆 B.n.招牌;标牌 C.n.示意的动作(或声音);手势 D.v.签(名);署(名) (3)When students go across the street, parent volunteers put up a “SLOW” sign to let drivers slow down. 　　  (4)So pay attention to the signs. If rainbows form in the west at sunrise, the sun is on the way. 　　  B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.fix A.v.修理;校准;校正 B.v.使固定;安装 C.v.提供,准备(尤指食物) D.v.决定,确定(日期、时间、数量等) (1)“But the basketball hoop at the park is broken,” said Marco. “It hasn’t been fixed yet.”　　  (2)He fixed the windmill on the top of a wood tower to catch wind. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.fix A.v.修理;校准;校正 B.v.使固定;安装 C.v.提供,准备(尤指食物) D.v.决定,确定(日期、时间、数量等) (3)Alphabet is a set of letters or symbols in a fixed order, such as Aa to Zz in English, and used in writing. 　　  (4)My mother was a nurse. She left at 5:45 a.m., so I had to wake myself up, fix breakfast, and walk to the 7:30 a.m. bus. 　　  D C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 6.change A.v.改变;变化 B.n.零钱 (1)Her work with geologists changed how she looked at the natural world. 　　  (2)We gave him 300 yuan and left 30 yuan as a tip (小费) for his service. To our surprise, he returned us the change. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 7.mean A.v.意思是 B.v.意味着 C.n.(pl.)方法;途径 D.adj.不善良;刻薄 (1)Jumping into the shower around an hour before bed could mean you sleep better. 　　  (2)If you find yourself becoming angry, take physical means to cool down. 　　  B C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 7.mean A.v.意思是 B.v.意味着 C.n.(pl.)方法;途径 D.adj.不善良;刻薄 (3)Xiao means loving, respecting, obeying and taking care of one’s parents in their old age. 　　  (4)Every day, for many years, he would say mean things to me and scare me with his words. 　　  A D 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.Mother’s cooking skills will not only satisfy our 　 　. (胃) but also our spirit.  2.This museum has carried out over 100 public 　 　 (训练) activities for volunteer guides.  3.—Where is Ricky? I need his help. —He is in the computer room. He is 　 　 (修理) the computer for me now.  stomachs training fixing/repairing 48 4.The unexpected 　 　 (死;死亡) of his father in an accident brought him a painful childhood.  5.My shoes were a little small and both of my f　 　 hurt.  6.It took Amber a minute to u　 　 the meaning of Bella’s words.  7.At yesterday’s meeting, I 　 　 (限制;约束) the speed of speaking and made myself heard clearly.   death eet nderstand controlled 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.I hope all of us can treat everyone with 　 　 (kind).  2.To keep children safe, we should put things like 　 　 . (knife) and medicine away.  3.We are really proud that we cooked all dishes by 　 . (we).  kindness knives ourselves 4.My brother is used to 　 　 (play) chess on Sunday afternoons with his good friends.  5.I 　 　 (mean) to give you his book today, but I forgot.  6.Please take away the chairs whose legs are 　 　 . (break).  playing meant broken 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 May Day was created to call on people to pay attention to the importance of labor (劳动). This year, our school organized 1.　 　 special activity for us on May Day.  About a week before May Day, our teacher told us that we would visit the sanitation workers (环卫工人) and experience 2.　 　 (they) daily job. After a heated discussion, we planned 3.　 　 (help) them do some cleaning and prepare some shows to bring them warmth.  a their to help The day finally came. We arrived 4.　 　 the Sanitation Station on time. After a short talk, we decided to follow the workers to do some cleaning first. It was a little bit hot that day, 5.　 　 none of the workers made a complaint (抱怨) or stopped to have a rest. We were 6.　 　 (deep) moved by them. There are no good or bad jobs, and anyone who works hard should be respected.  at but deeply After finishing work, we got back to the station and 7.　 　 (lay) out tools carefully. Then we presented our shows on the square. Maybe our shows were not excellent, but I could feel that our shows were 8.　 　 (spread) them happiness at that moment.  laid spreading It’s really a 9.　 　 (wonder) and unforgettable May Day for me. From that experience, I learned the meaning of labor and something different. I realized that these workers shouldn’t just be 10.　 　 (stranger) on the streets. They are the people we should look up to.  【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了作者和同学们在五一劳动节这天去体验环卫工人的工作并给他们送温暖的故事。 wonderful strangers 1.a　【解析】考查冠词。根据句意可知,此处泛指一次活动,又因special以辅音音素开头,应用不定冠词a。故填a。 2.their　【解析】考查代词。根据空格后的“daily job”可知,此处应用形容词性物主代词修饰名词。故填their。 3.to help　【解析】考查动词不定式。plan to do sth.意为“计划做某事”。故填to help。 4.at　【解析】考查介词。arrive at/in sp.表示“到达某地”,且空格后的“the Sanitation Station”为小地点。故填at。 5.but　【解析】考查连词。根据句意可知,空格前后两句之间存在转折关系,应用表示转折的连词but。故填but。 6.deeply　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词。故填deeply。 7.laid　【解析】考查动词的时态。根据空格前的“got”可知,本句时态为一般过去时。故填laid。 8.spreading　【解析】考查动词的现在分词。根据空格后的“at that moment”可知,此处应用spread的现在分词形式与空格前的“were”构成过去进行时。故填spreading。 9.wonderful　【解析】考查形容词。根据空格后的“and unforgettable”可知,此处应用形容词。故填wonderful。 10.strangers　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“these workers”及下一句中的“They are the people”可知,此处应用可数名词stranger的复数形式。故填strangers。 $第11课时　Unit 9-Unit 10 [八年级上册] 1 话题:邀请(invitations)、做决定(decision making) 2 多维探究 Point 1 I have to prepare for an exam.(P65) Point 2 Student A, invite three students to your party. (P65) Point 3 I have too much homework this weekend.(P66) Point 4 Oh,but Sam isn’t leaving until next Wednesday.(P66) Point 5 I look forward to hearing from you all.(P69) Point 6 Can you give me some advice please?(P75) Point 7 Her dad said he sometimes made careless mistakes himself.(P77) 3 1.invite(v.)邀请→　 　(n.)邀请;请柬  2.sad(adj.)(令人)悲哀的;(令人)难过的→　 　(n.)悲伤;悲痛  3.prepare(v.)使做好准备;把……准备好→　 　(n.)准备;准备工作  词汇拓展 invitation sadness preparation 4 4.with(prep.)和……在一起;带有;使用→　 　(反义词prep.)没有;不(做某事)  5.open(v.)开;打开→　 　(n.)开幕式;落成典礼  6.experience(n.)经验;经历→　 　(pl.)经历 →　 　(adj.)有经验的;熟练的  7.certain(adj.)确信;确定;无疑→　 　(adv.)无疑;肯定;当然;行  without opening experiences experienced certainly 8.understand(v.)理解;领会→　 　(adj.)善解人意的;体谅人的  9.advise(v.)劝告;建议→　 　(n.)劝告;建议→　 　.(同义词 v.)建议;提议→　 　(同义词 n.)建议  10.surprise(n.& v.)惊奇,惊讶;使吃惊→　 　(adj.)令人吃惊的;使人惊奇的→　 　(adj.)惊奇的;感觉意外的  understanding advice suggest suggestion surprising surprised 1.　 　 为……做准备  2.not…　 　…直到……才……  3.　 　 闲逛;常去某处  4.　 　 照料;照顾  5.turn 　 　 拒绝  6.take a 　 　 去旅行  7.　 　 盼望;期待  短语归纳 prepare　 　for until hang　 　out look　 　after down trip look　 　forward　 　to 8.hear 　 　 接到(某人的)信、电话等  9.　 　…to oneself保守秘密  10.in 　 　 分成两半  11.　 　 (帮助……)分担工作、解决难题  12.　 　 way 　 　 sth. 做某事最好的方法 13.　 　 time 其他时间;别的时间  14.at the 　 　 of在……末尾  15.reply 　 　 书面方式回复  from keep half help　 　out the　 　best to　 　do another end in　 　writing 16.　 　 sth.没有做某事  17.have 　 　 sth.  在某方面有问题 18.　 　 the problem 解决问题  19.　 　 sth.　 　 sb.和某人共享某物  without　 　doing problems/trouble/difficulty　 　with solve share with 1.—Can you 　 　 my party 　 　 Saturday afternoon?你星期六下午能来参加我的聚会吗?  —Sure, I’d 　 　. 当然,我很乐意。  2.I 　 　 an exam. 我不得不为考试做准备。  3.If you go to the party, you’ll 　 　. 如果你去聚会,你将会玩得很开心。  核心句型 come　 　to on love　 　to have　 　to　 　prepare　 　for have　 a　 great　 　time 4.—What 　 　 if they have the party today?如果他们今天举行聚会,将会发生什么?  —　 they 　 　 it today, half the class 　 . 如果这样的话,全班有一半的同学将不会参加。  5.In English, we say that 　 　 a problem is like 　 　 it 　 　.  在英语中,我们说与人分担一个烦恼就像把麻烦分成两半。 will　 　happen If have won’t　 　come sharing cutting in　 half 6.So you’re 　 　 a problem just by 　 　 someone 　 　 it!  因此,你只要跟人聊聊这个问题,你就已经解决了问题的一半。 7.However, I’d still be glad 　 　. any of the party preparations, like 　 　 the games. 不过,我仍然会很高兴帮忙准备这个聚会,例如策划游戏。  8.I 　 　 you 　 　 the opening of our new library at No. 9 High School.  我想邀请你参加我们第九中学的新图书馆的开幕式。 halfway　 　to　 　solving talking　 　to about to　 　help　 　out　 　with planning would　 　like　 　to　 　invite to 9.Please 　 　 in writing 　 　 this invitation 　 Friday, December 20th.  请于12月20日星期五前以书面方式回复此邀请。 10.It is best 　 　 from our problems. We 　 　 always try to solve them.  最好不要逃避问题。我们总是应该设法解决它们。 11.He thinks the first step is 　 　 someone you trust to talk 　 　.  他认为第一步是找信任的人倾诉。 reply to by not　 　to　 　run　 　away should to　 　find to Students these days often have a lot of worries. They have problems with a lot of things. What can they do about this? Laura, a 1.　 　 (青少年) from London, gives her answer to this question. Laura thinks problems and worries are 2.　 　 (正常的) in life and that talking to someone helps a lot.“3.U　 　 we talk to someone, we’ll certainly feel worse,” she said.  教材语篇回顾 teenager normal nless Once she was 4.a　 　 to tell her parents that she lost her wallet. She just kept 5.　 　 (认为;想;思考) that if she told her parents, they would be angry. But in the end, she talked to them and was surprised to find they were really 6.　 　 (善解人意的;体谅人的).  fraid thinking understanding Robert Hunt says it is best not to run 7.a　 　 from our problems. 8.I　 　, we should always try to solve them by talking to others. In English, we say that sharing a problem is like 9.　 　 (切;砍) it in half. So, you’re halfway to 10.　 　 (解决;解答) a problem just by talking to someone about it!  way nstead cutting solving I have to prepare for an exam.(P65) prepare作动词,意为“使做好准备;把……准备好”。其常见用法如下: 17 1.The students are busy preparing for the coming examination. 学生们正忙着准备即将到来的考试。 2.My mother is preparing food for our picnic this weekend. 我母亲正在为这周末的野餐准备食物。 【拓展】 prepare的名词形式为preparation。常用短语make preparations for…意为“为……做准备”。 1.Our art teacher George was leaving soon for his country. I was preparing a special gift 　 　 him. (填入适当的介词) 2.Science is my favorite subject, so I have prepared 　 　. (join) the STEAM Club. 3.The staff is making 　 　 (prepare) for the opening of their new restaurant.  4.你准备好所有旅行要用的东西了吗? Have you 　 　 the trip?  for to join preparations prepared　 　everything　 　for Student A, invite three students to your party. (P65) invite作动词,意为“邀请”。其常见用法如下: 1.The Greens didn’t invite me to have dinner with them. 格林一家没有邀请我和他们一起吃晚饭。 2.We invited some friends to our house yesterday.昨天我们邀请了一些朋友到我们的家里。 20 【拓展】 invite的名词形式为invitation, 意为“邀请;请柬”,常用作可数名词,常见搭配如下: make/accept an invitation发出/接受邀请 turn down an invitation拒绝邀请 1.After da Vinci finished the painting in 1506, he was invited by the French King 　 　 (visit) France and he took the painting with him. 2.I received an 　 　 (invite) to the party from my friend.  to visit invitation I have too much homework this weekend.(P66) 辨析too many, too much和much too 短语 含义 用法 too many 太多 中心词是many,后接可数名词复数 too much 太多 中心词是much,后接不可数名词 much too 太;非常 中心词是too,后接形容词或副词 23 1.There were too many people in the museum. 博物馆里的人太多了。 2.I drank too much cola last night. 昨天晚上我喝了太多可乐。 3.The old man walked much too slowly. 这位老人走得太慢了。 【拓展】 1.too much还可以用作副词,用来修饰动词,通常位于动词后面。 如:Playing with phones too much is bad for our eyes. 过度玩手机对我们的眼睛有害。 2.too much和much too用法口诀: too much,much too,去掉前词看后头; much可接不可数,有时也可用作副; too则修饰形或副,以上规则请记住。 用too many, too much或much too填空。 1.My cousin is 　 　 heavy because he often eats 　 　 fast food.  2.—Dr. Know, I can’t keep my son away from the screen. What should I do? —By doing creative activities with him, he may not depend on the screen 　 　. much too too much too much 3.If you are worried that you are spending 　 　 hours on social media or games, you may think of giving them up completely.   too many Oh,but Sam isn’t leaving until next Wednesday.(P66) not…until意为“直到……才”。其中until既可作连词,也可作介词,意为“到……时;直到……为止”。until用在肯定句中时,主句中的谓语动词应用延续性动词;until用在否定句中时,主句中的谓语动词应用短暂性动词。 28 图示: 29 【拓展】 一般情况下,till和until可以互换,但till不如until正式,在书面语中不常用。句首通常用until。 如:Until now my grandfather has always lived alone. 直到现在,我的爷爷一直独自生活。 30 用适当的词填空。 1.The moment his farm work finished in the fields, he threw himself on studying the materials, staying awake 　 　. midnight.   2.I realized that if I stopped, it would be harder for our boat to go forward. So I had to keep going 　 　 we reached the end. until/till until/till I look forward to hearing from you all.(P69) ◆look forward to意为“盼望;期待”,to是介词,后面接名词、代词或v.-ing形式。 1.I’m looking forward to my winter holiday.我期待着寒假。 2.We all look forward to seeing you. 我们都迫切希望见到你。 32 ◆辨析hear of和hear from 短语 用法 例句 hear of +sth./sb.意为“听说某事/某人”,相当于hear about Have you heard of the hero?你听说过这个英雄吗? hear from +sb.意为“收到某人的信件、电话等”,相当于receive a letter, phone call, etc. from sb. I heard from my aunt last week. 我上周收到了我姑母的来信。 1.If you can only drink your favorite juice during study hours, you’ll look forward to 　 　 (study).  2.用适当的介词填空。 (1)For five months we didn’t hear 　 　 Lara — not a card, not a call, nothing. (2)An earthquake struck the little town yesterday.Did you hear 　 　 it?  studying from of/about Can you give me some advice please?(P75) advice意为“劝告;建议”,为不可数名词,若要表示数量,需借助单位词piece。如:two pieces of advice两条建议。其动词形式为advise。常见用法如下: 35 1.I’ll give you some advice, Mike. Don’t give up.迈克,我要给你些忠告。不要放弃。 2.Evans advised him to leave London. 埃文斯劝他离开伦敦。 3.Mr.Yang advised setting out at once. 杨先生建议马上出发。 1.If you’re making efforts not to be bored in your life, we’ll offer you some pieces of 　 　 (建议) on how to have more fun.  2.It’s such an important meeting that everyone is advised 　 　 (dress) properly. 3.Their relative Zhang Ying had a high government position in the capital, so they wrote him a letter to ask 　 　 his advice. (填入适当的介词) advice to dress for Her dad said he sometimes made careless mistakes himself.(P77) ◆careless意为“粗心的;不小心的”,反义词是careful,意为“小心的;细致的;精心的;慎重的”。 【拓展】　以-ful和-less后缀互为反义词的常见形容词 hopeful(抱有希望)—hopeless(无望的) useful(有用的)—useless(无用的) helpful(有帮助的)—helpless(无助的) 39 ◆make a mistake/make mistakes为固定短语,意为“犯错误”。 Even the best person can also make a mistake/make mistakes.再优秀的人也会犯错误。   1.We must make a 　 　 (care) plan before we start, because we can’t afford to make any 　 　 (mistake).  2.At this dark and 　 　 (hope) moment, an idea came to him!  careful mistakes hopeless 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.step A.n.迈步;脚步声 B.n.步骤;措施 C.v.迈步;踩;踏;行走 (1)I still remember the times when you held my hand and counted steps with me as we walked along. 　　  (2)Since then, I have stepped onto the road to learning about Chinese culture. 　　  A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.step A.n.迈步;脚步声 B.n.步骤;措施 C.v.迈步;踩;踏;行走 (3)For example, Mozi, an ancient scientist, discovered that light travels in a straight line over 2,000 years ago. His discovery made space study take a big step at that time. 　　  B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.mistake A.n.错误;失误 B.v.误会;误解;看错 (1)But when things don’t go smoothly as she plans, she feels no disappointment. She says mistakes may lead to a new idea. 　　  (2)My mother’s illness was serious. She drank dishwater, and she mistook washing powder (洗衣粉) for salt or sugar. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.print A.v.打印;印刷 B.n.指纹;足迹 (1)Early stories were often printed a chapter (章节) at a time in a newspaper. 　　  (2)It’s raining outside. Eco enters…and the trouble starts. Eco’s dirty paws leave prints everywhere, on the floor, on the blanket, on the sofa… 　　  A B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.Chinese red is of great importance to us. We use it in lots of 　 　 (大事;公开活动).  2.The club 　 　 (组织) short trips to the mountains, beaches, museums and so on.  3.Carl used to be shy and quiet, but now he dares to express h　 　 in public.  events organizes/organises imself 45 4.It’s not there. I have already looked there — it must be somewhere e　 　.  5.—I can’t succeed w　 　 your support. Thank you very much.  —My pleasure. 6.If the problem can be peacefully 　 　 (解决), we can avoid a lot of trouble.  7.Mr. Huang is an excellent English teacher who has over 20 years’ teaching 　 　 (经验).  lse ithout solved experience 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.Many traffic accidents happened because of drivers’ 　 　 (care) driving or taking no notice of traffic rules.  2.Unluckily, I 　 　 (catch) a bad cold and the doctor said I couldn’t go to school.  3.Martin went out of the room 　 　 (angry) when he heard the news.  careless caught angrily 4.Many famous stars attended the 　 　 (open) of the new sports center.  5.Maybe you fear that you won’t be able to find anything good to eat when 　 　 (travel).  6.—Why didn’t you stop him going out on such a rainy day? —Sorry, but I 　 　 (reply) an e-mail and didn’t notice him go out.   opening travel(l)ing was replying 三、根据短文内容和所给首字母或中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 Last weekend, it was my little sister Anna’s ninth birthday. She was so 1.　 　 (高兴) that she kept asking us to take her out to play. It was a lovely day in spring so we decided to take a 2.t　 　 to a farm.   glad/happy rip As soon as we arrived at the farm, we started picking strawberries. In the 3.　 　 (白天), Anna and I were carrying the baskets 4.w　 　 Mom and Dad were picking the strawberries. After picking enough strawberries, we went shopping at a small market several 5.　 　 (英里) away. There were all kinds of 6.　 　 (新鲜) vegetables, fruits and snacks. Dad bought each of us some chocolate. We liked it very daytime hile miles fresh much, 7.　 　 (尤其) when it had the taste of strawberries. We also found some strawberry seeds. We looked 8.f　 　 to picking strawberries in our own yard the next year. Anna enjoyed 9.h　 　 very much that day. And she even didn’t want to go home when we were leaving. It was 10.　 　 (无疑) a wonderful day.  【主旨大意】本文叙述了全家出游摘草莓并购物给Anna庆生的经历。 especially orward erself certainly 2.trip　【解析】考查名词。根据第二段内容可知,全家人去农场游玩了。take a trip意为“去旅行”。故填trip。 4.while　【解析】考查连词。根据空格前后内容可知,“carrying the baskets”和“picking the strawberries”是同时进行的。while意为“与……同时”。故填while。 5.miles　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“several”可知,此处应用可数名词mile的复数形式。故填miles。 8.forward　【解析】考查副词。look forward to意为“盼望;期待”。故填forward。 9.herself　【解析】考查代词。enjoy oneself意为“玩得开心”。故填herself。 $第18课时　Unit 3-Unit 4 [九年级全一册] 1 话题:四处活动(getting around)、我们的变化(how we have changed) 2 多维探究 Point 1 I wonder where we should go next.(P19) Point 2 I suggest Water City Restaurant in Water World.(P19) Point 3 I used to be afraid of the dark.(P25) Point 4 Sometimes he was absent from classes and failed his examinations.(P30) Point 5 They take pride in everything good that I do.(P30) 3 1.suggest(v.)建议;提议→　 　(n.)建议  2.center(n.)中心;中央→　 　(adj.)中心的;中央的  3.polite(adj.)有礼貌的;客气的→　 　(adv.)礼貌地;客气地→　 　(反义词adj.)不礼貌的;粗鲁的  4.speaker(n.)发言者;讲(某种语言)的人→　 　(v.)说(某种语言);说话→　 　(n.)讲话;发言  词汇拓展 suggestion central politely impolite speak speech 4 5.direct(adj.)直接的;直率的→　 　(n.)方向;方位 →　 　(n.)导演;部门负责人  6.correct(adj.)正确的;恰当的→　 　(同义词adj.)  正确的;适当的→　 　(近义词adj.)真的;符合事实的  7.silent(adj.)不说话的;沉默的→　 　(adv.)沉默地 →　 　(n.)沉默;缄默;无声  direction director right true silently silence 8.helpful(adj.)有用的;有帮助的→　 　(反义词adj.)无助的→　 　(v.& n.)帮助;援助  9.examination(n.)考试;审查→　 　(简写词)→　 　. (v.)(仔细地)检查;检验  10.pride(n.)自豪;骄傲→　 　(adj.)自豪的;骄傲的  11.introduction(n.)介绍→　 　(v.)介绍;引见  helpless help exam examine proud introduce 1.________ by路过;经过  2.________ time ______ time时常;有时  3.________ ________ 应对;处理  4.______ __________ 公开地;在别人(尤指生人)面前  5.______ __________ 亲身;亲自  6.take _________ ______ 为……感到自豪  7.be _________ ______ 为……骄傲;感到自豪  短语归纳 pass from to deal　 　with in　 　public in　 　person pride　 　in proud　 　of 8.not…___________ 再也不  9.________ _______ 闲逛;常去某处  10.___________________ of/a _______________ of  很多;大量 11.be __________ from 缺席  anymore hang　 　out lots/plenty/tons number/lot absent 1.—Excuse me, do you know _________ _____ _______ _______ some postcards?  打扰一下,你知道我在哪里能买些明信片吗? —Sure. Go to the __________ floor. There’s a bookstore ___________ the bank _______ the supermarket.  当然,到二楼去。在银行和超市之间有一家书店。 核心句型 where　 　I　 　can　 　get second between and 2.Could you please tell me _______ ______ _______ ______ the post office?  请你告诉我怎样去邮局好吗? 3.—I wonder _________ we should ______ next.我想知道我们接下来应该去哪里。  —You should _______ that new ride over there.你们应该试试那边那个新的乘骑项目。  how　 　to　 　get　 　to where　 go　 try　 4.It might seem ________ _____________ to speak politely than directly.  看起来说得客气要比说得直白更难一点。 5.I ___________ _______ ______ ______ popular in school.我过去在学校不受欢迎。  6.—_______ he _______ ______ wear glasses?他过去常常戴眼镜吗?  —Yes, he ______./No, he __________.是的,他是。/不,他不是。  more　 　difficult didn’t　 　use　 　to　 　be Did use　 　to did didn’t 7.Many times I thought about __________ ______, but I __________ ______.  许多次我都想放弃,但我奋力坚持了下来。 8.It is _________________ ______ ___________ that he ________ ______ have difficulties in school.  很难相信他过去在学校有困难。 giving　 　up fought　 　on hard/difficult　 　to　 　believe used　 　to 9.His teacher advised his parents ______ ________ ________ him ______ __________.  他的老师建议他的父母亲自和他谈一谈。 10.___________ _______ ________ friends is almost ______________ _______ me now because there are always guards around me.现在与朋友们外出闲逛对我来说几乎不再可能,因为老有保安守在我的周围。  to　 　talk　 　with in　 　person Hanging　 　out　 　with impossible　 　for 　　I interviewed 19-year-old Asian pop star Candy Wang. She told me that she used to be really 1.s　 　 and took up singing to deal with her shyness. As she got better, she 2.　 　 (敢于) to sing in front of her class, and then for the whole school. Now she is 3.o　 　 and loves singing in front of crowds.  教材语篇回顾 hy dared utgoing Candy explained that there are many 4.　 　 (优点;有利条件) about becoming famous, like being able to travel and meet new people all the time. “I didn’t use to be popular in school, but now I get 5.t　 　 of attention everywhere I go.” However, too much attention can also be a bad thing. “I always have to worry about how I appear to others and I don’t have much 6.　 　 (私人的) time anymore. Hanging out with friends is almost impossible for me now because there are always 7.　 　 (警卫) around me.”  advantages ons private/personal guards What does Candy have to say to all those young people who want to become famous? “Well,” she begins 8.　 . (缓慢地), “you have to be prepared to give up your normal life. You can never 9.　 　 (想象;设想) how difficult the road to success is. Many times I thought about giving up, but I fought on. A lot of talent and hard work is really 10.　 　. (需要;要求) if you want to succeed. Only a very small number of people make it to the top.”  slowly imagine required/needed I wonder where we should go next.(P19) ◆wonder作动词,意为“想知道;琢磨”,后面常接宾语从句,相当于want to know。不表示疑问,而是用于礼貌地提问或请别人做某事。 17 I wonder if we can hold the evening party on time. 我想知道我们能不能准时开晚会。 ◆wonder也可作可数名词,意为“奇迹”。其形容词形式是wonderful,意为“精彩的;绝妙的”。 The Great Wall is one of the seven wonders of the world. 长城是世界七大奇迹之一。 用wonder的适当形式填空。 1.That night at dinner, my parents noticed I was not that excited about getting the lead role. They 　 　 what happened.  wondered 2.—Xiao Hai won first prize in our school art festival. —　 　! I am looking forward to his next performance. 3.Nowadays, Qiemo is still rich in both culture and nature, like well-known jade (玉), special folk customs and different natural 　 　. Wonderful wonders I suggest Water City Restaurant in Water World.(P19) suggest意为“建议;提议”,其常见用法如下: 21 1.The wife suggested a walk.妻子提议去散步。 2.The doctor suggests (that) my sister (should) stop drinking cola.医生建议我姐姐不要再喝可乐。 3.I made a few suggestions about how we could spend the afternoon. 关于我们如何度过下午我提出了一些建议。 【拓展】 suggest还有“暗示;表明”之意。 如:The look on his face suggested that he had no interest in the song. 他脸上的表情表明他对这首歌没有兴趣。 1.When my friend suggested that we 　 　 (join) the new T’ai Chi (太极拳) Club, I thought he was joking. 2.Peter’s mother even suggests 　 　 (give) pocket money to children as early as when they are four. join giving 3.At her teacher’s 　 　 (suggest), she began to share her own singing videos online last year. 4.The doctor suggested more exercise 　 　 David, because he is overweight. (填入适当的介词)  suggestion to I used to be afraid of the dark.(P25) 辨析used to do sth.和be/get used to (doing) sth. 短语 用法 例句 used to do sth. 意为“过去常常做某事”,to为不定式符号,后接动词原形 Jim used to get up at 7 o’clock. 吉姆过去常常7点起床。 be/get used to (doing) sth. 意为“习惯于(做)某事”,to是介词,后接名词、代词或动名词 They’ve got used to living in the countryside. 他们已习惯于住在乡村。 26 The teachers used to 　 　 (write) key points on the blackboard, but now they are getting used to 　 　. (show) them through PPTs. write showing Sometimes he was absent from classes and failed his examinations.(P30) ◆fail作动词,意为“不及格”,既可作及物动词,也可作不及物动词。fail也可意为“失败;未能(做到)”,常用结构fail in sth./fail to do sth.,意为“未能做某事”。fail的名词形式是failure,反义词是succeed。 28 1.What will you do if you fail? 如果你失败了,你会做什么呢? 2.Ann failed to finish her homework today. 安今天未能完成她的作业。 ◆absent作形容词,意为“缺席;不在”,常和from连用。 Mr. Green was absent from work today. 格林先生今天缺勤了。 1.Luck tried many different methods, but all ended in 　 . (失败).   2.Try not to let your mind be 　 　 (缺席;不在) when you need to focus (聚焦) on class or cross the road.  3.—Why are you late for class again, Bob? —Sorry, I failed 　 　 (get) up when my alarm went off.   failure absent to get They take pride in everything good that I do.(P30) 辨析pride和proud 单词 含义 常用结构 pride n. 自豪; 骄傲 take pride in…为……感到自豪 be the pride of…是……的自豪/骄傲 proud adj. 自豪的;骄傲的 be proud of…为……骄傲;感到自豪 be proud to do sth.为做某事而感到自豪/骄傲 be proud that…很自豪…… 31 1.The young man took pride in his work. 这个年轻人以他的工作为荣。 2.I was proud of myself for not giving up easily. 我为自己没有轻易放弃而深感自豪。 1.We take great 　 　 in offering the best service in town.  2.Little Mary was 　 　 of herself because she taught Uncle Li how to borrow books online. pride; proud pride proud 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.course A.n.课程 B.n.比赛场地;跑道 C.n.一道菜 (1)Thousands of runners tied their running shoes and rushed out from the starting line while crowds cheered along the course. 　　  (2)It’s important to use the right tools for different courses. For instance, use a knife and fork for the main course and a small spoon for dessert. 　　  (3)AI can make many of the students’ learning resources richer and wider, like electronic textbooks, online courses, and study apps. 　　  B C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.general A.adj.全体的;普遍的 B.adj.一般的; 常规的 C.adj.概括性的;大体的 D.n.将军 (1)Many years later, he became a wise general and made great achievements. 　　  (2)A general rule is that the more money you earn, the more money should be added to the envelopes.　　  D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.general A.adj.全体的;普遍的 B.adj.一般的; 常规的 C.adj.概括性的;大体的 D.n.将军 (3)Preview (预读) — if your article is long as well as difficult, such as long magazine articles or science reports, previewing is very useful for you to get a general idea. 　　  (4)The topics for small talk are different in different countries. But usually the topics are general rather than personal. 　　  C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.address A.n.住址;地址;通信处 B.v.设法解决;处理 (1)Try to memorize information like phone numbers and addresses rather than putting the information in your phone. 　　  (2)When asked about future plans, she mentions wanting to address the effects of climate (气候) change. 　　  A B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.These 　 　 (邮票) are of such great value that they’re well worth collecting.  2.The crowd cheered when their home team s　 　 a goal in the football match.  3.Mr. Chen is h　 　 and he often tells funny jokes to make us laugh.  stamps cored umorous 37 4.His 　 　 (讲话;发言) about the importance of protecting the environment have impressed us a lot.  5.The scientists we 　 　 (采访) yesterday have two different opinions about the new technology.  6.Linda is a confident leader in our group. She is always active in d　 　 with problems.  7.Many people like reading e-books because they are 　 　 (便利的;方便的) and easy to carry.  speeches interviewed ealing convenient 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.The 　 　 (polite) you ask people for help, the more willing they are to help you.  2.That man is a 　 　 (Europe) actor and he is very famous.   3.The new teacher asked all the students to give an 　 　 (introduce) about themselves.  more politely European introduction 4.Senior managers in this company are provided with separate offices so that they won’t 　 　 (influence) by others when working.  5.Early in January, some 　 　 (policeman) visited our schools to teach students how to protect themselves.   6.It’s convenient for you to take the subway near your house to the 　 　 (center) part of the city.  be influenced policemen central 三、根据短文内容和所给中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 Nowadays, with the coming of spring, micro-travel has become more and more popular. Micro-travel means short-distance travel which allows people to drive two or three hours to a near place and spend two or three days. Instead of 1.　 　 (需要;要求) a careful and complete plan and a lot of money, micro-travel allows people to be more flexible (灵活的) and is also 2.　 　 (便宜).  requiring/needing cheaper Mark Hou from Beijing is one of them. The young man once enjoyed taking long trips to other 3.　 　 (亚洲的) countries or leaving Beijing to see places of interest in other cities of our country. He 4.　 　 (建议) that people should try the new travel style. “Traveling a long distance means you will spend more time on the road, so that would be likely to 5.　 　 (增加) the chances of being tired,” Hou said. “Short-distance travel is a better 6.　 　 (选择).” But that doesn’t mean Hou has lost fun during his short trips. Short-distance travel has helped him find where he can enjoy himself 7.　 　 (确切地).  Asian suggested/advised increase choice exactly Many cities also 8.　 　 (创造) more chances for tourists. For example, Shanghai gives a number of micro-travel 9.　 　 (产品) for half-day and one-day tours. They can make you reach many 10.　 　 (角落) you didn’t know before in the city. Travel doesn’t mean you have to go far away to find a resting place for your heart. The micro-travel can also work.  【主旨大意】本文介绍了现在很流行的一种旅行方式——微旅行。 create products corners 1.requiring/needing　【解析】考查动名词。根据空格前的“Instead of”可知,此处应用动词的-ing形式。故填requiring/needing。 2.cheaper　【解析】考查形容词的比较级。根据空格前的“more flexible”可知,此处应用形容词的比较级。故填cheaper。 4.suggested/advised　【解析】考查动词的时态。根据上一句中的“enjoyed”可知,本句时态为一般过去时。故填suggested/advised。 9.products　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“a number of”可知,此处应用可数名词product的复数形式。故填products。 10.corners　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“many”可知,此处应用可数名词corner的复数形式。故填corners。 $第8课时　Unit 3-Unit 4 [八年级上册] 1 话题:个人特征(personal traits)、你的城镇(your town) 2 多维探究 Point 1 Both Sam and Tom can play the drums, but Sam plays them better than Tom.(P17) Point 2 Well, everyone wants to win.(P18) Point 3 My best friend is similar to Larry because she’s less hard-working than me.(P22) Point 4 But I think friends are like books — you don’t need a lot of them as long as they’re good. (P21) Point 5 Talent shows are getting more and more popular. (P29) 3 1.true(adj.)真的;符合事实的→　 　(adv.)真正;确实→ 　 　(n.)实情;事实  2.win(v.)获胜;赢;赢得→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)→　 　(n.)获胜者;优胜者  3.loud(adj.)响亮的;大声的→　 　(adv.)喧闹地;大声地;响亮地→　 　(adv.)大声地;出声地  词汇拓展 truly truth won won winning winner loudly aloud 4 4.break(v.& n.)(使)破;裂;碎;损坏;间歇;休息→　 　(adj.)破损的;残缺的  5.cheap(adj.)廉价的;便宜的→　 　(adv.)便宜地;低廉地  6.careful(adj.)小心的;细致的;精心的;慎重的→ 　(adv.) 细致地;小心地;谨慎地  7.report(v.& n.)报道;公布→　 　(n.)记者  8.beautiful(adj.)美丽的;美好的→　 　 (adv.)美好地;漂亮地→　 　(n.)美;美丽  broken cheaply carefully reporter beautifully beauty 9.poor(adj.)贫穷的;清贫的→　 　(反义词adj.)富有的  10.crowd(n.)人群;观众→　 　(adj.)人多的;拥挤的;挤满的→　 　(adj.)不拥挤的;人少的  11.though(adv.& conj.)不过;可是;然而;虽然;尽管;不过→ 　 　(同义词 conj.)虽然;尽管;即使→　 　(形近词 prep.)以;凭借;穿过  12.choose(v.)选择;挑选→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(n.)选择;挑选  rich crowded uncrowded although through chose chosen choice 13.performer(n.)表演者;演员→　 　(v.)表演;执行→ 　 　 (n.)表演;演出  14.magician(n.)魔术师→　 　(adj.)有魔力的;有神奇力量的  perform performance magic 1.　 　 about关心;在意  2.　 　 　 　 　 　 只要;既然  3.be 　 　 　 　 与……不同;与……有差异  4.　 　 out使显现;使表现出  5.　 　 　 　 　 　 和……相同;与……一致  6.　 　 　 　 确切地说;事实上;实际上  7.be 　 　 　 　 与……相像的、类似的  短语归纳 care as long as different from bring the same as in fact similar to 8.　 　 　 　 到目前为止;迄今为止  9.have…　 　 　 　 有相同特征;(想法、兴趣等方面)相同 10.all 　 　 　 　 各种类型的;各种各样的  11.be 　 　 to 是……的职责;由……决定  12.　 　 a role 发挥作用;有影响  13.　 　 　 　 编造(故事、谎言等)  14.for 　 　 例如  15.take…　 　 认真对待……  so far in common kinds of up play make up example seriously 1.Is Tom 　 　 　 　 Sam?汤姆比萨姆聪明吗?  2.I’m shy so it’s not easy 　 　 me 　 　 　 　 　 　.我很害羞,因此对我来说,交朋友不容易。  3.A good friend 　 　 　 　 a mirror.好朋友就像一面镜子。  核心句型 smarter/cleverer than for to make friends is like 4.—What do you 　 　 　 　 970 AM?你认为970 AM怎么样?  —I think 970 AM is pretty 　 　. It has 　 　 　 　. music.我认为970 AM相当差。它有最差的音乐。  5.Talent shows are getting 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　.才艺节目正变得越来越受欢迎。  6.—　 　 Tara work 　 　 hard 　 　 Tina? 塔拉和蒂娜一样努力吗?  —Yes, 　 　 　 　. 是的。  think of/about bad the worst more and more popular Does as as she does 7.But 　 　 　 　 　 　 thing 　 　 　 　 . 　 　 something new and have fun.  但是最重要的是学到新东西和得到快乐。 8.Friends are 　 　 books — you don’t need a lot of them 　 　 　 　 　 　 they’re good.  朋友就像书籍,不在多而贵在好。 9.However, Larry often helps to 　 　 　 　 　 　 . 　 　 　 me.  然而,拉里经常帮助我激发出自己的所能。 the most important is to learn like as long as bring out the best in 10.A true friend 　 　 　 　 your 　 　 and 　 　 your 　 　.  一个真正的朋友是在需要时给你帮助,使你感动。 11.—　 　 　 　 　 　 movie theater 　 　 　 . 　 　?去哪家电影院最好?  —Town Cinema.It’s 　 　 　 　 　 　 home. And you can buy tickets 　 　 　 　 　 　 there.小镇影院。它离家最近,并且在那里买票最快。  reaches for hand touches heart What’s the best to go to the closest to the most quickly 12.—　 　 is 　 　 　 　 clothes store in town? 镇上最差的衣服店是哪一家?  —Dream Clothes.It’s 　 　 　 　 Blue Moon.It has 　 　 　 　 　 　.  梦想服装店。它比蓝月服装店还差。它提供最差的服务。 13.And one great thing about them 　 　 　 　 they give people a way 　 　 　 　 their dreams 　 　 　. 并且关于它们(这些节目)的一个好处在于它们给人们提供了一条实现梦想的途径。  Which the worst worse than the worst service is that to make come true 14.However, the place 　 　 you can enjoy your time 　 　 　 　 　 　 is at one of the small coffee shops near the park.然而,你可以最安静地享受时光的地方是在公园附近的一个小咖啡馆里。  where the most quietly It’s always interesting to watch other people show their talents. And talent shows are getting more and more 1.　 　 (受欢迎的).  All these shows have one thing in 2.c　 　: They try to look for the best singers, the most talented dancers, the most 3.　 　 (使人兴奋的;令人激动的) magicians, the funniest actors and so on. All kinds of people 4.　 　 (参加; 教材语篇回顾 popular ommon exciting join 加入) these shows. But who can play the piano the best or sing the most 5.　 　 (美好;漂亮)?That’s up to you to 6.d　 　 the winner. And the winner always gets a very good 7.p　 　.  However, not everybody enjoys 8.　 　 (观看) these shows. Some think that the lives of the 9.　 　. (表演者;演员) are made up. But if you don’t take these shows too 10.s　 　, they are fun to watch. And one great thing about them is that they give people a way to make their dreams come true.  beautifully ecide rize watching performers eriously Both Sam and Tom can play the drums, but Sam plays them better than Tom.(P17) 辨析both, either, neither, all和none 单词 含义 作定语时 名词的数 作主语时 谓语动词的数 固定搭配 及用法 both 两者都 复数 复数 both…and… (谓语动词用复数) either 两者中的任何一个 单数 单数 either…or… (就近原则) 18 单词 含义 作定语时 名词的数 作主语时 谓语动词的数 固定搭配 及用法 neither 两者都不 单数 单数或复数 neither…nor… (就近原则) all 三者或三者以上都 单数或复数 单数或复数   none 没有一个;三者或三者以上都不   单数或复数 相当于not any 1.Both my mother and my father like playing ping-pong.我爸爸妈妈都喜欢打乒乓球。 2.After dinner, we either read books or watch TV.晚饭后,我们要么看书,要么看电视。 3.None of his kids stayed in the city after they graduated. 他的孩子们毕业后没有一个留在这座城市。 1.Creativity is 　 　 just about the final product, nor about the moment when you suddenly get a fantastic idea. It is a process that we do a series of things.   2.An experiment is a test which will 　 　 challenge or support the hypothesis (假设).  both; either; neither; all; none neither either 3.Rescue workers get to save lives, but they must also deal with the dead. That means they have to be strong in 　 　 body and mind. 4.—The paper cutting is pretty lively. Who made it? —It must be Mary. 　 　 of us except her is able to do it. 5.—Do you know who entered space in the Shenzhou XVIII? —Ye Guangfu, Li Cong and Li Guangsu, 　 　 born in the 1980s. both None all Well, everyone wants to win.(P18) 辨析win, beat和lose 单词 含义 用法 win 获胜;赢;赢得 win+事物(game/match/prize/war) 赢(比赛、奖金、战争) beat 打败 beat+sb./a team打败某人/一个队伍 lose 输 lose to sb.输给某人 23 1.We won the game at last. 我们最终赢得了比赛。 2.Yesterday I beat David at the chess game. 昨天的象棋比赛我打败了戴维。 3.He lost to an American player at the last Olympics.他在上次奥运会上输给了一个美国选手。 1.He completed the race in 40 minutes and 46 seconds and 　 　 first place in the 12-15 age group.  2.As you can see, so many difficulties didn’t 　 　 me. Instead, they made me stronger and helped me grow.   3.When 　 　, just accept it with a smile and look at the bright side. Failure can’t be avoided in our life. win; beat; lose won beat losing My best friend is similar to Larry because she’s less hard-working than me.(P22) ◆similar作形容词,意为“相像的;类似的”,无比较级。be similar to 意为“与……相像的、类似的”。 Your handwriting is similar to his. 你的笔迹和他的非常相似。 26 ◆辨析be similar to, look like和take after 短语 含义 用法 be similar to 与……相像的、类似的 相似的物品和情境进行对比,有被动含义 look like 看起来像 指外表看上去像,既可指人也可指物 take after (外貌或行为)像 用在有血缘关系的亲子之间,外貌用得最多,也可用在性格、脾气这些内在品质上 1.It looks like it’s going to rain soon. 看起来好像马上要下雨了。 2.John is really handsome, and he takes after his father.约翰真的很帅气,像他父亲。 1.To know what the mountain top 　 　, you need to reach it. 2.Mary really 　 　 her mother. Both of them are friendly and humorous.  3.The sound which 　 　 the noise of popcorn popping grew louder and louder during the five days of water stress.  be similar to; look like; take after looks like takes after was similar to But I think friends are like books — you don’t need a lot of them as long as they’re good. (P21) as long as用作连词,意为“只要;既然”,用来引导条件状语从句。 We can talk about this as long as you want. 只要你想(谈),我们就可以谈谈这件事。 30 【拓展】 as long as的其他用法 含义 用法 例句 和……一样长 用于同级比较的句型中 The river is as long as that one. 这条河和那条(河)一样长。 长达……之久 for as long as+一段时间 Tom has waited for you for as long as three hours. 汤姆足足等了你三个小时。 1.　 　 (As long as/As soon as) it is protected well, bamboo can be cut every year and doesn’t have to be replanted.  2.我们既然已经驶得这么远了,不妨继续前进。 　 　 　 　 　 　 we’ve driven this far, we might as well go on.  As long as As long as Talent shows are getting more and more popular. (P29) “比较级+and+比较级”或“more and more+原级”,表示程度的增加,意为“越来越……”。 1.It is getting cooler and cooler. 天气正变得越来越凉爽。 2.Our hometown is getting more and more beautiful. 我们的家乡正变得越来越美丽。 33 在政府的关怀下,农村人民过着越来越幸福的生活。 People in the rural areas live a 　 　 　 　 　 . life with the care of the government.  happier and happier 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.reach A.v.与……取得联系 B.v.实现;达到 C.v.增加到,提升到(某一水平、速度等) D.v.伸;伸手 (1)—On April 25, 2024, China’s Shenzhou-18 spacecraft (宇宙飞船) flew to space successfully. —Wow, China’s space technology has reached a new height. 　　  (2)I haven’t completely reached my long-term goals yet in any of these 3 things. 　　  C B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.reach A.v.与……取得联系 B.v.实现;达到 C.v.增加到,提升到(某一水平、速度等) D.v.伸;伸手 (3)When her team reached her, she was 60 km away from the place where she took off. 　　  (4)We had to lift our ribcage (胸廓), reach our arms to the side and circle our body with them. 　　  A D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.hand A.n.手 B.n.帮助 C.v.交;递;给 (1)Money is not just something that is handed to you when you get older. This will be a great learning experience for everyone, whether you have the money or not.　　  (2)Realizing that these people will die if they don’t give a hand, the two men travel through the war area. 　　  (3)He gets around and climbs mountains with his hands in wooden boxes. 　　  C B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.poor A.adj.贫穷的 B.adj.可怜的 C.adj.不擅长的 D.adj.劣质的;差的;次的 (1)By using computers, self-driving cars don’t make poor decisions or lose focus like humans do. 　　  (2)Within 3 months, he was poor again because of careless spending. 　　  D A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.poor A.adj.贫穷的 B.adj.可怜的 C.adj.不擅长的 D.adj.劣质的;差的;次的 (3)The poor bird was dying. Joao felt sorry for the sick, little bird, and so he took him back to his home. 　　  (4)I know exactly how you felt. I used to be poor in English just like you. 　　  B C 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.Working closely with the charity organization turned out to be a 　 　 (极好的) experience to me.  2.In the morning, Duffy likes opening the windows wide to breathe the f　 　 air.  3.After watching videos of the c　 　, they realized why they lost to another team.  fantastic/wonderful resh ompetitions 40 4.As a lot of people like sharing their daily lives online, it’s becoming more important to protect our personal i　 　.  5.The hotel provides delicious food, but still more and more customers aren’t satisfied with its 　 　 (服务).  6.When I told them the funny joke, they couldn’t help 　 　 (笑;发笑).  nformation service laughing 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.Everyone expects to win, but just a few can be real 　 . (win) in the end.  2.This is 　 　 (bad) restaurant that I have ever been to. Its dishes and environment aren’t good at all.  3.Words swept across the ship about the accident, and then 　 　 (reach) a man named Potter.  winners the worst reached 4.The boy entered the room 　 　 (quiet) in order not to wake up his mother.   5.John always 　 　 (touch) Alice’s hair and that made her very angry.  6.Families play an important role in shaping kids’ personalities so a good home environment is 　 　 (true) necessary.  quietly touched truly 三、根据短文内容和所给中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 Everyone has a dream job, such as a doctor, a pilot or a teacher. If you are 1.　 　 (有才能的) in music, you can be a musician in the future. You need to think about your interests 2.　 　 (细致;谨慎) as well.   I have a dream. When I grow up, I want to be an actor. An actor can play many 3.　 　 (角色) and experience different lives. My friend Linda is very 4.　 　 (有创造力的) and she wants to become an artist.  talented carefully roles creative In 5.　 　 (事实), it is not easy to realize our dreams. First, we need to plan 6.　 　 (清楚;明白) and find some suitable ways to practice. As the 7.　 　 (谚语) goes, “Practice makes perfect.” And it’s 8.　 　 (必要的) to ask someone for help, like teachers or parents, because they will give us some advice. What’s more, don’t lose 9.　 　 (内心) if there are some problems. Finally, the most important is that we need to work 10.　 　 (努力) and never give up. Some jobs need so much professional knowledge and there is a long way to go. Hope we can all realize our dreams one day.  fact clearly saying necessary heart hard 【主旨大意】本文介绍了“我”和Linda的梦想,并说明了如何实现自己的梦想。 2.carefully　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词短语“think about”。故填carefully。 3.roles　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“many”可知,此处应用可数名词role的复数形式。故填roles。 6.clearly　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词“plan”。故填clearly。 9.heart　【解析】考查名词。lose heart意为“丧失信心;泄气”。故填heart。 $第15课时　Unit 7-Unit 8 [八年级下册] 1 话题:有关世界的事实(facts about the world)、文学和音乐(literature and music) 2 多维探究 Point 1 The Caspian Sea is 1,025 meters deep. (P49) Point 2 Did you know that China is one of the oldest countries in the world?(P50) Point 3 Even more serious difficulties include freezing weather conditions and heavy storms. (P51) Point 4 The first Chinese team did so in 1960, while the first woman to succeed was Junko Tabei from Japan in 1975.(P51) Point 5 Many songs these days are just about modern life in the US, such as the importance of money and success, but not about belonging to a group.(P62) Point 6 Sarah hasn’t been to Nashville yet, but it is her dream to go there one day.(P62) 3 1.deep(adj.)深的;纵深的→　 　(adv.)深刻地,强烈地,深沉地  2.tour(n.& v.)旅行;旅游→　 　(n.)旅行者;观光者  3.amaze(v.)使惊奇;使惊愕;使惊诧→　 　(adj.)令人大为惊奇的;令人惊喜(或惊叹)的→　 　(adj.)大为惊奇→ 　 　(n.)惊奇;惊愕;惊诧  词汇拓展 deeply tourist amazing amazed amazement 4 4.wide(adj.)宽的;宽阔的→　 　(adv.)广泛地;普遍地  5.introduce(v.)介绍;引见→　 　(n.)介绍  6.include(v.)包括;包含→　 　(prep.)包括……在内  7.freeze(v.)结冰;(使)冻结→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→　 　(adj.)极冷的;冰冻的  8.weigh(v.)重量是……;称……的重量→　 　(n.)重量;分量  widely introduction including froze frozen freezing weight 9.wake(v.)弄醒;醒→　 　(adj.)醒着  10.achieve(v.)达到;完成;成功→　 　(n.)成就;成绩  11.Asia(n.)亚洲→　 　 (adj.& n.)亚洲(人)的;亚洲人  12.south(adj.& n.)南方的;南;南方→　 　(adj.)南方的  awake achievement Asian southern 1.feel ________ (可以)随便(做某事)  2.______ _______ ______ I know就我所知  3.________ in吸入  4.in the ________ of面对(问题、困难等)  5.even ______________ 即使;虽然  6.at _________ 出生时  7.______ to到达(某数量、程度等);至多有;不多于  短语归纳 free as　 　far　 　as take face though/if birth up 7 8.walk ________ 走路时撞着  9.________ ________ 绊倒  10.________ of满是……的;(有)大量的;(有)丰富的  11._________ ______ 赶快;急忙(做某事)  12.________ since自从  13.one ___________ 互相  14.or ______ 大约  into fall　 　over full hurry　 　up ever another so 1.What’s _______ ___________ ____________ in the world? 世界上最高的山是哪座山?  2.Qomolangma ______ __________ ________ _______ _________ ____________ in the world.  珠穆朗玛峰比世界上其他任何一座山脉都高。 3.It also shows that humans can sometimes ______ ____________ ________ the __________ ______ __________.  它也显示了人类有时候比自然的力量更强大。 核心句型 the　 　highest　 　mountain is　 　higher　 　than　 　any other　 　mountain be stronger　 　than forces　 　of　 　nature 4.This elephant weighs ________ _________ ________ ________ this panda.这头大象比这只熊猫重许多倍。  5.—________ _______ ________ Little Women _______?你读过《小妇人》吗?  —No, I ____________.不,我没读过。  6.______ _______ ______ I know, there _______ no other man-made objects ______ _______ ______ this.  据我所知,再没有其他像它这样大的人造物体了。 many　 　times　 　more　 　than Have　 　you　 　read yet haven’t As　 　far　 　as are as　 　big　 　as 7.She ________ ______ ___________ how much she actually missed _______ ______ them.  她逐渐意识到,她实际上是多么想念他们所有人。 8.Garth is one of ______ _______ _____________ ____________ in American history.  加思是美国历史上最成功的音乐人之一。 came　 　to　 　realize all　 　of the　 　most　 　successful　 　musicians 9.—________ you ___________ which book ______ _________ _________ yet? 你已经决定选哪一本书来写了吗?  —Yes, I ________. _________ ___________ ____________ reading it. It was really good.  是的。我已经读完了。我认为这本书非常棒。 10.________ ________ ______ _______ me anything ______ today’s Great Wall tour.  在今天的长城游中,大家尽管问我问题,不要拘束。 Have decided to　 　write about have I’ve　 　already　 　finished Feel　 　free　 　to　 　ask on　 12 When I first arrived on this island, I had nothing. But I’ve found the 1.　 　 (船) and made a small boat. I’ve brought back many things I can use. Although I have lost 2.e　 　, I have not lost my life. So I will not give up and I will wait for another boat. I have already 3.c　 　 down trees and built a house. I go out with my gun almost every day to kill 4.　 　. (野生的) animals and birds for food. I am even 5.l　 　 to grow fruit and vegetables.  教材语篇回顾 ship verything ut wild earning A few weeks ago, I found the marks of another man’s feet on the 6.　 　 (沙滩;沙). Who else is on my island? How long have they been here? Not long after that, I saw some cannibals trying to kill two men from a 7.　 　 (破损的;残缺的) boat. One of them died but the other ran 8.　 　 (朝;向;对着) my house. I helped him kill the cannibals. This man now 9.　 　 (居住;生活) with me and helps me. I named him Friday because that was the day I met him. He is 10.s . and I have already taught him some English.  sand broken towards lives mart The Caspian Sea is 1,025 meters deep. (P49) 英语中表示“长、宽、高、深”的形容词有long,wide,high,tall, deep等,表达方式主要有以下两种: 15 表达方式 用法 例句 基数词+量词+adj. 作表语 The river is about 100 meters long. 这条河大约100米长。 当数词≥2时,量词用复数形式 基数词-量词-adj. 作定语 This is a 10-meter-wide river. 这是一条10米宽的河。 用连字符连接,量词用单数形式 16 1.Don’t swim in the river. It is an 　 　 (8米深的) river.   2.太湖隧道, 10.79千米长, 43.6米宽, 是中国最长的水下隧道。 Taihu Tunnel, 10.79 　 　 and 43.6 　 　, is 　 　 underwater tunnel in China.  8/eight-meter/metre-deep kilometers/kilometres　 long meters/metres　　wide the　　 longest 17 Did you know that China is one of the oldest countries in the world?(P50) one of…表示“……之一;……中的一个”,介词of表示所属关系,作主语时,谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。其常用结构如下: 18 1.One of them is my best friend. 他们中的一人是我最好的朋友。 2.Shanghai is one of the biggest cities in the world.上海是世界上最大的城市之一。 1.It is one of my favorite 　 　 (place) to take photos.   2.E-mail is one of the great 　 　 (way) to stay in touch with friends.   3.Beijing Opera is my grandma’s favorite. It’s 　 　 .. 　 　 (最传统的……之一) art forms in China.   places ways one　 　of the　 　most　 　traditional 20 Even more serious difficulties include freezing weather conditions and heavy storms. (P51) 辨析include和including 单词 含义 用法 include v.包括;包含 作谓语,侧重指被包含者是整体的一部分 including prep.包括……在内 后接名词/代词,用于举例,含有补充说明之意,常位于句中,前面用逗号隔开 21 1.The tour included a visit to the science museum. 这次游览包括参观科学博物馆。 2.Thirty passengers were hurt, including five children. 三十名乘客受伤,其中包括五个孩子。 用include的适当形式填空。 1.I need some information about the book, 　 　 who wrote it and when it came out.  2.Day by day, I learned to trust people, and they 　 　 . me in their circle of friends.  3.I have been to many foreign countries, 　 　 . Thailand and Singapore.  4.The lifestyle 　 　 taking public transportation and riding shared bikes.  including included including includes The first Chinese team did so in 1960, while the first woman to succeed was Junko Tabei from Japan in 1975.(P51) 辨析success, succeed和successful 单词 含义 用法 success n.成功 表示抽象意义的“成功”,用作不可数名词;表示具体意义的“成功的人或事”,用作可数名词 succeed v.实现目标;成功 succeed in doing sth. 成功做某事 successful adj.获得成功的;有成就的 可作表语或定语,be successful in doing sth. 成功做某事 24 1.Failure is the mother of success. 失败乃成功之母。 2.Jim succeeded in getting the job. 吉姆成功获得了那份工作。 3.The play was very successful on Broadway. 那部话剧在百老汇大获成功。 用success的适当形式填空。 1.I really hope you’re happy. I hope you have a 　 　. career that you enjoy doing and look forward to each morning when you wake up.  2.These planners would create special learning plans for each student, so that everyone could get what they need to 　 .   successful succeed 3.In this world, turning disadvantages into advantages is the key to 　 　.  4.Many Chinese parents hope that their children will be 　 　 and powerful in the future, just like a loong. success successful Many songs these days are just about modern life in the US, such as the importance of money and success, but not about belonging to a group.(P62) ◆辨析such as和for example 短语 含义 用法 such as 例如;像……这样 用于列举同类人或事物中的一个或几个具体例子,其后不用逗号与后面的内容隔开;通常可与like互换 for example 例如 一般只列举同类人或事物中的“一个”,作插入语,用逗号隔开,可置于句首、句中或句末 28 1.The farmer feeds all kinds of animals, such as cows, sheep, chickens and pigs.这个农民饲养了各种各样的动物,例如牛、羊、鸡和猪。 2.Noise, for example, is a kind of pollution. 例如,噪音就是一种污染。 ◆belong to意为“属于;归……所有”,不能用于被动语态,也不能用于进行时态,其主语通常是物,宾语通常是人。其常见句型“sth. belongs to sb.”相当于“sth. is someone’s”。 This bike belongs to my sister.=This bike is my sister’s.这辆自行车是我妹妹的。 (belong to后接名词,be后接名词所有格) 1.The toy bear must 　 　 (属于) to Lane’s little sister. She was the only little kid at the picnic.  2.Look! There is a pink band on the desk. It must be 　 　. (Linda) because she loves pink very much.  belong Linda’s 3. (1)People think his paintings are masterpieces (杰作). 　 　, the painting Sunflowers is very famous all over the world.   (2)Besides human voices, we also needed to imitate the sound effects (效果) in the movie, 　 　 rain and thunder. 4.成功最终属于努力的人。 Success 　 　 the hard-working people in the end.  For example such as belongs　 　to such as; for example Sarah hasn’t been to Nashville yet, but it is her dream to go there one day.(P62) 辨析have/has been to, have/has been in和have/has gone to 结构 用法 例句 have/has been to “曾经去过某地”,现在已不在那里 My father has been to Beijing twice. 我父亲去过北京两次。 have/has been in “在某地待了多长时间”,常与时间段连用 I have been in Shanghai for three years. 我在上海已有三年了。 have/has gone to “去了某地”,说话时人不在现场 Mr.Wang isn’t here.He has gone to Qingdao.王先生不在这里。他去了青岛。 32 1.Lili can’t be at home. She 　 　 the farm to pick apples. 2.I 　 　 China for three months and this is the first time I’ve tried on hanfu. 3.My sister 　 　 the Great Wall three times. It’s really wonderful.  have been to; have been in; have gone to has gone to have been in has been to 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.treasure A.n.极贵重的物品;珍宝 B.n.珠宝;财富 C.v.珍视;珍爱;珍重 (1)Sichuan is a lovely place with many amazing stories and cultural treasures to share! 　　  (2)The next day, the five brothers worked together and with great effort, they got the treasure from the dragon in the lake. 　　  (3)Now, schools around the country are also teaching children to treasure food from a young age in different ways. 　　  A B C 34 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.force A.n.力;力量 B.n.影响大的人(或事物) C.n.部队 D.v.强迫,迫使 (某人做某事) (1)Sometimes what serves us is simply going to sleep at 9:30 p.m. instead of forcing ourselves into a workout. 　　  (2)Once the leader is caught, their forces will break down and fall into chaos. 　　  D C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.force A.n.力;力量 B.n.影响大的人(或事物) C.n.部队 D.v.强迫,迫使(某人做某事) (3)It is expected to become an important force to achieve green and low-carbon development in the field of aviation. 　　  (4)Because the mosquito is so light, when it is hit by a raindrop, it won’t experience a force that is strong enough to kill it. 　　  B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.line A.n.行;排 B.n.线;线条 C.n.歌词;诗行 D.v.沿……形成行(或列、排) (1)On arriving at one of Bahia’s best beaches — Prainha, I discover its golden sand lined by a row of perfect trees, moving softly in the ocean wind. 　　  (2)In 1995, Wang got the idea by chance when she cut a piece of red paper using a knife and it left a white line. 　　  D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.line A.n.行;排 B.n.线;线条 C.n.歌词;诗行 D.v.沿……形成行(或列、排) (3)Just as shown in the first line of the poem, most ancient poets liked to describe autumn as a sad time, but in this poem the season appears differently. 　　  (4)On Monday morning, students were dressed in school uniforms and stood in a neat (整齐) line on the playground quietly. 　　  C A 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.It’s impossible for us to a　 　 our dreams without managing our time well or trying our best.  2.I suppose you know the brown bear has the 　 　 (厚的) fur of the two.  3.With the development of the new 　 　. (科技), China is becoming stronger and stronger.  chieve thicker technology/technologies 39 4.Jinan is an old city, but we can see many new and 　 . . (当代的;现代的) buildings there.  5.Mr. Brown 　 　 (匆忙) to attend the meeting as soon as he got to the office.  6.It’s more important for 　 　 (成人) to help children manage themselves rather than simply cut them off from the Internet.  7.Uncle Ross who once studied a　 　 came back to China to find a job last year.  modern hurried adults broad 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.In the wild, a young elephant will go under its mother to find 　 　 (protect) from the sun.   2.The elephant standing by the river is the 　 　 (huge) of the three.   3.The rich man gave away 　 　 (million) of dollars to those poor areas.  protection hugest millions 4.Our manager decided to put off the meeting because of his serious 　 　 (ill).  5.The little girl caught those musicians’ attention with her 　 　 (amaze) voice.  6.Lily was praised by foreign 　 　 (tour) because of her wonderful introduction of Chinese customs.  illness amazing tourists 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 Peter Pan wishes Wendy, John and Michael, especially Wendy, would stay in Neverland forever. But finally the Darlings’ children decide 1.　 　 (fly) back home and grow up.  to fly “Quick, Tink,” Peter whispers. “Shut the window. Then 2.　 　 Wendy comes back, she will think her mother doesn’t love her anymore. And she 3.　 　 (return) to Neverland with me.”  Mrs. Darling is playing 4.　 　 piano. Peter knows it’s saying, “Come back, Wendy, Wendy, Wendy.” Peter looks through the door and sees two big tears in Mrs. Darling’s eyes.  “She loves Wendy,” he thinks. “I love Wendy, too. 5.　 　 we can’t both have her.”  when will return the But He looks at Mrs. Darling again. The two tears are still sitting on her eyes. “Oh, all right,” he says at last, 6.　 　 (sad).  When Wendy, John and Michael arrive, they find the window open for them. They all get into bed to surprise their mother. When Mrs. Darling goes back to the children’s room, they are all in 7.　 　 (they) beds. She thinks she is dreaming. She sits by the fire.  sadly their The children are so 8.　 　 (worry). Why isn’t their mother happy to see them again? All three of them jump out of bed, run to her and shout, “Mother!” She realizes she is not dreaming anymore. Mr. Darling and Nana come in. They are all so happy. Peter watches them from the window but he is looking 9.　 　 something he will never have.  worried at Many 10.　 　 (year) pass. When Peter visits Wendy again, she has grown up. Peter is still a boy who can’t grow up.  【主旨大意】Wendy和她的两个弟弟回到了父母身边,多年后他们都长大了,而Peter Pan还是那个无忧无虑在天上飞翔,永远长不大的男孩。 years 1.to fly　【解析】考查动词不定式。decide to do sth.意为“决定做某事”。故填to fly。 2.when　【解析】考查连词。句意:那么当Wendy回家的时候,她会认为她的妈妈不再爱她。故填when。 3.will return　【解析】考查动词的时态。根据上一句中的“she will think”可知,此处应用一般将来时。故填will return。 4.the　【解析】考查冠词。play the piano意为“弹钢琴”。故填the。 5.But　【解析】考查连词。根据句意可知,此处应用but表示转折,又因空格位于句首,故填But。 6.sadly　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词“says”。故填sadly。 7.their　【解析】考查代词。根据空格后的“beds”可知,此处应用形容词性物主代词修饰名词。故填their。 8.worried　【解析】考查形容词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用形容词作be动词“are”的表语。故填worried。 9.at　【解析】考查介词。look at意为“看……”。故填at。 10.years　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“Many”可知,此处应用可数名词的复数形式。故填years。 $第7课时　Unit 1-Unit 2 [八年级上册] 1 话题:假期(holidays and vacations)、闲暇活动(free time activities) 2 多维探究 Point 1 Did you buy anything special?(P3) Point 2 Everything tasted really good!(P3) Point 3 It was sunny and hot, so we decided to go to the beach near our hotel. (P5) Point 4 My father didn’t bring enough money, so we only had one bowl of rice and some fish.(P5) Point 5 Although many students like to watch sports, game shows are the most popular. (P13) 3 1.wonder(v.)想知道;琢磨→　 　(adj.)精彩的;绝妙的  2.decide(v.)决定;选定→　 　(n.)决定;抉择  3.activity(n.)活动→　 　(pl.)  4.one(num.)一→　 　(adv.)一次;曾经  5.two(num.)二→　 　(adv.)两次;两倍  6.full(adj.)忙的;满的;充满的→　 　(v.)(使)充满;装满→ 　 　(反义词adj.)空的;空洞的  词汇拓展 wonderful decision activities once twice fill empty 4 7.die(v.)消失;灭亡;死亡→　 　(现在分词)→　 　. (adj.)死的;失去生命的→　 　(n.)死;死亡  8.write(v.)写作;写字→　 　(n.)作者;作家=author(n.)作家  9.wait(v.)等待;等候→　 　(n.)侍者→　 　(n.)女侍者  10.less(adv., adj.& pron.)较少;较小;较少的;更少的→　 　. (原级)不多;少量的;小的→　 　(最高级)最小;最少;最小的;最少的  dying dead death writer waiter waitress little least 1.　 　 　 　 few相当多;不少  2.　 　 　 　 给……的感觉;感受到  3.　 　 of因为  4.at 　 　 至少;不少于;起码  5.　 　 as例如;像……这样  6.　 　 than多于  7.　 　 than少于  短语归纳 quite a feel like because least such more less 8.　 　 　 　 任何有意思的地方  9.　 　 　 　 某件特别的事情  10.　 　 　 　 sth. 尝试做某事  11.　 　 　 　 activities 闲暇活动  12.　 　 　 　 late深夜不睡;熬夜  13.not…　 　 　 　 根本不  14.the answer 　 　… ……的答案  anywhere interesting something special try doing free time stay up at all to 15.the 　 　 way 　 　 　 　 sth.  做某事最好的方式 16.through 　 　 通过锻炼  17.　 　 　 　 　 　 times a week  一周四到六次 18.　 　 　 　 the 　 　 去看牙医  best to do exercise four to six go to dentist 1.—　 　 　 　 you go 　 　 vacation?你去哪里度假了?  —I 　 　 to the mountains.我去山里了。  2.—Did you 　 　 　 　 　 　?你买了什么特别的东西吗?  —Yes, I bought 　 　 　 　 my father./No, I bought 　 　.  是的,我给我的父亲买了一些东西。/没有,我什么也没买。 核心句型 Where did on went buy anything special something for nothing 3.—Did 　 　 　 　 　 　 good time?大家都玩得开心吗?  —Oh, yes. 　 　 　 　 excellent.哦,是的。一切都好极了。  4.—　 　 was the food?食物如何?  —Everything 　 　 really good!每一样尝起来都很好吃!  5.I 　 　 　 　 I 　 　 a bird.我感觉自己像一只鸟。  6.I 　 　 　 　 life 　 　 　 　 here in the past.我想知道这里以前的生活是什么样子的。  everyone have a Everything was How tasted felt like was wonder what was like 7.Next week 　 　 quite 　 　 　 　 me.下周我很忙(下个星期安排很满)。  8.—　 　 　 　 does he watch TV?他多久看一次电视?  —He 　 　 　 　 watches TV.他几乎不看电视。  9.—　 　 　 　 do you go to the movies?你多久看一次电影?  —I go to the movies maybe 　 　 　 　 　 　.我可能一个月看一次电影。  10.　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　.旧习难改。  is full for How often hardly ever How often once a month Old habits die hard Last month we asked our students about their free time activities. Our 1.q　 　 were about exercise, use of the Internet and watching TV.  We found that only 2.　 　 (十五) percent of our students exercise every day. Forty-five percent exercise four to six times a week. Twenty percent exercise only one to three times a week. And twenty percent do not exercise at all!  教材语篇回顾 uestions fifteen We all know that many students often go 3.o　 　, but we were surprised that ninety percent of them use the Internet every day. The other ten percent use it at least three or four times a week. 4.　 　 (大多数) students use it for fun and not for homework.  nline Most The answers about watching television were also 5.　 　 (有趣的). Only two percent of the students watch TV one to three times a week. Thirteen percent watch TV four to six times a week. And eighty-five percent watch TV every day! 6.　 　 (虽然;尽管) many students like to watch sports, game 7.　 　 (演出;节目) are the most popular.  interesting/fun Although/Though shows It is good to relax by using the Internet or watching TV, but we think the best way to relax is 8.t　 　 exercise. It is good for the mind and the body. Exercise such as playing sports is fun, and you can 9.s　 　 time with your friends and family as you play together. And 10.　 　 (记住), “Old habits die hard.” So start exercising before it’s too late!  hrough pend remember Did you buy anything special?(P3) anything是用于指代事物的复合不定代词,意为“任何东西;任何事物”,常用于疑问句或否定句中。anything表示“随便哪个东西;随便什么事物”时,用于肯定句。 1.She couldn’t see or hear anything at all. 她根本什么也看不见,什么也听不见。 2.I want something to eat, and anything will do. 我想吃点儿东西,什么都行。 16 【归纳】常见的复合不定代词 1.形容词、动词不定式短语以及else修饰复合不定代词时,需放在复合不定代词后。 如:We had fun and learned something new as well. 我们玩得很开心,同时也学到了新东西。 指人 someone anyone no one everyone somebody anybody nobody everybody 指物 something anything nothing everything 2.复合不定代词作主语时,谓语动词用单数形式。 如:Somebody is waiting for me at the gate. 有人在门口等我。 3.any-类复合不定代词常用于否定句和疑问句中;some-类复合不定代词常用于肯定句中。但以下情况例外:some-类复合不定代词也可用于表示请求、建议或征求意见的疑问句中,通常是期望得到肯定回答;any-类复合不定代词也可用于肯定句,表示“随便哪个人;随便什么事物”。 如:Would you like something to drink? 你想喝点儿什么吗? 4.not与every-类复合不定代词连用,表示部分否定。 如:Not everyone can do the job. 并非人人都能做这份工作。 5.somebody/someone还可意为“重要人物;大人物”;nobody还可意为“小人物;无足轻重的人”。 如:He must be somebody.他一定是个大人物。 1.In short, it’s a good school and the teachers are kind. You really don’t have to worry about 　 　 (something) here.  2.—I heard that people in Paris stood in a long line to buy Chinese xiaolongbao. —Yes, n　 　 could say no to it there.   3.—Why do you come here? —Because I have 　 　 　 　 (重要的事情) to tell you.  anything obody something important Everything tasted really good!(P3) taste在此作连系动词,意为“有……味道;尝起来”,其后接形容词构成系表结构。 The food tastes really great. 这个食物尝起来棒极了。 21 【巧记】 The cook tasted the taste of the soup to see if it tasted good.厨师尝了一下汤的味道,试试汤尝起来是否可口。 [第一个taste为及物动词,意为“品尝”,后接宾语;第二个taste为名词,意为“味道”;第三个taste为连系动词,意为“有……味道;尝起来”,后接形容词作表语。] 1.One interesting fact Bert learned about swallowtails (凤蝶) was that their bright colors warned hungry animals that they 　 　 (尝起来) bad.   2.Well-prepared natural food has a better 　 　 (味道) than fast food. tasted taste It was sunny and hot, so we decided to go to the beach near our hotel. (P5) decide作动词,意为“决定;选定”。 24 【拓展】 decide的名词形式为decision,意为“决定;抉择”。常用结构:make a decision/decisions to do sth.=decide to do sth.=make up one’s mind to do sth.下定决心做某事 1.Lucy decided to see her grandpa in the countryside.露西决定去看望乡下的爷爷。 2.All these skirts are very beautiful. I haven’t decided which one to buy yet. 这些裙子都非常漂亮。我还没有决定买哪一条。 1.After a heated discussion, they finally decided 　 　. (close) down the factory.   2.Zu Ti deeply felt that he could not serve his country well. So he made up his mind 　 　 (study) hard.  3.My family thought about going to Dalian or Qingdao, but finally 　 　 (decide) on Hainan.   4.We need to understand ourselves better so that we can make wiser 　 　 (decide). to close to study decided decisions My father didn’t bring enough money, so we only had one bowl of rice and some fish.(P5) ◆enough在此作形容词,意为“足够的”,修饰可数名词复数或不可数名词,置于名词前后均可,但前置更多见。 1.I didn’t have enough clothes for a week.我的衣服不够一周穿的。 2.There’ll be time enough to relax when you’ve finished your homework. 你做完作业后会有足够的时间来放松。 ◆enough也可以作副词,意为“足够地”,置于所修饰的动词、形容词或副词之后。 28 1.John hasn’t trained enough for the game.为这次比赛约翰训练得还不够。 2.This house is big enough for us. 这座房子对我们来说够大了。 【归纳】enough在句中的位置 修饰名词很自由,可以置前也可后。 若要修饰形副动,一定后置要记住。 1.I have already saved 　 　 (足够的) money to buy my father a tie as a Father’s Day gift.  2.The rabbit was so fat that it couldn’t go through the hole.(同义句转换) The rabbit wasn’t 　 　 　 　 to go through the hole.  enough thin enough Although many students like to watch sports, game shows are the most popular. (P13) although意为“虽然;尽管;即使”,一般情况下可与though互换使用。although/though不能与but用于同一句中。类似的用法还有because和so。 Although/Though he was exhausted,he kept on working. =He was exhausted, but he kept on working. 虽然他已经筋疲力尽了,但仍然继续工作。 31 用适当的连词填空。 1.The dragon, 　 　 it had the ability to fly, didn’t come first because it stopped to make rain for farmers on its way.   2.There can be some trouble at the beginning, 　 　 things will turn out well in the end. although/though but 3.People are praising Samelyn Lafuente highly 　 　 she tried hard to make sure of the happiness of the young students. 4.The watermelons brought extra money 　 　 Miriam’s parents didn’t have to be away for work as much. because so 33 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.hungry A.adj.饥饿的 B.adj.渴望得到 (1)It was a school trip. All of us were hungry for it for long. 　　  (2)—According to the book The Brain Science of Exam, your brain is more active when you are hungry. —Interesting! So in order to remember things better, we can study before meals. 　　  B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.through A.prep.穿过 B.prep.以;凭借 C.prep.自始至终 D.adv.(电话)接通着 (1)His works tell us what it means to be human. Topics such as love, kindness and friendship last through the ages. 　　  (2)—Hello! I’d like to speak to the Customer Service Department. —Please hold on and I’ll put you through. 　　  C D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.through A.prep.穿过 B.prep.以;凭借 C.prep.自始至终 D.adv.(电话)接通着 (3)However, according to a new study, climate change might influence how sound travels through the water. 　　  (4)Through project work, students can not only learn deeply about a topic, but also have fun learning. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.point A.v.指;指向 B.n.得分 C.n.重点;核心问题 D.n.观点;见解 (1)The AI will quickly find key points, ask questions, and answer students’ questions as well. 　　  (2)“Poor farmers like us only have glass windows. Look there! That’s the house with the golden windows.” She pointed at something far away. 　  C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.point A.v.指;指向 B.n.得分 C.n.重点;核心问题 D.n.观点;见解 (3)My final point is that, although some people say it is a great joy to own things, I think using the things you own is more pleasant. 　　  (4)The game was nearly over and we were one point behind. 　　  D B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.After we finished cleaning, 　 　 (某人) asked, “When is break time?”  2.There are dark clouds in the sky. It s　 　 that it is going to rain this afternoon.  3.It is not polite to p　 　 at or talk about strangers in public.  someone/somebody eems oint 39 4.Any careless mistake may lead to a serious 　 　 (结果) when you go skiing.  5.We often put the 　 　 (杂志) back to those shelves after reading them.  6.Every time I meet difficulties, I always say to m　 　, “Yes, I can!”  result magazines yself 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.If you keep 　 　 (diary) every day, you may make progress in writing.  2.Look! There are two new 　 　 (build) in front of the shopping center.  3.Mr. Green goes to the movies 　 　 (one) a month.  diaries buildings once 4.Look at the flowers! They are 　 　 (die)! I think they need watering.  5.Some food tastes good, but it may not be 　 　 . (health).  6.Hurry up! Mr. Brown 　 　 (wait) for us in the meeting room at the moment.   dying healthy is waiting 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 As simple as a walk in the park Cheng Yuyan created an interest group “We Love Strolling in the Park” on the Internet four years ago. She never expected 1.　 　 group would now reach 100,000 members. Setting up this group was just a small 2.　 　. (decide), and she didn’t spend much time managing it later. However, park lovers from all over China and even overseas have made it their gathering community.  the decision People share their 3.　 　 (person) park experiences and post photos taken in parks.  In this group, there is a tag called “20 minutes for parks”, which comes 4.　 　 an idea of the International Journal of Environmental Health Research. According to the idea, 5.　 　 (spend) 20 minutes in a park daily helps to have less stress. People can either exercise 6.　 　 simply take a walk in it.  personal from spending or With the help of social media, the idea 7.　 . 　 (get) popularity among a lot of young people in China so far. Huang Bingbing, a supporter of this idea, says that today many community parks 8.　 　 (build) in neighborhoods and between office buildings in Shenzhen. Over three years ago, when Huang Bingbing was still working at an ad company, she used to visit the small park downstairs has got/has gotten are built/have been built during 9.　 　 (she) weekday lunch breaks. “On that patch of grass, I could 10.　 　 (easy) connect with living plants and animals, allowing me to refresh my mind and heal from the stresses of the workplace,” Huang said.  【主旨大意】承雨嫣创建的“我们喜欢逛公园”兴趣小组意外吸引了10万同好,这个小组有一个“20分钟公园理论”。随着社交媒体的传播,这个理论在中国年轻人之间迅速走红。 her easily 1.the　【解析】考查冠词。此处特指承雨嫣创建的“我们喜欢逛公园”兴趣小组。故填the。 2.decision　【解析】考查名词。根据空格前的“a”可知,此处应用可数名词的单数形式。故填decision。 3.personal　【解析】考查形容词。此处应用形容词修饰名词短语park experiences。故填personal。 4.from　【解析】考查介词。句意:在这个小组中,有一个名为“公园20分钟”的标签,它来自《国际环境健康研究杂志》的一个想法。come from意为“来自”。故填from。 5.spending　【解析】考查动名词。此处应用动名词短语作主语。故填spending。 6.or　【解析】考查连词。句意:人们可以在里面锻炼或者散步。either…or…意为“要么……要么……;或者……或者……”。故填or。 7.has got/has gotten　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据空格后的“so far”可知,此处应用现在完成时;主语是the idea,助动词应用has。故填has got/has gotten。 8.are built/have been built　【解析】考查动词的时态、语态和主谓一致。根据空格前的“Huang Bingbing … says that today”可知,此处应用一般现在时或现在完成时;主语many community parks和谓语动词build之间是被动关系,应用动词的被动语态;又因为主语many community parks为复数,故填are built/have been built。 9.her　【解析】考查代词。句意:三年前,黄兵兵还在一家广告公司工作时,她经常在工作日的午休时间去楼下的小公园。故填her。 10.easily　【解析】考查副词。此处应用副词修饰动词connect。故填easily。 $第4课时　Unit 4-Unit 6 [七年级下册] 1 话题:规定(rules)、动物园里的动物(animals in a zoo)、日常活动(everyday activities) 2 多维探究 Point 1 Don’t arrive late for class.(P19) Point 2 And we always have to wear the school uniform.(P20) Point 3 After dinner, I can’t relax either.(P23) Point 4 Parents and schools are sometimes strict, but remember, they make rules to help us.(P23) Point 5 At school, I have to wear a school uniform, and I have to keep my hair short.(P24) Point 6 I’m watching TV.(P33) 3 1.important(adj.)重要的→　 　(n.)重要性;重要  2.quiet(adj.)安静的→　 　(adv.)轻声地;轻柔地;安静地  3.noise(n.)声音;噪音→　 　(adj.)吵闹的  4.cut(v.)切;砍→　 　(过去式)→　 　 (过去分词)→ 　 　(现在分词)  5.luck(n.)幸运;运气→　 　(adj.)幸运的→ 　 　(反义词adj.)不幸的;不吉利的→ 　 　(adv.)幸运地;好运地  词汇拓展 importance quietly noisy cut cut cutting lucky unlucky luckily 4 6.drink(v.& n.)喝;饮料→　 　(过去式)→ 　 　(过去分词)  7.south(adj.& n.)南方的;南;南方→　 　(adj.) 南方的  8.Africa(n.)非洲→　 　(adj.& n.)非洲(人)的;非洲人  9.child(n.)儿童→　 　(pl.)  10.forget(v.)忘记;遗忘→　 　(反义词v.)记住;记起→unforgettable(adj.)令人难忘的  11.bring(v.)带来;取来→　 　(过去式)→ 　 　(过去分词)  drank drunk southern African children remember brought brought 1.(be) 　 　 time准时  2.　 　 to… 听……  3.go 　 　 外出(娱乐)  4.be 　 　 (　 　 sb.) (对某人)要求严格  5.　 　 the rules遵守规则  6.　 　 of稍微;有点儿  7.be 　 　 (great) 　 　 处于(极大)危险之中  8.　 　 　 　 砍倒  短语归纳 on listen out strict with follow kind in danger cut down 9.(be) 　 　 of 由……制成的  10.　 　 one’s bed铺床  11.　 　 　 　 dishes清洗餐具  12.get 　 　 迷路  13.　 　 　 　 newspaper看报纸  14.　 　 　 　 做汤  15.　 　 　 　 the movies 去电影院  16.　 　 　 　 出去吃饭  17.　 　 　 　 　 　 six在六点半  18.　 　 　 　 喝茶  made make do/wash the lost read a make soup go to eat out at half past drink tea 1.Don’t eat 　 　 　 　.不要在课堂上吃东西。  2.—What are the rules?规则是什么? —　 　 　 　 be on time 　 　 class.我们必须按时上课。  3.—Does he 　 　 　 　 　 　 a uniform at school?他在学校必须穿校服吗?  —Yes, he 　 　./No, he 　 　.是的,他必须穿。/不,他不必穿。  核心句型 in class We must for have to wear does doesn’t 4.—　 　 　 　 you like tigers?你为什么不喜欢老虎?  —Because they’re 　 　 scary.因为它们真的很可怕。  5.—Where 　 　 lions 　 　?狮子来自哪里?  —They’re from 　 　 　 　.它们来自南非。  6.—What’s she 　 　?她在做什么?  —She’s 　 　 her clothes.她在洗衣服。  7.Do you want 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 dinner?你想跟我一起吃个饭吗?  Why don’t really are from South Africa doing washing to join me for 8.　 　 Zhu Hui also 　 　 the races and 　 　 zongzi?朱辉也在边看比赛边吃粽子吗?  9.But there 　 　 a Dragon Boat Festival in the US, so it’s like 　 　 　 　 　 　 for Zhu Hui and his host family.但是在美国没有端午节,所以对朱辉和他的房东家人来说,今晚和平时的晚上是一样的。  Is watching eating/having isn’t any other night Zhu Hui is a student from Shenzhen. He’s now 1.　 　 (学习;研究) in the United States. He’s living with an 2.　 　 (美国的) family in New York. Today is the Dragon Boat Festival. It’s 9:00 a.m. and Zhu Hui’s family are at home. His mom and aunt are 3.　 　 (制作) zongzi. His dad and 4.　 　 (叔父) are watching the boat races on TV.  教材语篇回顾 studying American making uncle Is Zhu Hui 5.　 　 (也) watching the races and eating zongzi? Well, it’s 9:00 p.m. in New York, and it’s the night 6.　 　 (在……以前) the festival. But there isn’t a Dragon Boat Festival in the US, so it’s 7.　 　 (像) any other night for Zhu Hui and his host family. The mother is 8.r　 　 a story to her young children. The father is watching a soccer game on TV. What is Zhu Hui doing? He’s 9.　 　 (说话;交谈) on the phone to his cousin in Shenzhen. Zhu Hui 10.m　 　 his family and wishes to eat his mom’s delicious zongzi.  also before like eading talking isses Don’t arrive late for class.(P19) ◆“Don’t+动词原形+其他.”是否定祈使句的句型结构,表示请求、命令、劝说、号召、禁止等。 Don’t talk in class.不要在课堂上说话。 13 ◆辨析arrive, reach和get to 词语 用法 例句 arrive vi. arrive in+大地方(国家、城市等) We arrived in London yesterday. 我们昨天抵达伦敦。 arrive at+小地方(村庄、车站等) The train has arrived at the station. 火车已经抵达车站。 reach vt. reach+地点名词 They have reached the top of the mountain. 他们已经到达了山顶。 get to get to+地点名词 When do you get to Shanghai? 你什么时候到上海? 【注意】 当arrive/get后接here, there或home等地点副词时,不加介词。 如:When Peter arrives home, he does some housework with his mother.到家后,彼得和他的妈妈一起做家务。 When did you get there?你们什么时间到那里的? 1.This mountain, which extends across Dali, runs from north to south, until it 　 　 (到达) this small town with spring in the air.   2.Don’t 　 　 (throw) away the small potatoes, because if you put them in the ground, they will grow back.  3.When Tina arrived 　 　 Lily’s house, everyone shouted, “Surprise!” (填入适当的介词)  reaches throw at And we always have to wear the school uniform.(P20) 辨析wear, put on, dress和(be) in 词语 含义 用法 wear vt.穿;戴; 蓄;留 强调状态,后常接衣服、饰品、眼镜、头发、胡须等名词 put on 穿上;戴上 强调动作,后常接衣服、眼镜等名词;反义短语:take off dress vt.穿衣服;给(某人)穿衣服 强调动作,后常接sb./oneself; get dressed穿上衣服 dress up装扮;乔装打扮 (be) in prep.穿着 强调状态,后常接衣服、颜色等名词 17 【注意】 表示“穿着”时,be in=be dressed in=be wearing。 如:She was in a new coat.=She was dressed in a new coat.=She was wearing a new coat. 她穿了一件新外套。 1. (1)People must 　 　 helmets (头盔) when they ride e-bikes according to the traffic rules. (2)Daniel and Peter 　 their school uniforms, took their schoolbags and walked quickly to the bus stop.   dress; wear; in; put on wear put on　 (3)He spent a lot of time with children in hospital and often 　 　 up like a clown to make the children laugh. (4)John is always 　 　 white because he likes white.   2.Could you dress 　 　 (you) when you were at the age of five, Jack?   dressed in yourself After dinner, I can’t relax either.(P23) ◆relax作动词,意为“放松;休息”,其第三人称单数形式为relaxes。 Molly usually relaxes at home on weekends.莫莉周末通常在家休息。 ◆辨析relax, relaxed和relaxing 21 单词 含义及用法 例句 relax v.“放松;休息” John relaxes for a long time every day. 约翰每天休息很长时间。 relaxed adj.“放松的;自在的”,常修饰人,常作表语 We’re relaxed after the game. 比赛后我们都很放松。 relaxing adj.“轻松的;令人放松的”,常用来修饰物,常作表语或定语 The Smiths had a relaxing afternoon in the garden. 史密斯一家在花园里度过了一个令人放松的下午。 用relax的适当形式填空。 1.—Perhaps one day I may go on a 　 　 vacation.  —Yeah, that sounds great! 2.You are too busy, and you need some time 　 　 . yourselves.  3.Alex realized that Sophia was trying to make him feel 　 　. “What made you start to like it?” he asked politely. relaxed relaxing to relax Parents and schools are sometimes strict, but remember, they make rules to help us.(P23) strict作形容词,意为“严格的;严厉的”。其常见用法如下: 24 1.Is your English teacher strict with you? 你们的英语老师对你们严厉吗? 2.Most schools are quite strict about the way students dress. 大多数学校对学生的着装要求十分严格。 My parents are strict 　 　 me and they are especially strict 　 　 my studies.(填入适当的介词)  with about At school, I have to wear a school uniform, and I have to keep my hair short.(P24) keep的常见用法如下: 26 1.Keep your hands clean. 保持双手干净。 2.I’m sorry to have kept you waiting. 对不起,让你久等了。 3.Mrs. Brown kept the boy from climbing the tree.布朗夫人阻止了那个男孩爬树。 【拓展】keep的常用短语 keep…away from避免接近;远离 keep…in mind 记住…… keep…to oneself 保守秘密 keep a diary 写日记 keep healthy/fit 保持健康 keep one’s cool 沉住气;保持冷静 keep one’s promise/word 守信 keep in touch with…与……保持联系 1.Kelly is a smart secretary, who keeps the office 　 　 (run) smoothly. 2.At that time, Zhang was the youngest child to learn martial arts at the school, but she practiced very hard. “I would keep 　 　 (practice) after daily training every day,” Zhang said. running practicing 3.—I do morning exercises every day. It works my whole body. —It’s a good habit. It helps you keep 　 　 (health).  4.The heavy rain keeps me from 　 　 (go) out for a picnic.  5.Many kids who receive a blanket 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 . (保持联系) Lucy. She now has friends all over the world.  healthy going keep in touch with 30 I’m watching TV.(P33) ◆该句为现在进行时的陈述句式:“主语+am/is/are+v.-ing+其他.”,表示“……正在做某事。” 1.My father is cooking dinner. 我爸爸正在做饭。 2.Tony and Susan are doing their homework. 托尼和苏珊正在做他们的家庭作业。 31 ◆辨析look, see, watch和read 单词 含义 常见搭配 look 强调“看”的动作,指有意识地看 look at看 look for寻找 see 强调“看”的结果,指看见 see sb./sth. doing sth.看见某人/某物正在做某事 see sb./sth. do sth.看见某人/某物做某事(的整个过程) 单词 含义 常见搭配 watch 强调“观看”的动作,跟踪运动着的目标 watch TV看电视 watch a football game 看足球比赛 read 强调“看(书、报、杂志等)”, 含有阅读之意 read a book/magazine/newspaper 看书/看杂志/看报纸 1.John looked for his mother but couldn’t see her in the park. 约翰在公园里找他的妈妈,但没有看到她。 2.Mr. Lin likes reading newspapers for a while after he has breakfast. 林先生喜欢在吃完早餐后看一会儿报纸。 1.Don’t make noise! Jack and Jim 　 (study) online.  2. (1)Their marathon races have taken them to Chengdu to 　 　 pandas.  (2)I’ve got into the habit of 　 　 Tang poems every morning.  look; see; watch; read are studying　 see reading (3)In the countryside, people keep dogs to 　 　 doors of their houses. (4)When Dale came into the room, everyone 　 　 at him in surprise.  watch looked 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.follow A.v.跟随;紧跟 B.v.理解, 明白 C.v.追随;拥护;仿效 D.v.涉及……生活;有关……发展 (1)You might have noticed many people choosing style over comfort and some even go to extremes (极端) to follow fashion. 　  (2)The story follows Ace, whose life changes greatly when he moves to the countryside. 　　  C D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.follow A.v.跟随;紧跟 B.v.理解, 明白 C.v.追随;拥护;仿效 D.v.涉及……生活;有关……发展 (3)However, his language is too old-fashioned and difficult to follow because his time was quite different from today. This has led to a discussion: To update (更新) or not to update Shakespeare? 　　  (4)I told him how I’d followed the squirrel and taken the pecans from his hiding place. 　  B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.smart A.adj.聪明的;机敏的 B.adj.智能的 C.adj.衣冠楚楚的;衣着讲究的 (1)In my laboratory, I’m just trying to build such intelligent, or smart, tiny robots. 　　  (2)Dreams may make you smart. This was discovered by scientists who do research on dreams. 　　  (3)You look so smart! Your jacket matches the blue jeans. 　　  B A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.lost A.adj.迷路的 B.adj.失去的;丢失的;丧失的;无法恢复的 C.adj.不知所措;一筹莫展 (1)I thought Potter was rather smart and regretted deeply at a lost chance. 　　  (2)Dogs can be trained to follow different orders and do all kinds of tasks. They can help search for lost people. 　　  (3)I felt lost and kept asking myself what fun I could have during the day. 　　  B A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.kill A.v.杀死;弄死 B.v.打发, 消磨(时间) (1)Soap may not kill all the germs (细菌), but it can wash away the oil on your skin. 　　  (2)Every day we have time to kill while we ride on public transport or wait in lines. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.state A.n.州;邦 B.n.状态;状况;情况 C.v.陈述;说明 (1)The second step is to state a possible answer to the question, or a hypothesis, such as “A candy bar makes a sick stomach feel better.”　　  (2)So far some states in the USA have introduced a new way to avoid this — Traffic School. 　　  (3)With just a touch on a shark’s head and face, she can lead it into a state of sleep for 15 minutes. 　　  C A B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.It’s 　 　 (重要的) for everyone to carry out the plan.   2.John f　 　 all the school rules and he is never late for class.  3.This kind of special noodles tastes so d　 　 that I can’t help asking for more.  important ollows elicious 43 4.My sister may hang out or go to the 　 　 (电影) with friends on this special day.  5.These beautiful animals are endangered. They must be 　 　 (救;救助).   6.You shouldn’t touch your eyes, nose or mouth before w　 　 hands.  movies saved ashing 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.At school, we have many rules — don’t be 　 　 (noise), don’t eat in class and so on.  2.Taking notes in class is a good way to avoid 　 　. (forget) important knowledge, boys.   3.Scientists must consider who should be responsible for keeping the time zone 　 　 (go)?  noisy forgetting going 4.Look! The 　 　 (child) are having fun flying kites in the park.  5.Mike keeps two pet 　 　 (cat), and he likes them very much.  6.How can they live and work peacefully with each other? They often 　 　 (fight) in the past.  children cats fought 三、阅读下面短文,在空白处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 I can still remember my primary school homework on animals. I decided 1.　 　 (write) about whales. I have loved them from a young age.  I’m not quite sure why I love them. It might be something about 2.　 　 (they) shape. They have a smooth shape, and their tails look like a heart. They also move so 3.　 　. (slow) and beautifully, like a tree dancing in the wind. This way, they seem very clever.  to write their slowly So, of course, one of my best memories 4.　 　 (be) when I got to see a type of whale called the Southern Right Whale in Argentina. Watching them moving smoothly in the water, I felt 5.　 　 (happy) than ever. They were so beautiful!  And I’m not the only one who loves whales. Different peoples across the world have a special place for whales in their 6.　 　 (heart). Take the Maori people in New Zealand as 7.　 　 example. Living by the ocean, they see whales as guardians (守护者) of the ocean and talk about them a lot in their 8.　 　 (tradition) stories.  was happier hearts an traditional Why was I interested in whales like the Maori people? 9.　 　 they need our protection. That’s what my school homework was about — animals we need to protect. Whales play a big role 10.　 　 the ocean. So, protecting whales means protecting the whole ocean.  【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了作者对鲸鱼的喜爱。 Because in 1.to write　【解析】考查动词不定式。decide to do sth.意为“决定做某事”。故填to write。 2.their　【解析】考查代词。此处应用形容词性物主代词their修饰名词shape。故填their。 3.slowly　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词move。故填slowly。 4.was　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据空格后的“when I got to see”可知,本句时态为一般过去时;且主语“one of my best memories”为第三人称单数,故填was。 5.happier　【解析】考查形容词的比较级。根据空格前的“felt”及空格后的“than ever”可知,此处应用形容词的比较级。故填happier。 6.hearts　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“their”可知,此处应用可数名词heart的复数形式。故填hearts。 7.an　【解析】考查冠词。此处表示泛指,且example以元音音素开头,故填an。 8.traditional　【解析】考查形容词。根据空格后的“stories”可知,此处应用形容词作定语修饰名词。故填traditional。 9.Because　【解析】考查连词。根据上一句中的“Why”可知,此处应用because回答,且空格处位于句首,首字母应大写。故填Because。 10.in　【解析】考查介词。play a role in意为“在……中扮演角色”。故填in。 $第1课时　Unit 1-Unit 4(含Starters) [七年级上册] 1 话题:家庭、朋友和周围的人(family, friends and people around you)、事物(things around you, things in the classroom, things around the house)、颜色(colors) 2 多维探究 Point 1 This is my sister. (P7) Point 2 What about this dictionary? (P14) Point 3 Thank you for your help, Anna.(P14) Point 4 Ask the teacher for it.(P17) Point 5 It’s under your bed.(P19) 3 1.good(adj.)好的→　 　(adv.)好;令人满意地  2.one(num.)一→　 　(序数词)第一  3.this(pron.)这;这个→　 　(pl.)这些  4.family(n.)家;家庭→　 　(pl.)  5.photo(n.)照片→　 　(pl.)  well first these families photos 词汇拓展 4 6.watch(n.)表;手表→　 　(pl.)→　 　(v.)注视;观看  ★　 　 观看一场足球比赛  7.friend(n.)朋友→　 　(pl.)→　 　(adj.)友好的→ 　 　(n.)友谊;友情  8.color(n.)颜色→　 　(adj.)五彩缤纷的→  　 　 (v.)为……着色  ★　 　 把它涂成蓝色  watches watch watch a football game friends friendly friendship colorful color color it blue 9.thank(v.)感谢;谢谢→　 　(adj.)感谢;感激  10.lose(v.)遗失;丢失;失去→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词) →　 　(adj.)迷路的;丢失的  ★　 　 一个迷路的男孩  11.find(v.)找到;发现→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  12.know(v.)知道;了解→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词) →　 　(n.)知识;学问  thankful lost lost lost a lost boy found found knew known knowledge 短语归纳 1.　 　 English用英语  2.　 　 　 　 一个橙子  3.　 　 　 　 一件夹克衫  4.　 　 　 　 pen这支蓝色钢笔  5.　 　 　 　 我的妹妹  6.　 　 me劳驾;请原谅=sorry对不起  7.　 　 you 　 　… 为……而感谢你(们)  in an orange a jacket the/this blue my sister excuse thank for 7 8.　 　 your 　 　 room  在你的祖父母的房间里 9.a 　 　 of 一套;一副;一组  10.come 　 　 快点儿  11.　 　 plane飞机模型  12.tape 　 　 磁带播放机  in grandparents’ set on model player 核心句型 1.Her 　 　 　 　 is Alice. Her 　 　 　 　 is Green. 她的名字是爱丽丝。她的姓是格林。  2.　 　 　 　 my brothers.这几位是我的兄弟们。  3.　 　 　 　 two nice photos 　 　 my family. 这儿有两张我家人的漂亮照片。  4.—　 　 　 　 your pencil?这是你的铅笔吗?  —Yes, it 　 　. It’s 　 　./No, it 　 　. It’s 　 　.  是的,它是。它是我的。/不,它不是。它是她的。 first name last/family name These are Here are of Is this is mine isn’t hers 5.　 　 　 　 this dictionary?这本词典(是谁的)呢?  6.　 　 it 　 　? 　 　 the teacher 　 　 it. 它是你的吗?去老师那里拿。  7.　 　 　 　 　 　 685-6034. (请)拨打电话685-6034找我。  8.The English books are 　 　 　 　 　 　. 英语书在收音机下面。  What/How about Is yours Ask for Call me at under the radio 9.My keys 　 　 　 　 my schoolbag. 我的钥匙在我的书包里。  10.Gina’s books are 　 　 — 　 　 her bed, 　 　. the sofa and 　 　 the chair.  吉娜的书到处都是——她的床上、沙发上、椅子底下(都有)。 are in on on everywhere under 教材语篇回顾 Look at the notices on the board. There are 1.　 　 (四) lost things.  Mike finds a 2.　 　 (计算机;电脑) game in the school library. 3.W　 　 is it? It is Lin Hai’s. Lin Hai can ask the 4.　 　 (老师;教师) for it.  four computer hose teacher Some 5.　 　(钥匙) are found in Classroom 7E. Are they 6.y　 　? If so, you can send an 7.e　 　 to the address — maryg2@gfimail.com.  Did you lose your 8.　 　 (表;手表)? John finds it. His phone 9.n　 　 is 495-3539.  Tom lost his school ID card. He is sad now. If you find it, please 10.c　 　 him at 685-6034. Many thanks!  keys ours mail/e-mail watch umber all This is my sister. (P7) This is…意为“这是……”,是介绍第三方时的常用句型。this在此处用作指示代词,表示“这;这个”。表示“那;那个”“这些”“那些”的指示代词分别是that, these和those。 指示代词 含义 用法 this 这;这个 用于指时间或空间上较近的事物 these 这些 that 那;那个 用于指时间或空间上较远的事物 those 那些 14 1.Jim, this is my sister Mary. 吉姆,这是我的妹妹玛丽。 2.These are Jane’s books. 这些是简的书。 3.That is my father. 那是我的爸爸。 4.Those are your new desks and chairs. 那些是你们的新桌椅。 【拓展】 This is…还可用在电话交流中,意为“我是……”。询问对方是谁则用Who’s that (speaking)? 如:—Hello, who’s that (speaking)? 你好,请问你是谁? —Hi, this is Li Hua (speaking). 你好,我是李华。 1.—Is 　 　 your watch over there?  —No, it’s my sister’s. 2.Welcome to the program Talk to Your Kids. 　 　 is Dr. Brown. We’re glad to be here with you.  3.—Are 　 　 your pens on that desk?  —No, they aren’t. 4.—Here are some bags. Are 　 　 bags yours, boys and girls?  —Yes, Miss Green. this; that; these; those that This those these What about this dictionary? (P14) ◆What about…?意为“……怎么样?”,用于非正式场合中对所谈话题进行反问,或询问对方相同的情况,以避免重复;也可用于询问消息、提出建议等。 18 ◆What about…?用于提出建议时,肯定回答有OK!/All right!/Good idea!/Sounds great!等,否定回答有Sorry, I’m afraid…/I’d love to, but…等。 【归纳】 1.—Dad, how about 　 　 (plant) some trees in our yard?  —Good idea! Trees can prevent the water from washing the earth away. 2.—Shall we 　 　 to see a movie this evening?  —Why not? There is a new movie on show. Let’s 　 　. (go)  planting go go Thank you for your help, Anna.(P14) ◆Thank you for…意为“为……而感谢你(们)”,相当于Thanks for…,其中for为介词,后面可接名词、代词或动词-ing形式。其常用回答有Not at all./You are welcome./That’s all right./My pleasure./It’s a pleasure.等。 1.—Thank you for your umbrella. =Thanks for your umbrella.谢谢你的雨伞。 —You are welcome.不客气。 2.Thank you for joining us.谢谢你加入我们。 21 【拓展】 thanks to意为“由于;幸亏”,后常接名词或代词。 如:Thanks to my volunteer teacher, my life has changed a lot. 多亏了我的志愿者老师,我的生活改变了很多。 ◆help的常见用法如下: 【拓展】 单词 含义 常用短语 helpful adj.有用的;有帮助的 be helpful to sb.对某人有用 helpless adj.无助的;无法抑制的 feel helpless感到无能为力 1. (1)　 　 your e-mail — good to hear from you. I’m looking forward to the exchange, too!  (2)　 　 the high-speed trains, our journey becomes much shorter now.  2.The dictionary is a 　 　 (help) tool for us in learning English.  thanks to; thanks for Thanks for Thanks to helpful 3.Thanks for 　 　 (give) me those basketball socks! They are really lovely! 4.Ricky visited the old people regularly (经常), helping 　 　. the housework and taking part in activities with them. (填入适当的介词)  5.—I wonder what we can do with the rest materials? —I’m not sure. Let’s ask Miss Li 　 　 help. (填入适当的介词) giving with for Ask the teacher for it.(P17) ask作动词,意为“请求;要求;询问”。其常见用法如下: 27 1.Jerry asks you to help him. 杰里请求你帮助他。 2.We can ask Mr. Green for help. 我们可以向格林先生寻求帮助。 3.The interviewer asked the writer about his future plans.采访者问了这位作家的未来计划。 1.Remember, a true friend never asks you 　 　 (do) dangerous things. 2.In a recent study, 74 percent of people said they were afraid to ask 　 　 advice. (填入适当的介词) to do for It’s under your bed.(P19) under作介词,意为“在……下”,强调处于某物的正下方,且两个物体不接触。 1.Draw a line under each word you don’t know.在每个你不认识的单词下面画条线。 2.My shoes are under the bed.我的鞋子在床底下。 30 【拓展】 方位介词on, in和under 介词常置于名词或代词之前,表示名词或代词与句子其他成分之间的关系。一般在句子中不单独作任何成分。on, in, under是常见的方位介词。 1.on “在……上”,与物体表面有接触。 如:on the wall 在墙上; on the floor 在地板上 2.in “在……里”,指在某范围或空间内。 如:in our class 在我们班上; in my bag 在我的包里 3.under “在……下”,与物体表面不接触。 如:under the tree 在树下; under the chair 在椅子下 用适当的介词填空。 1.Look! The sun is shining directly into the car. You’d better park it 　 　 the tree.  2.Cats are great climbers. They love to stay in trees and even 　 　 the top of houses.   3.Mrs. Miller lives 　 　 London now. But she prefers Paris.  under on/at in 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.good A.adj.好的 B.adj.乖的, 守规矩的 C.n.正直的行为;善行 D.n.用处;好处;益处 (1)It is hard to believe that an act as simple as a card can do so much good, but it does. 　　  (2)“Dogs are man’s best friends.” And this animal has been good friends with human beings for thousands of years. 　　  (3)“I hope, sir, that you like your big meal? ” said the stork, who was not kind enough to return good for evil (恶), and who wished to give the fox a lesson. 　　  (4)In Qi, people are good and honest, but here, they steal. What made that person a thief here? 　　  D A C B 33 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.fine A.adj.很好的, 不错的 B.adj.晴朗的 C.n.罚款;罚金 D.v.对……处以罚款 (1)Many companies will fine a deliveryman up to 2,000 yuan if he can’t deliver the food on time, reported China Daily. 　　  (2)Students must return the books on time. Late returns will result in a fine, 1 dollar a day for each book. 　　  (3)—It’s sunny and warm, isn’t it? —Yes, it is. I hope tomorrow will be fine, too. 　　  (4)However, this was not a problem for ancient Chinese people, who had a fine tool to warm their hands: hand warmers. 　　  D C B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.meet A.v.遇见;相逢 B.v.(与……)会面; 集合 C.v.满足 D.v.经历 (1)Reading books gives people the chance to look into different worlds and meet new people both real and imagined. 　　  (2)Rongjiang County has 14 soccer fields that meet the rules, so there are nearly 40 teams of soccer players with more than 1,200 people. 　　  (3)Of course, I’ll have to let him know that making progress isn’t easy. He’ll meet some difficulties on the road. 　　  (4)Five days later, please come to meet me at the bridge early in the morning. 　　  A C D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.last A.adj.(星期、月份等)最近过去的, 紧接现在前面的 B.v.持续;延续 C.adj.最后的, 最末的 D.adj.最不可能的, 最不适当的 (1)To win, your team has to go from place to place quickly. Once you get to the last place, there is a Treasure Find sign. 　　  (2)The 24 solar terms show the changes in weather, nature, and other things of human life. And each of them lasts about two weeks. 　　  (3)When was it that something made you stop, take a good look and get lost in thought? For me, it was last Sunday. 　　  (4)You have four kids, and you are so busy that sitting down and listening to them read is the last thing you have time to do. 　　  C B A D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.book A.n.书 B.v.预约;预订 (1)The Dog Bark Park Inn is very special and interesting. Guests often have to book months in advance (预先). 　　  (2)Most people love animals. Many children’s books use animals as the main characters. 　　  B A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 6.key A.n.钥匙 B.n.关键;要诀 C.n.键 D.adj.主要的;关键的 (1)Ma could not see the keys and always played the wrong notes. It took her thousands of tries to play a piece correctly. 　　  (2)A new study aimed at 12,489 people has suggested that the key to reducing (减少) anger is not letting it out, but doing calming activities such as yoga.　　  (3)The last challenge, however, stopped them. The key to the door was trapped in a block of ice. 　　  (4)During each unit, we practice key skills for the sport. 　　  C B A D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 7.set A.v.设置;设定 B.v.摆放餐具 C.v.落(下) D.n.(一)副;(一)套 (1)Anyone who wants to see the sun rising and setting over the earth will be able to take trips to space. 　　  (2)In the end, Cang created a whole set of symbols to record things. People could easily understand these symbols. 　　  (3)When children like Ryan and Giselle have their own money to consider, they can learn to set those rules themselves. 　　  (4)I have three brothers, and we would always help in the kitchen setting the table, taking the dishes to the dishwasher and helping my mom. 　　  C D A B 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.My aunt 　 　 (总是) eats healthily, so she looks younger than she was two years ago.  2.We can use a r　 　 to draw a straight line.  3.I hope students’ 　 　 (书包) will be much lighter than before.  always uler schoolbags 40 4.Mike has lost his new watch. He is looking for it e　 　.  5.—Lilian’s room is t　 　, isn’t it?  —Yes. She puts away her things after using them and cleans the room every day. 6.Amy thought for a while and said, “I hope my 　 　 (家;家庭) could spend more time together.”   verywhere idy family 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.It’s very wise of him to deal with the most important problem 　 　 (one).  2.Here are three 　 　 (photo)of my parents.  3.Dora’s ways of learning English are similar to 　 　 (me).  4.Frank is very 　 　 to others, so he has lots of 　 　. there. (friend)  first photos mine friendly friends 5.Today is my 　 　 (grandfather) birthday. Let’s have a party.  6.Some people want to be as thin as possible, but it is not good for 　 　 (they) health.  7.Ewa rose to about 10,000 meters high and then 　 　 (lose) all her senses. At that height, the temperature was about -40℃.  grandfather’s their lost 三、根据短文内容和所给中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 I’m Jenny Green. I’d like to tell you the story between my sister Gina and me. At home, I 1.　 　 (分享;共用) a room with my sister Gina. I’m tidy, but Gina is not. My things are easy to find, while Gina often can’t find 2.　 　 (她的). In our room, my books are in the bookcase. There are also some 3.　 　 (笔记本) in my schoolbag which is hanging on the wall. I have a 4.　 　. (时钟) to wake me up in the morning and it is on the desk now.   share hers notebooks clock My sister Gina likes wearing dresses in different 5.　 　 (颜色). They are everywhere — on her bed, on the sofa and 6.　 　 (在……下) the chair. They can cover some little things, so Gina always asks, “Where are my 7.　 　 (钥匙)? Where’s my ruler? Where’s my schoolbag? Have you seen my English book?” Seeing this, I decide to let her 8.　 　 (知道;了解) how to put things in order. With colors/colours under keys know my help, she gradually 9.　 　 (改变) the bad habit. I am really glad to see the room cleaner than before. She also 10.　 　 (感谢;谢谢) me for reminding her to put things in order.   【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了Jenny和Gina的生活习惯以及Gina的改变。 changes thanks 2.hers　【解析】考查代词。根据空格前的“My things”及“Gina often can’t find”可知,此处应用名词性物主代词hers指代her things。故填hers。 3.notebooks　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“There are also some”可知,此处应用可数名词notebook的复数形式。故填notebooks。 5.colors/colours　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“different”可知,此处应用可数名词color/colour的复数形式。故填colors/colours。 7.keys　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“are”可知,此处应用可数名词key的复数形式。故填keys。 8.know　【解析】考查动词。let sb. do sth.意为“让某人做某事”。故填know。 9.changes　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。 通读全文可知,本句时态为一般现在时,且主语为第三人称单数,故填changes。 10.thanks　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。通读全文可知,本句时态为一般现在时,且主语为第三人称单数,故填thanks。 $ 第5课时　Unit 7-Unit 9 [七年级下册] 1 话题:天气(the weather)、邻里之间(the neighborhood)、外貌特征(physical appearance) 2 多维探究 Point 1 —How’s the weather in Shanghai? —It’s cloudy.(P37) Point 2 Could you just tell him to call me back?(P38) Point 3 How can I help you?(P44) Point 4 —Are there any restaurants near here? —Yes, there’s one in front of the post office. (P45) Point 5 It is very quiet and I enjoy reading there.(P47) Point 6 What does he look like?(P49) Point 7 Yeah, but I may be a little late.(P50) Point 8 Another woman says, “He is tall and thin, and he has curly blond hair.He’s about thirty years old.”(P53) 3 1.rain(v.& n.)下雨; 雨水→　 　 (adj.)阴雨的;多雨的  2.wind(n.)风→　 　(adj.)多风的  3.cloud(n.)云;云朵→　 　(adj.)多云的  4.sun(n.)太阳→　 　(adj.)晴朗的→　 　(n.)阳光  5.snow(v.& n.)下雪; 雪→　 　(adj.)下雪的  6.cold(adj.)寒冷的;冷的→　 　(反义词adj.)热的  词汇拓展 rainy windy cloudy sunny sunshine snowy hot 4 7.Europe(n.)欧洲→　 　(adj.& n.)欧洲(人)的;欧洲人  8.Russia(n.)俄罗斯→　 　(adj.& n.)俄罗斯的;俄罗斯人;俄语  9.north(n.& adj.)北;北方;北方的→　 　 (adj.)北方的;北部的 10.free(adj.)免费的;空闲的→　 　(adv.)自由地 →　 　(n.)自由  11.easy(adj.)容易的;不费力的→　 　(比较级)较容易的 →　 　(最高级)最容易的→　 　(adv.)容易地  European Russian northern freely freedom easier easiest easily 12.act(v.& n.)扮演;扮演者→　 　(n.)演员→　 　(n.)女演员  13.high(adj.& adv.)高的(地)→　 　(n.)身高;高度  14.person(n.)人→　 　(adj.)个人的;私人的  15.sing(v.)唱;唱歌→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词) →　 　(现在分词)→　 　(n.)歌手  actor actress height personal sang sung singing singer 1.　 　 　 　 　 　 捎个口信;传话  2.on (a) 　 　 度假  3.　 　 　 　 邮局  4.　 　 　 　 警察局  5.　 　 phone付费电话  6.　 　 from在……对面  7.in 　 　 of在……前面  短语归纳 take a message vacation post office police station pay across front 8.　 　 right/left向右/左转  9.　 　/　 　 hair卷/直发  10.　 　 (sb.) back (给某人)回电话  11.(be) of medium 　 　 中等身高  12.　 　 　 　 (the street) 沿着(这条街)走 13.a 　 　 一点;少量  14.　 　 now 此刻;马上  15.in the 　 　 最后  16.　 　 time 花时间  turn curly straight call height walk/go along/down little right end spend 1.—　 　 　 　 　 　?天气怎么样?  —　 　 cloudy.阴天。  2.—　 　 it going?近来可好?  —　 　!太糟糕了!  3.—　 　 　 　 any restaurants near here?这附近有餐馆吗?  —Yes, 　 　 one 　 　 the post office.有,邮局前面就有一家。  核心句型 weather the How’s It’s How’s Terrible Are there there’s in　 front　 of 4.Just 　 　 　 　 Bridge Street and 　 　 　 　 when you see the library.  就沿着桥街走,当看到图书馆时,向左转。 5.　 　 　 　 a great time 　 　 my aunt 　 　. Canada.  我正在加拿大看望我的阿姨并过得很开心。 6.　 　 　 　 　 　, I usually walk out and 　 　 　 　 on Bridge Road.  要去那儿(动物园)的话,我通常步行外出,在大桥路向右拐。 go/walk along/down turn left I’m having visiting in To get there turn right 7.　 　 I read books, 　 　 　 　 　 　! 当我读书的时候,时间过得很快!  8.—What does he 　 　 　 　?他长什么样?  —He’s 　 　 tall.他真的很高。  9.Many people don’t always see things 　 　 　 　 　 　 so they may describe the same person 　 　. 人们并非总是以同样的方式看待事物,所以他们会将同一个人描述得不一样。  When time goes quickly look like really the same way differently 　　Joe Brown has an interesting job. He is a police 1.　 　. (艺术家). Some people see crimes and then tell Joe what the criminal looks like. Then Joe 2.d　 　 a picture of the criminal, and the police put it in 3.　 　 (报纸) and on television to find him.  教材语篇回顾 artist raws newspapers Joe’s job is 4.　 　 (有时) difficult. Many people don’t always see things the same way so they may 5.d　 . the same person differently. Also, they don’t always 6.　 . (记住;记起) well. “The criminal is of medium height and young. He has long 7.　 　 (直的) brown hair and big eyes,” says one woman. 8.A　 　 woman says, “He is tall and thin, and he has curly blond hair. He’s about 9.　 　. (三十) years old.” In the end, the real criminal is a short and 10.　 　 (重的) old man, and he has short black hair!  sometimes escribe remember straight nother thirty heavy —How’s the weather in Shanghai? —It’s cloudy.(P37) How’s the weather…?是询问天气的常用句型,后面可接时间或地点。关于“天气”的常用问法和常用回答如下: 14 —How will the weather be tomorrow? =What will the weather be like tomorrow? 明天天气怎么样? —It will be snowy. 将会下雪。 【注意】 1.it可以指代天气。weather为不可数名词,前面不能加不定冠词。 2.表示天气的名词加-y构成其形容词形式,如: (sun和fog加-y时,必须先分别双写n和g,再加-y) 名词 cloud rain wind snow fog sun 形容词 cloudy rainy windy snowy foggy sunny 1.—　 　 will the weather be like these days?  —It will be cloudy. Cloudy days are pleasant for traveling.(填入适当的疑问词) 2.Summer is the 　 　 (hot) season of the year, falling between spring and autumn.  3.—What’s the weather like today? —It’s a 　 　 day. It’s 　 　 heavily now.(rain)  What hottest rainy raining 17 Could you just tell him to call me back?(P38) ◆本句为“Could you…?”句型,意为“你可以……吗?”,用于比较委婉、客气地提出请求或看法。 —Could you let me have a look at your ID card?你可以让我看看你的身份证吗? —Yes, here it is.好的,这就是。 ◆tell sb.to do sth.意为“告诉/让某人做某事”,其否定形式为tell sb.not to do sth.,意为“告诉/让某人不要做某事”。 18 My parents often tell me not to spend much time on TV. 我父母经常告诉我别花太多时间看电视。 1.—Mom, could you please 　 　 (put) up the poster in my bedroom? I really like it!  —Sure, baby. 2.The doctor also told Tom 　 　 (not eat) too many sweet foods so that his teeth would be healthy.  put not to eat How can I help you?(P44) How can I help you?意为“需要我帮忙吗?(我可以帮您做些什么?)”,是在知道对方有困难的情况下,用于询问具体怎样能帮助对方。 【拓展】 20 1.How can I 　 　 (help) people who don’t have enough food?  2.—Welcome to Blue Hotel. 　 　 (How/What) can I do for you?  —I booked a double room two days ago. I need to check in now. help What —Are there any restaurants near here? —Yes, there’s one in front of the post office. (P45) 辨析in front of和in the front of 短语 含义 例句 in front of 在……(外部)的前面 Mary is in front of the bus. 玛丽在公共汽车的(外部的)前面。 in the front of 在……(内部)的前面 Linda sits in the front of the bus. 琳达坐在公共汽车的(内部的)前面。 22 图示: 23 用in front of 或in the front of填空。 1.I felt it a pity that I was unable to make friends with the girl, who was sitting 　 　 the bus at that moment.  2.As I started to swing the spoon slowly 　 　 my mom’s face, I said, “You are getting sleepy.”  3.We were about to call for help when a truck stopped 　 　 our car. A man got out and started walking towards us.   in the front of in front of in front of It is very quiet and I enjoy reading there.(P47) enjoy作动词,意为“享受;喜爱”,后接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。其常见用法如下: enjoy doing sth.喜欢做某事;享受做某事的乐趣; enjoy oneself=have fun=have a good time玩得开心。 25 1.Some people enjoy sending out their messages in bottles when they travel on the sea.在海上旅行时,有些人喜欢用瓶子发送信息。 2.They enjoyed themselves in the park. 他们在公园里玩得很开心。 【拓展】 enjoy的名词形式是enjoyment,意为“快乐;乐趣”;形容词形式是enjoyable,意为“有乐趣的;令人愉快的”。 1.—Xiao Wen, I heard you went to Harbin the other day. Did you enjoy 　 　 (你自己) there?  —Of course. I like the Ice and Snow World and its high level of service. 2.You also can enjoy 　 　 (spend) time with friends and meeting new people. yourself spending What does he look like?(P49) ◆询问某人外貌的常用句型为“What do/does+sb.+look like?”,意为“某人长什么样?”。常见答语: 28 —What does Johnny look like? 约翰尼长什么样子? —He is short and fat./He is of medium height./He has curly hair. 他又矮又胖。/他中等身高。/他留着卷发。 【拓展】 ◆易混句型: What be sb. like?常用于询问某人的性格或人品等。答语常为kind, friendly等表示性格或人品的形容词。 —What is your father like? 你的父亲性格怎么样? —He is strict with us. 他对我们很严厉。 1.—Can you tell me 　 　 he is like?  —He’s kind and generous.He always helps others.(填入适当的引导词) 2.这些照片向人们展示了我们家乡在20世纪的样子。 These photos show people 　 　 　 　 　 　 . 　 　 　 　 in the twentieth century.   what what our hometown looked like Yeah, but I may be a little late.(P50) ◆辨析may be和maybe 词语 用法 例句 may be “情态动词may+be”构成谓语,意为“也许是;可能是” It may be Tony’s jacket. 这可能是托尼的夹克衫。 maybe 副词,意为“大概;或许;可能”,常放在句首,作状语 Maybe it’s Mike’s jacket. 这可能是迈克的夹克衫。 33 ◆辨析few, a few, little和a little 词语 含义 用法 few 不多;很少 表否定意义 用来代替或修饰可数名词复数 a few 有些;几个 表肯定意义 little 不多的 表否定意义 用来代替或修饰不可数名词 a little 一点;少量 表肯定意义 图示: 1.Lucy has a few friends, but she has few good friends. 露西有一些朋友,但是她几乎没有好朋友。 2.There’s still a little rice at home, but there’s little meat. 家里还有点米,但是几乎没有肉了。 1.—Where is Helen? —I’m not sure. 　 　 (Maybe/May be) she is having her baseball lesson. Maybe 2. (1)I have 　 　 money, so I may be able to lend you some.  (2)I watched Mom every day doing her breathing exercises and practicing her postures (动作). After 　 　 months, she said she felt much healthier. (3)Great changes have taken place in our city in the last 　 . years.  (4)—We have some vegetables, but we have 　 　 bread.  —Let’s buy some bread in the shop. a little; little; a few; few a little a few few little Another woman says, “He is tall and thin, and he has curly blond hair.He’s about thirty years old.”(P53) 辨析other, others, the other, the others和another 词语 含义 用法 other adj.另外的;其他的 作定语,后常接名词 pron.另外的人(或物) any other 任何一个 others pron.另外的(人或物);其他的(人或物) some…others… 一些……另一些…… 38 词语 含义 用法 the other 指两者中的另一个 one…the other… 一个……另一个…… the others 特指某一范围内的其他的人或物 相当于“the other+复数名词” another adj.另一;又一 后接单数名词、“of+复数名词”或“数字+复数名词” 1.Some students are playing soccer, and others are playing ping-pong. 一些学生在踢足球,另一些在打乒乓球。 2.I have two uncles. One is in Hangzhou and the other is in Shanghai. 我有两个叔叔。一个在杭州,另一个在上海。 3.I don’t like this cup. Can you show me another one? 我不喜欢这个杯子。你能给我另外拿一个吗? 1.The ant said, “You’ll never be great on your own. Everyone needs the help of 　 　.”  2.Two players take turns to hit the ball. One player bounces (弹起) the ball once and hits it against the wall. Then 　 　. player hits it back to the wall. other; others; the other; the others; another others the other 3.Besides this, Holly’s volunteers have also picked potatoes, cabbages and many 　 　 vegetables from farms. 4.During break time, Mr. Johnson surprised us with 　 　. treat. He went to the cafe and came back with ice-cream for everyone.  5.There are 40 students in our class. Two students are from the UK, 　 　 are Chinese.  other another the others 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.pos t A.n.邮寄;邮寄的信函(或包裹等) B.v.寄;邮寄 C.v.张贴 D.v.发布 (1)Vickie Clarke posted her story on the website and it attracted much attention. 　　  (2)The custom of posting calligraphy and paintings on one’s door in the spring was first celebrated during the Tang Dynasty (618 — 907). 　　  D C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.pos t A.n.邮寄;邮寄的信函(或包裹等) B.v.寄;邮寄 C.v.张贴 D.v.发布 (3)Months later, a cardboard arrived to me in a post. It was of me sitting on the horse. 　　  (4)If you are not completely satisfied with the products, then simply post them back to us for free. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.eye A.n.眼睛 B.n.眼光;视角 C.v.审视;细看 (1)In his eyes, changing people’s thoughts about rubbish was more important. 　　  (2)After asking about his habit of using eyes, the doctor advised Rick to take action to protect his eyes. 　　  (3)The next day as we eyed the sofa prices, I was down. Empty handed, we returned home. 　　  B A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.turn A.v.转身 B.v.(使)改变方向;转弯 C.n.(依次轮到的)机会 D.n.转弯(处);弯道 (1)Marty let out a relieved sigh, and I turned to walk away. 　　  (2)There were not many people at the dentist’s. Soon, it was Tom’s turn. 　　  (3)As the train turned a corner, it slowed down and then a simple house appeared. 　　  (4)The road was bumpy (起伏不平) with lots of sudden turns, but Eddie was ready for these challenges. 　　  A C B D 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.“I didn’t see the monkeys in the wild until I went into the 　 　 (高山) the third time,” said Zhi Nong.  2.The little girl is so shy that she always hides herself 　 . (在……的后面) her mother when meeting a stranger.  3.My sister 　 　 (享受;喜爱) listening to music and she often goes to concerts.  mountains behind enjoys 47 4.Henry was bored with the busy and noisy city life and looked forward to nature. And his chance 　 　 (不久;很快) came.   5.To know exactly what his students want, he always chats with them in his f　 　 time.  6.My son is much t　 　 now. The jeans he wore last year are already too short.   soon ree aller 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.China is an Asian country, while France is a 　 　 . (Europe) country.  2.When light hits one of these little balls of water, the light can change direction. We call this “refraction (折射)”. Each of the different wavelengths is refracted 　 　 . (different).  European differently 3.It’s 　 　 (wind) today. Let’s stay at home and watch TV.  4.The young 　 　 (sing) surprised us all with her wonderful voice.  5.Whatever difficulties you meet, never give up 　 　 . (easy).  6.Just go along Green Street and turn left at the first 　 　(cross), and then you’ll see the bank on your right.  windy singer easily crossing 三、根据短文内容和所给中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 Today I’m going to talk about the weather in Beijing in four different seasons. Winter is from December to February and it can be very cold. People need to wear coats, gloves and 1.　 　 . (围巾). The Great Wall is a good place to visit. There’s lots of white snow, but there aren’t many tourists. You can also go 2. 　 　 (滑冰) with your friends or parents.  scarves/scarfs skating 3.　 　 (所有事物) comes back to life in spring. It starts with very cool weather in March and gets a little 4.　 　 (温暖) in April. It’s usually windy in spring. 5.　 　 (坐) in the yards or parks, you can feel the gentle breeze (微风) blowing against your cheeks. What a good day! You can also go on a spring outing with food which is 6. . 　 (做饭) on your own. It’s a good way to enjoy life.  Everything warmer Sitting cooked Summer in Beijing is very hot. People can have 7.　 　. (果汁;饮料) to cool themselves down. It is pleasant to visit the Summer Palace in July and August. But remember to go early in the morning or late in the afternoon.  Autumn is cool and 8.　 　 (干燥的). It may be a good choice to 9.　 　 (花时间) a day or two at the Fragrant Hills Park if you have time. Make sure you can walk 10.　 　 (舒适). Come here and have fun!  【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了不同季节北京的天气情况。 juice dry spend comfortably 1.scarves/scarfs　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“coats, gloves and”且空格前无限定词可知,此处应用可数名词scarf的复数形式。故填scarves/scarfs。 4.warmer　【解析】考查形容词的比较级。根据空格前的“starts with very cool weather”及“gets a little”可知,此处表示“四月(天气)变得有点儿暖和”,应用形容词warm的比较级形式。故填warmer。 5.Sitting　【解析】考查动词的现在分词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用动词的现在分词作状语,且空格处位于句首,首字母应大写。故填Sitting。 6.cooked　【解析】考查动词的过去分词。根据句子成分分析可知,先行词food和谓语动词cook之间为被动关系;且空格前已有“is”,故填cooked。 10.comfortably　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词walk。故填comfortably。 $第14课时　Unit 5-Unit 6 [八年级下册] 1 话题:难忘的事件(unforgettable events)、传说和故事(legends and stories) 2 多维探究 Point 1 What were people doing yesterday at the time of the rainstorm?(P33) Point 2 I called at seven and you didn’t pick up.(P34) Point 3 So while you were sleeping, I called Jenny and she helped me. (P34) Point 4 He finally fell asleep when the wind was dying down at around 3:00 a.m.(P35) Point 5 I had trouble thinking clearly after that because I was very afraid.(P39) Point 6 This story reminds us that you can never know what’s possible unless you try to make it happen.(P42) Point 7 The new couple were so happy that they couldn’t stop smiling when they got married.(P44) 3 1.heavy(adj.)重的→　 　(adv.)在很大程度上;大量地  2.beat(v.& n.)敲打;打败→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)  3.sleep(v.& n.)睡觉→　 　(adj.)睡着→　 　(反义词 adj.)醒着→　 　(反义词 v.)弄醒;醒  4.fall(v.& n.)倒塌;跌倒;掉落→　 　(过去式)→　 　(过去分词)→ 　 　(adj.)倒下的;落下的  词汇拓展 heavily beat beaten asleep awake wake fell fallen fallen 4 5.ice(n.)冰→　 　(adj.)覆盖着冰的;冰冷的  6.west(n.)西;西方→　 　(adj.)西方国家的;  (尤指)欧美的;西方的 7.true(adj.)真的;符合事实的→　 　(n.)实情;事实→ 　 　(adv.)真正;确实  8.silence(n.)沉默;缄默;无声→　 　(adj.)不说话的;沉默的→　 　(adv.)默默地;不说话地  icy Western truth truly silent silently 9.complete(v.& adj.)完成;完全的;彻底的;完整的→　 .　(adv.)彻底地;完全地  10.wife(n.)妻子;太太→　 　(pl.)  11.rise(v.& n.)升起;增加;提高→　 　(过去式)→　 (过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)  completely wives rose risen rising 1.go 　 　 (闹钟)发出响声  2.　 　 up接电话  3.at 　 　 起初;起先  4.　 　 down逐渐变弱;逐渐消失  5.make one’s 　 　 前往;费力地前进  6.in 　 　 沉默;无声  7.　 　 down拆除;往下拽;记录  短语归纳 off pick first die way silence take 8.a little 　 　 有点儿;稍微  9.　 　 代替;反而  10.　 　…　 　 变成  11.get 　 　 结婚  12.　 　 a time 从前  13.fall 　 　 进入梦乡;睡着  14.fall 　 　 爱上;喜欢上  bit instead　 　of turn into married once　 　upon asleep in　 　love 1.—　 　 you 　 　 so many 　 　?你为什么打了那么多次电话?  —I needed 　 　 my homework.我需要(有人)帮助我做家庭作业。  2.—What 　 　 she 　 　 the time of the rainstorm?暴风雨的时候她正在做什么?  —She 　 　 her homework.她正在做家庭作业。  核心句型 Why　 　did call times help　 　with was doing　 　at was　 　doing 3.While Linda was sleeping, Jenny 　 　 Mary 　 　 her homework.  琳达睡觉的时候,珍妮在帮玛丽做家庭作业。 4.Robert Allen is now 　 　 50, but he was a school pupil 　 　.  罗伯特·艾伦现在50多岁了,但那时他还是一个小学生。 5.　 　 doesn’t 　 　 very possible 　 　 a mountain.  搬走一座山似乎是非常不可能的。 was　 　helping with over at　 　that　 　time It seem to　 　move 6.I think we should 　 　 other ways 　 　 a problem.  我认为我们应该尽力去找另外的途径来解决问题。 7.　 　 the prince saw her, he 　 . . 　 　 her.  王子一看见她,就爱上了她。 8.　 　 you slept in the forest!你们在森林里睡了这么久!  try　 　to　 　find to　 　solve As　 　soon　 　as fell　 in love　 　with What　 　a　 　long　 　time 9.　 　 the storm 　 　 many things 　 　, it 　 　 families and neighbors 　 　 . together.  尽管暴风雨分离了很多东西,但是它把家人和邻居的关系拉得更近了。 10.But 　 　 he can hide his tail, he cannot 　 　 a man.  但是如果他不能把尾巴藏起来,他就不能把自己变成人。 Although/Though broke apart brought closer unless turn　 　himself　 　into 11.One year, the weather was 　 　 no food would grow.  有一年,天气太干旱,以至于粮食颗粒不长。 so　 　dry　 　that The Storm Brought People Closer Together Ben could hear strong winds outside his home in Alabama. Black clouds were making the sky very dark. With no 1.　 . (光;光线;光亮), it felt like midnight. The news on TV said that a heavy rainstorm was in the 2.　 　 (地域;地区).  教材语篇回顾 light area Everyone in the neighborhood was busy. Ben’s dad was putting 3.　 　 (块) of wood over the windows while his mom was making sure the flashlights and radio were working. She also put some candles and 4.　 　 (火柴) on the table.  Ben was helping his mom make dinner when the rain began to 5.　 　 (敲打) heavily against the windows. 6.A　 　 dinner, they tried to play a card game, but it was hard to have fun with a serious storm happening 7.　 　 (在外面).  pieces matches beat fter outside Ben could not sleep at first. He finally fell asleep when the wind was dying down at around 3:00 a.m. When he woke up, the sun was 8.r　 　. He left the house with his family and found the 9.　 　 (全部的;整体的) neighborhood in a mess. Fallen trees, broken windows and rubbish were 10. . (到处;处处;各个地方). They joined the neighbors to help clean up the neighborhood together. Although the storm broke many things apart, it brought families and neighbors closer together.  ising whole everywhere What were people doing yesterday at the time of the rainstorm?(P33) ◆该句为过去进行时的特殊疑问句。过去进行时的结构为“was/were+v.-ing”,表示过去某个时间点/时间段正在进行的动作。过去进行时结构常与具体的表示过去的时间状语连用,如at seven yesterday, at this time yesterday等。 17 1.I was watching TV at 11 o’clock last night. 昨晚11点钟的时候我正在看电视。 2.Were your parents doing housework at this time yesterday?昨天这个时候,你父母在做家务吗? ◆at the time of意为“当……的时候”,常用在过去进行时或一般过去时的句子中。 Most people were sleeping at the time of the earthquake. 地震发生的那一刻多数人都在熟睡中。 Peter missed my call yesterday because he 　 (drive) home at that time. was driving I called at seven and you didn’t pick up.(P34) 该句中,pick up意为“接电话”。注意代词作宾语时,必须放在pick与up中间。 When the phone rang, he picked up at once.电话响铃了,他马上接起电话。 20 【拓展】 pick up还有下列含义: 1.拿起;举起;提起 如:Tom picked up the dictionary and began to look up the new words.汤姆拿起词典开始查新单词。 2.让人乘车;搭载;(开车)接人 如:The car stopped to pick me up. 汽车停下来接我。 3.接收(信号、声音、图像等) 如:I managed to pick up an American news broadcast. 我设法收听一个美国的新闻广播节目。 【拓展】 与up有关的常见短语 1. (1)Paper cut-outs of “double happiness” are often 　 　. in the married couple’s home to bring good wishes. (2)The teacher tells students to 　 　 new words in a dictionary.  (3)They work day and night to keep us healthy, because we can get sick from germs (细菌) if rubbish is not 　 　. show up; put up; look up; pick up; get up; make up put up look up picked up (4)Tom 　 　 an excuse about having problems with his car, but no one believed him.  (5)We planned to meet at 10:30 a.m. at the station yesterday, but Bob didn’t 　 　 until 11:00 a.m.   (6)Jenny is an early bird. She 　 　 at 6:00 in the morning. 2.据说经常有公共汽车在机场外接送乘客。 It’s said that a bus often 　 　 passengers outside the airport.  made up show up gets up picks　 　up So while you were sleeping, I called Jenny and she helped me. (P34) 辨析while和when 两者都可用作从属连词,表示“当……时候”,用来引导时间状语从句,但用法不同: 25 单词 用法 例句 while 常指一段时间,引导的从句中的谓语动词必须是延续性动词 While I was waiting at the bus stop, three buses went by in the opposite direction. 我在公交车站等车时,路对面驶过了三辆公交车。 强调主句的动作在从句动作发生的过程中发生或主从句两个动作同时发生 从句常用进行时态 单词 用法 例句 when 既可指时间点,也可指一段时间,引导的从句中的谓语动词可以是延续性动词,也可以是非延续性动词 When the accident happened, I was walking along the street. 当事故发生时,我正沿着街道走。 主句的动作和从句的动作可以是同时发生,也可以是先后发生 从句可用进行时态,也可用其他时态 【注意】 1.当主、从句都是过去进行时,多用while引导。 如:Steve was reading while I was writing. 史蒂夫在看书,我在写作。 2.若主、从句表示两个同时进行的持续性动作,且强调主句表示的动作延续到从句所指的整个时间,通常用while引导。 如:I kept silent while my father was writing. 当我爸爸在写作的时候,我默不作声。 3.由when引导的时间状语从句,主句常用过去进行时(持续性动作),从句多用一般过去时(短暂性动作)。 如:I was watching TV when Peter came in. 当彼得进来时我正在看电视。 4.若主句表示的是一个短暂性动作,而从句表示的是一个持续性动作时,while和when都可用。 如:Tony fell asleep when/while he was reading. 托尼看书时睡着了。 5.while还可以表示对比,意为“而;然而”。 如:Jill likes coffee, while her brother Jack likes tea. 吉尔喜欢咖啡,而她的弟弟杰克却喜欢茶。 用when 或while填空。 1.Lucy held her head up like a queen 　 　 Bill was telling his tale.   2.The cat was hiding under my bed 　 　 I entered my bedroom.  3.I like those books! 　 　 I get my pocket money, I will buy them.  4.At that moment, Lily was reviewing lessons 　 　 I was looking through the news. while/when when When while He finally fell asleep when the wind was dying down at around 3:00 a.m.(P35) 辨析asleep, sleepy和sleeping 单词 用法 例句 asleep “睡着”,常用作表语,短语fall asleep意为“进入梦乡;睡着” The light music made him fall asleep soon.这轻柔的音乐让他很快睡着了。 sleepy “困倦的;瞌睡的”,在句中常用作表语 I feel sleepy, so I’m going to bed.我感到困倦,所以我要去睡觉了。 31 单词 用法 例句 sleeping 既是动词sleep的现在分词,也是形容词,但作形容词时,在句中作前置定语,表示“供睡觉用的” My grandpa needs some sleeping pills to help him sleep better. 我的爷爷需要一些安眠药来帮助他睡得更好。 用sleepy, asleep或sleeping填空。 1.My four-year-old daughter was 　 　 on the sofa.  2.The young man was still tired and 　 　 when we woke him up. 3.The later school start time can support the natural needs of teenagers and increase their 　 　 time.  asleep/sleeping sleepy sleeping 4.One day he fell 　 　 on a rock after he got 100 copper coins. When he woke up, he found his coins were gone. [2024·河南改编]  5.Keep quiet!Don’t wake up the 　 　 baby.   asleep sleeping I had trouble thinking clearly after that because I was very afraid.(P39) trouble作名词,意为“问题;苦恼;困难”。trouble也可以用作动词。 35 【巧记】 Don’t trouble trouble till trouble troubles you. 不要自寻烦恼。 1.Just call me whenever you’re in trouble. 无论什么时候你遇到麻烦,给我打电话。 2.Dale used to get into trouble with the police.戴尔以前经常和警察发生冲突。 1.Some people learn a second language easily while other people have trouble 　 　 (learn) a new language.  2.Slat was on a diving trip in Greece three years ago when he 　 　 (trouble) by plastic.  learning was troubled This story reminds us that you can never know what’s possible unless you try to make it happen.(P42) remind作动词,意为“提醒;使想起”,后常接名词或代词作宾语,常用于以下结构中: 38 1.The story reminds me of my happy childhood. 这个故事让我想起了我快乐的童年。 2.My parents often remind me to study hard. 我父母常提醒我努力学习。 1.When we ask others to follow the rules, we need to remind ourselves not 　 　 (break) the rules, either. 2.—I miss Bill very much as we haven’t seen each other for two years. —Me, too. Whenever I see the photo, it reminds me 　 　 the happy days we spent together. (填入适当的介词) to break of The new couple were so happy that they couldn’t stop smiling when they got married.(P44) marry作动词,意为“结婚;嫁;娶”。常见用法有: 41 1.Lisa married a doctor. 莉萨和一位医生结了婚。 2.Mr. White married his daughter to a teacher. 怀特先生把他的女儿嫁给了一个老师。 3.Alice and David got married two years ago. 爱丽丝和戴维两年前结婚了。 【注意】 be married表示状态,可以和 for,since引导的时间状语连用;get married表示瞬间动作,不可以和表示一段时间的时间状语连用。两个短语都可以和介词to连用(不和介词with连用)。 1.—When did Uncle John 　 　 Aunt Anna?  —At the end of the year 2013.They 　 　 for nearly ten years.(marry)  2.Thomas has been married 　 　 Kate for two years, and they have had a child.(填入适当的介词)  marry have been married to 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.rise A.v.升起;上升 B.v.(情感)增强 C.n.(数量或水平的)增加,提高 D.n.(重要性、优势、权力等的)增强 (1)Jack felt his sadness and anger rising inside him. “Because I don’t have anyone to help me.” He sounded so sad and so angry. 　　  (2)The rise of the textbook tour is a great chance for the connection between culture and tourism. 　　  B D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.rise A.v.升起;上升 B.v.(情感)增强 C.n.(数量或水平的)增加,提高 D.n.(重要性、优势、权力等的)增强 (3)“Cloud tourism” has made huge contributions to the local development and a rise in sales of cultural products after livestreaming shows, according to Xinhua News Agency. 　　  (4)People like to go to this place as they want to see the sun rising on the longest day of the year, especially in June. 　　  C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.stick A.v.粘;粘贴 B.v.(在某物中)卡住,陷住 C.n.棍;条 (1)But after a month of treatment at the center, she is now able to walk around with a walking stick. 　　  (2)We can also take photos with our teachers and stick them to the card. 　　  (3)The man was in trouble because the boat had broken right in the middle. He was stuck inside, unable to escape. 　　  C A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.fit A.adj.健康的;强健的 B.adj.适合的;恰当的 C.v.安置,安装(在某处) D.v.和……相称,符合 (1)The researchers fitted seven tiger sharks with cameras. 　　  (2)Each time we will choose a different theme and you pick a book that you think fits.　　  C D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.fit A.adj.健康的;强健的 B.adj.适合的;恰当的 C.v.安置,安装(在某处) D.v.和……相称,符合 (3)Hi. I like your blog about health. I’m interested in keeping fit, too. 　　  (4)I can read English newspapers and magazines which are fit for teenagers. 　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.bright A.adj.光线充足的;明亮的 B.adj.鲜艳夺目的 C.adj.有希望的;大有可能成功的 D.adj.快活而生气勃勃的 (1)When something troubles us, do we look on the dark side or the bright side?　　  (2)Our eyes can help us to see things that are a very long way away or very close. We can see well when it is bright or dark. 　 　  C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.bright A.adj.光线充足的;明亮的 B.adj.鲜艳夺目的 C.adj.有希望的;大有可能成功的 D.adj.快活而生气勃勃的 (3)She was usually a quiet woman, but she was excited with bright eyes. 　　  (4)The climate there makes the pepper look bright red and taste great. 　　  D B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.match A.n.火柴 B.n.比赛 C.v.般配;相配 D.v.和……不相上下 (1)Keep some candles and matches. But please be careful while using them. 　　  (2)As one of the best materials for clothes, silk has a perfect look and feel that no other materials can match. 　　  A D 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 5.match A.n.火柴 B.n.比赛 C.v.般配;相配 D.v.和……不相上下 (3)A study invited 72 tennis players to take part in some matches. 　　  (4)How did you get those walls to match the vase so perfectly? 　　  B C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 6.light A.n.光;光线;光亮 B.n.光源;(尤指)电灯 C.adj.轻的;轻便的 D.v.点燃;点火 (1)Without electricity, people couldn’t work, cook or watch TV. The traffic lights on the streets also stopped working. 　　  (2)And feathers are light, so they don’t add too much weight. 　　  B C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 6.light A.n.光;光线;光亮 B.n.光源;(尤指)电灯 C.adj.轻的;轻便的 D.v.点燃;点火 (3)People usually light several lanterns for the Chinese New Year, and enjoy lantern shows with family during the Lantern Festival. 　　  (4)His family lived in a village with no electricity. At night, they used oil lamps for light. 　　  D A 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.When the office had a power cut 　 　 (突然;忽然), everyone shouted.  2.I think this bed 　 　 (适合) in your new bedroom. Do you like it?  3.There’s nothing quite like the shock of the a　 　 going off in the morning.  suddenly fits larm 56 4.It is 　 　 (报道;公布) that there is going to be a football match this weekend.  5.Let’s look up the 　 　 (日期) in the calendar to make the plan better.  6.The guide knew the place well and he l　 　 us to the bank quickly.  reported date(s) ed 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.Daniel has tried to lose weight by eating less 　 　 . (recent), but two kilos has been put on instead.  2.“Are you okay?” I asked. She nodded and 　 　 . (smile).  3.During the one-week farm work program, students dug peanuts (花生), cut grass, swept 　 　 (fall) leaves and did other farm work.  recently smiled fallen 4.I couldn’t fall 　 　 (sleep) last night because of the exciting news.  5.Be careful with the 　 　 (match). They may cause a fire.  6.I must tell you the 　 　 (true) about this business.  truth asleep matches 三、根据短文内容和所给首字母或中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 Long, long ago, there were ten sun birds. Every morning, one of them would 1.　 　 (升起) from the eastern sea and fly across the sky.But one day they decided to fly at the same time. The temperature 2.　 　 (开始) to become higher and higher. As a 3.r　 　, the world fell into a rise began/started esult 60 disaster (灾难). Lakes and rivers dried up, and fires broke out. People stayed at home with doors and 4.　 　 (窗;窗户) closed. And animals dug deep holes to 5.　 　 (隐藏;隐蔽) themselves from the heat. However, the high temperature still killed many people and animals.   windows hide 61 Houyi was 6.a　 　 to scare the sun birds. Houyi accepted the task 7.　 　 (勇敢;无畏) and went to fight against the sun birds. The sun birds shone strongly on Houyi’s face. He closed his eyes for a few seconds because the sunlight was much 8.　 　 (明亮) than before. Then Houyi tried to scare the sun birds but they just laughed at him. So he shot and killed nine of the birds. The emperor ran to Houyi and stopped him, 9.　 　 (提醒) him that if he shot the last bird, the world would be 10.d　 　 forever. Houyi became a hero and people were all thankful to him.  【主旨大意】本文讲述了中国神话故事——后羿射日。 sked bravely brighter reminding ark 2.began/started　【解析】考查动词的时态。根据上下文语境可知,本句应为一般过去时。故填began/started。 3.result　【解析】考查名词。根据上文内容可知,此处表示“结果,世界陷入了一场灾难之中”。故填result。 4.windows　【解析】考查名词的数。根据空格前的“doors and”及无限定词可知,此处应用可数名词window的复数形式。故填windows。 6.asked　【解析】考查动词的过去分词。根据后一句中的“Houyi accepted the task”可知,此处表示“后裔被要求去吓唬太阳鸟”;且空格前已有“was”,故填asked。 7.bravely　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词“accepted”。故填bravely。 8.brighter　【解析】考查形容词的比较级。根据空格前的“was”及空格后的“than before”可知,此处应用形容词bright的比较级。故填brighter。 9.reminding　【解析】考查动词的现在分词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用动词的现在分词形式作伴随状语。故填reminding。 $第13课时　Unit 3-Unit 4 [八年级下册] 1 话题:家务和许可(chores and permission)、人际沟通(interpersonal communication) 2 多维探究 Point 1 For one week,she did not do any housework and neither did I.(P19) Point 2 Could you lend me some money?(P20) Point 3 My parents don’t allow me to hang out with my friends.(P25) Point 4 Instead he watches whatever he wants until late at night.(P27) Point 5 If your parents are having problems, you should offer to help.(P27) Point 6 And they are always comparing them with other children.(P30) 3 1.borrow(v.)借;借用→　 　(反义词v.)借给;借出  2.develop(v.)发展;壮大→　 　(n.)发展;发育;成长 →　 　(adj.)发达的→　 　(adj.)发展中的  3.fair(adj.& n.)合理的;公正的;展览会;交易会→　 　(n.)公正性;合理性→　 　(反义词adj.)不合理的;不公正的  4.quick(adj.)快的;迅速的;时间短暂的→　 　(adv.)很快地  词汇拓展 lend development developed developing fairness unfair quickly 4 5.second(num.)第二→　 　(adv.)第二;其次  6.communicate(v.)交流;沟通→　 　(n.)交流;沟通  7.clear(adj.& v.)清楚易懂的;晴朗的;清理;清除→　 　. (adv.)清楚地;清晰地;明白地  8.usual(adj.)通常的;寻常的→　 　(adv.)通常地;一般地 →　 　(反义词adj.)特别的;不寻常的  secondly communication clearly usually unusual 9.depend(v.)依靠;信赖→　 　(adj.)独立的;自主的→　 　(n.)独立  10.compete(v.)竞争;对抗→　 　(n.)比赛;竞赛;竞争→　 　(n.)参赛者;竞争者→competitive(adj.)竞争的  11.drop(v.)落下;掉下→　 　(过去式)→　 　. (过去分词)→　 　(现在分词)  independent independence competition competitor dropped dropped dropping 1.take 　 　 the 　 　 倒垃圾  2.　 　 the time频繁;反复  3.　 　 一……就……  4.　 　 to目的是;为了  5.provide sth. 　 　 sb.为某人提供某物  6.provide sb. 　 　 sth.提供某人某物  7.　 　 依靠;信赖  短语归纳 out rubbish all as　 　soon　 　as in　 　order for with depend　 　on 8.take 　 　 of照顾;处理  9.　 　 快速查看;浏览  10.　 　 重要的事  11.　 　 成功地发展;解决  12.　 　 on with和睦相处;关系良好  13.　 　 删除;删去  14.　 　…with比较;对比  care look　 　through big　 　deal work　 　out get cut　 　out compare 15.in one’s 　 　 依……看  16.　 　 over过来;顺便拜访  17.　 　 扔下  18.get 　 　 a 　 　 sb.与某人打架  opinion come throw　 　down into fight　 　with 1.—　 　 sweep the floor?请你扫一下地好吗?  —Yes, sure. Can you do 　 　?当然可以。你能洗一下餐具吗?  2.Could I at least 　 　 this show?我可以至少看完这个节目吗?  核心句型 Could　 　you　 　please the　 　dishes finish　 　watching 3.　 　 one week, she did not 　 　 any housework and 　 　.  整整一个星期,她没做任何家务活,我也没有。 4.I do not understand 　 　 some parents make their kids 　 　 and chores at home.  我不理解为什么有些父母让孩子在家帮助做家务。 5.They should spend their time 　 　 schoolwork 　 　 good grades and get 　 　 a good university.为了取得好成绩并进入一所好大学,他们应该把时间花在学业上。  For do neither　 　did　 　I why help　 　with　 　housework on in　 　order　 　to　 　get into 6.—You look tired. 　 　?你看起来很累,怎么了?  —I 　 　 really late last night, 　 　 I 　 　 enough sleep.  我昨晚做作业做到很晚,所以我没有睡够。 7.　 　 go to sleep earlier this evening?今天晚上为什么不早点儿睡呢?  What’s　 　the　 　matter did　 　my　 　homework　 　until so didn’t　 　get Why　 　don’t　 　you 8.Well, I found my sister 　 　 my things yesterday.昨天我发现我的妹妹在翻看我的东西。  9.　 　 she’s wrong, it’s not . 尽管她做得不对,但也没什么了不起的。  10.—　 　 should he 　 　? 他应该怎么做?  —He should 　 　 his friend 　 　 he can say he’s sorry.  他应该和他朋友谈谈,这样他才能说抱歉。 looking　 　through Although/Though a　 big　 deal What do talk　 　to so　 　that 11.　 　 kids learn to be independent, 　 　 it is for their future.  孩子们越早学会独立,对他们的未来越好。 12.It is the parents’ job to provide a 　 　 . 　 　 environment at home 　 　 their children.  在家中给他们的孩子提供一个干净、舒适的环境是家长们的事情。 The　 　earlier the　 　better clean　 　and comfortable for Dear Mr.Hunt, My problem is that I can’t get on well with my family. 1.R　 　 between my parents have become difficult. They fight a lot, and I really 2.　 　 (厌恶;讨厌) it. It’s the only communication they have. I don’t know if I should say anything to them about this. When they argue, it’s like a big, black cloud 教材语篇回顾 elations hate 3.h　 　 over our home.Also, my 4.　 　 (年纪较长的) brother is not very nice to me. He always refuses to let me watch my favorite TV show 5.w　 　 he watches whatever he wants until late at night. I don’t think this is 6.　 　 (合理的;公正的). At home I always feel lonely and stressful. Is that usual? What can I do?  Sad and Thirteen anging elder hile fair Dear Sad and Thirteen, It’s not easy being your age, and it’s 7.　 　(正常的) to have these feelings. If your parents are having problems, you should 8.o　 　 to help. Maybe you could do more jobs around the house so that they have more time for proper communication.  normal ffer 9.　 　 (第二;其次), why don’t you sit down and communicate with your brother? You should tell him that you don’t mind him 10.w　 　 TV all the time. However, he should let you watch your favorite show. I hope things will be better for you soon.  Robert Hunt Secondly atching 18 For one week,she did not do any housework and neither did I.(P19) “neither+助动词/情态动词/连系动词be+主语”表示前者的否定情况也适用于后者。 She cannot swim and neither can her sister.她不会游泳,她的妹妹也不会。 19 【拓展】 “so+助动词/情态动词/连系动词be+主语”表示前者的肯定情况也适用于后者。 如:—I prefer the first photo.我更喜欢第一幅照片。 —So do we.我们也是。 1.我昨天没有去上学,我的弟弟也没有去。 I didn’t go to school yesterday, and 　 　 my brother.  2.——汤姆下周日将有一个生日聚会,你想去吗? ——如果你去,我也去。 —Tom will have a birthday party next Sunday. Do you want to go? —If you go, 　 　. neither　 　did so　 　will　 　I Could you lend me some money?(P20) ◆lend sb.sth.=lend sth.to sb.意为“借给某人某物”。 She’s crazy to lend him the money. 她把钱借给他,真糊涂。 22 ◆辨析borrow, lend和keep 单词 含义 用法 borrow 表示“借进”,即说话人向别人借东西供自己用 常用于borrow sth.from sb./somewhere结构中,为短暂性动词 lend 表示“借出”,即说话人把自己的东西借给别人用 常用于 lend sth.to sb.或lend sb.sth.结构中,是短暂性动词 keep 本意为“保持;保留”,引申为“借用”,用于表示借用的时间长度 可以和表示时间段的状语及how long等连用,是延续性动词 1.—Can I borrow this book? 我可以借这本书吗? —Yes, but you mustn’t lend it to others. 可以,但你不许借给别人。 2.—How long can I keep this book? 这本书我可以借用多长时间? —Two weeks. 两周。 1. (1)Last week Suzy 　 　 the four great classical Chinese novels from Henry.   (2)—How long may I 　 　 your magazine?  —For one week. But it mustn’t 　 　 to others.  2.用适当的介词填空。 (1)Gina borrowed the book 　 　 me a few days ago.  (2)Thank you for lending this book 　 　 me.  borrow; lend; keep borrowed keep be lent from to My parents don’t allow me to hang out with my friends.(P25) allow作动词,意为“允许;准许”。其常见用法如下: 26 1.They allowed fishing here. 他们允许在这儿钓鱼。 2.My parents never allow me to play computer games until late at night. 我父母从不允许我玩电脑游戏到深夜。 1.In many cases, it means allowing ourselves 　 (think) freely.   2.Some physics experiments 　 　 (allow) in this museum.  3.青少年应该被允许为自己做决定。 Teenagers should 　 　 decide for themselves.  to think are allowed be　 　allowed　 　to Instead he watches whatever he wants until late at night.(P27) ◆instead作副词,意为“代替;反而;却”。 He is tired.Let me do it instead. 他累了。让我代做吧。 ◆辨析instead和instead of 词语 含义 用法 instead 副词,意为“代替;反而;却” 位于句首或句末 instead of 介词短语,意为“代替;反 而” 后接名词、代词或动名词,位于句首或句中 29 1.You’re busy.We’ll have to ask Zhang Li instead.你很忙,我们只好请教张莉了。 2.Instead of taking a bus, Mr. Lin walked to school.林老师走去了学校,没有坐公交车。 ◆whatever 意为“任何;每一”,在该句中作连接代词,引导宾语从句。 You can show whatever you have. 你有什么就可以展示什么。 【拓展】 与whatever类似的词还有:whenever “在任何……的时候;无论何时”,however “不管怎样;无论如何”,wherever“在任何地方”等,主要用于引导让步状语从句。 如:Wherever you go, you should call me. 无论你去哪儿,你都应该给我打个电话。 1.Her grandmother is deaf and can’t hear the phone, so she often writes to her 　 　 (instead/instead of). 2.Every day, his parents reminded him to take some exercise instead of 　 　 (play) video games.   3.　 　 you find, make sure you have a good, long look at it.(填入适当的引导词)  instead playing Whatever If your parents are having problems, you should offer to help.(P27) ◆offer作动词,意为“主动提出;自愿给予”。 Mike offered to lend me his bike. 迈克主动提出要把他的自行车借给我。 33 ◆辨析offer, provide和give 单词 含义 用法 固定搭配 offer 主动提出;自愿给予 强调主动提供某物(如帮助、服务、物品等),别人可接受也可拒绝 offer sth. to sb. =offer sb. sth. provide 提供; 供应 强调有预见,并通过储存或准备的方式为某事做准备 provide sth. for sb. =provide sb. with sth. give 提供;给 “给出”或因别人需要而“给” give sth. to sb. =give sb. sth. 1.Uncle Wang offered me a job, but I didn’t accept it. 王叔叔给我提供了一份工作,但我没有接受。 2.The school only provides lunch for teachers and students.学校只向师生提供午餐。 3.We gave her some flowers for her birthday. 我们送了她一些花来庆祝她的生日。 1. (1)You can even 　 　 to take a neighbor’s dog for a walk. The neighbor will surely like to make friends with you.  (2)Traditional Chinese culture 　 　 special experiences for the entertainment industry.   (3)Look! My sister is setting the table. Let’s 　 　 her a hand. give; offer; provide offer provides give 2.据报道,中国已经为非洲儿童提供了大量的帮助。(offer) It is reported that China 　 　 much help 　 　 African children already.  has　 　offered to 37 And they are always comparing them with other children.(P30) 辨析compare…with…和compare…to… 词语 用法 例句 compare… with… “把……与……作比较”,常用于同类比较 Compare your answers with those, and you will see if they are right. 把你的答案和那些对照一下,你就知道它们是否正确。 compare… to… “把……比作……”,常用于异类比较、比喻 Shakespeare compared the world to a stage. 莎士比亚把世界比作舞台。 38 【拓展】 compared with为固定搭配,意为“(与……)相比”,在句中作状语。 如:Compared with other years, we received many more photos this year. 与往年相比,我们今年收到了更多的照片。 1.People should know that 　 　 (比较) their kid with other children is not good for the kid’s development.  2.用适当的介词填空。 (1)At that time, gasoline was expensive compared 　 　 . other fuels (燃料), so electric cars were more popular.  (2)For a long time, people like to compare the teachers 　 　 . the candles.  comparing with to 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.drop A.v.落下;掉下 B.v.(使)变弱, 降低,减少 C.v.停止;放弃 D.n.滴;水珠 (1)A warm shower helps you relax, and then after it warms you up, your core (核心) body temperature drops. 　　  (2)Clouds are made of small water drops. Each drop is made of many flying water molecules (分子). 　　  B D 41 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 1.drop A.v.落下;掉下 B.v.(使)变弱, 降低,减少 C.v.停止;放弃 D.n.滴;水珠 (3)When a coin created an oil bloom (油花) in the water, Bao caught the man who dropped the coin and told everyone that he stole the boy’s coins. 　　  (4)When her great grandson dropped out of school, Sitienei hoped to set a good example for him so that he would continue his studies. 　　  A C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.copy A.n.(一)本;(一)份 B.v.复制;临摹 C.v.抄写;誊写 D.v.模仿;仿效 (1)There is a science about how we copy great ideas from animals and plants to create helpful products. 　　  (2)She had to copy down everything on the blackboard and study alone after class to keep up with her classmates. 　　  D C 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 2.copy A.n.(一)本;(一)份 B.v.复制;临摹 C.v.抄写;誊写 D.v.模仿;仿效 (3)It has sold over 15 million copies and has been translated into more than 50 languages. 　　  (4)Before making his own creations, Du did plenty of learning and copying work.　　  A B 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 3.cause A.v.造成;引起 B.n.原因;起因 C.n.事业,目标,思想 (1)By looking into the causes of our behaviors, we can begin to understand our actions more easily and work toward sticking to our beliefs. 　　  (2)—All of the money will go to charity. —Well, if it’s for a good cause, everyone should take part! 　　  (3)Sounds from human activities spread across the ocean, causing much trouble to ocean animals. 　　  B C A 词汇 含义 中考情境链接(5年中考2年模拟) 4.borrow A.v.借;借用 B.v.引用,借用(思想、言语等) (1)The cartoon film also borrows other arts. The makeup used in Peking Opera inspired the looks of the characters. 　　  (2)Uncle Coop let me borrow his cell phone to call the number on the poster. 　　  B A 一、根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词。 1.When you are reading, try to g　 　 the meaning of the new word from the context.  2.Students are sharing different 　 　 (想法) on the project in Mr. Li’s class.  3.The little girl used to feel 　 　 (焦虑的) when speaking in public.   uess opinions/ideas nervous 47 4.Believe me! I have no difficulty w　 　 out the problem.  5.Judy was late for class and e　 　 the reason to the teacher.  6.Cooking is an important 　 　 (技艺), and everyone should learn to make some simple meals.  7.People built the house in the 19th century and it was a 　 　 (典型的) style of that time.  orking xplained skill typical 二、用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.As everyone knows, rubbish mustn’t 　 　 (throw) everywhere.  2.After breakfast, Gina 　 　 (sweep) the floor and washed all her clothes.  3.We should have a discussion instead of 　 　 (argue) with each other on this topic.  be thrown swept arguing 4.Have you ever offered 　 　 (help) carry a bag for an old man?  5.Healthy food and plenty of vitamins (维生素) are good for your memory to work 　 　 (proper).  6.Mr. Liu often encourages us 　 (communicate) with others in English.  to help properly to communicate 三、根据短文内容和所给中文提示,在空白处写出单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。 My name is Simon, and I am a Grade 9 student who loves football. It is my favorite hobby. However, sometimes my love of football 1.　 　 (造成) problems and makes my parents a bit angry. I threw the ball and broke my neighbor’s window. I made a 2.　 　 (杂乱) on the floor while practicing in the house. But 3.　 　 (无论何时) I make a mistake, I try my best to correct it and learn from it.  causes mess whenever I often play football with my friends after school, and we often get so focused on the game that we forget the time 4.　 　 (完全). My parents do not allow me to play outside after 6 p.m., because they think it 5.　 　 (浪费) valuable learning time. However, playing football helps to reduce (减少) my 6.　 　 (精神压力) in daily life. I do not understand why they are so strict with me. I don’t think they’re treating me 7.　 　 (合理;公正). I hope they completely/totally wastes stress/pressure fairly can let me manage my time by 8.　 　 (我自己). And I believe it is important for parents to allow their children to 9.　 　 (发展) hobbies.  Playing football is my favorite hobby. I have learned to be more careful about others 10.　 　 (自……以来) I began playing football. And I hope my parents can understand the importance of hobbies.  【主旨大意】Simon的爱好和生活之间出现了矛盾,他希望能够得到父母的理解。 myself develop since 1.causes　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据空格后的“makes”可知,本句时态为一般现在时,且主语“my love of football”为第三人称单数。故填causes。 5.wastes　【解析】考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据空格前的“do not allow”和“think”可知,本句时态为一般现在时,且主语“it”为第三人称单数。故填wastes。 7.fairly　【解析】考查副词。根据句子成分分析可知,此处应用副词修饰动词treat。故填fairly。 $